SOC Introduction To Psychology 6th Edition By Benokraitis Nijole. ISBN 9781337671880, ISBN 978133791

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Conflict theorists see disagreement and the resulting changes in society as destructive to social order and to be prevented when possible. a. True b. False 2. The sociological imagination emphasizes the connection between individual differences and commonalities. a. True b. False 3. Social dynamics investigates how principles of social order explain a particular society. a. True b. False 4. Feminist theories maintain that women often suffer injustice because of personal inadequacies like not being truly committed to their education or occupation. a. True b. False 5. A researcher who is value free is one who does not allow theories, however popular they might be, to influence his or her research. a. True b. False 6. Microsociology focuses on large-scale patterns and processes that characterize society as a whole. a. True b. False 7. Sociology disputes the importance of diversity because we are all human beings. a. True b. False 8. Goffman likened our everyday interactions to theatrical performances. a. True b. False 9. The sociological imagination challenges the core assumptions of the sociological perspective. a. True b. False 10. Macrosociology examines the patterns of individuals’ social interaction in specific settings. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 11. Globally, even equal rights proponents place a higher priority on men’s economic rights. a. True b. False 12. The sociological perspective analyzes how social context influences people’s lives. a. True b. False 13. Conflict theorists have been criticized for overemphasizing the drive for order and stability at the expense of competition and coercion. a. True b. False 14. Latent functions of education include teaching students basic literacy and math skills. a. True b. False 15. Social evolution explores how individuals and societies change over time. a. True b. False 16. Émile Durkheim is known as the father of sociology and Harriet Martineau may be described as its mother. a. True b. False 17. Conflict theorists view societal arrangements as inherently unstable and dysfunctional because they favor some groups over others. a. True b. False 18. Knowledge gained from microsociological investigations frequently disputes knowledge gained from macrosociological investigations. a. True b. False 19. Sociology is fundamentally composed of conventional wisdom. a. True b. False 20. Millennial theory analyzes contemporary societies that are characterized by postindustrialization, consumerism, and global communications. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 21. Sociology is subjective and conventional wisdom is objective. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

22. Social statics investigates how _____ while social dynamics investigates _____. a. how principles of social order explain a particular society; how individuals and societies change over time b. how principles of social order explain a particular society; the interconnections between institutions c. the interconnections between institutions; how principles of social order explain a particular society d. how individuals and societies change over time; how principles of social order explain a particular society e. how individuals and societies change over time; the interconnections between institutions 23. Which of the following most accurately represents symbolic interaction theory? a. Society is composed of interrelated parts that work to maintain society’s cohesion. b. Society as a whole should be kept at the center of sociological research. c. Gender inequality is the major source of inequality in society. d. People act on the basis of the meaning they attribute to others. e. People always separate their personal values, opinions, ideology, and beliefs from scientific research.

24. Durkheim relied on extensive data collection to draw conclusions about the relationship between a. social disruption and crime. b. social stability and capitalism. c. education and upward mobility. d. social integration and suicide. e. socioeconomic status and segregation.

25. _____ are unintended and unrecognized; they’re present but not immediately obvious. a. Manifest functions b. Latent functions c. Basic functions d. Necessary functions e. Mandatory functions 26. Harriet Martineau emphasized the importance of a. letting religious beliefs shape sociological research. b. using sociological research to strengthen existing social order. c. overthrowing the patriarchy by co-opting its beliefs. d. systematic data collection and objective data analysis. e. creating a perfectly and absolutely secular society.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 27. Postmodern theory analyzes a. women’s social, economic, and political inequality. b. contemporary societies characterized by postindustrialization. c. people’s everyday communication of knowledge, ideas, beliefs, and attitudes. d. how and why groups disagree, struggle over power, and compete for scarce resources. e. manifest functions, latent functions, and dysfunctions.

28. Many people purchase an expensive car because it serves as a status symbol. The car’s importance as a status symbol is an example of a a. latent function. b. manifest function. c. Dysfunction. d. basic function. e. critical function.

29. For Marx, _____ is a class system in which conflict between the classes is common and society is anything but cohesive. a. socialism b. communism c. capitalism d. fascism e. altruism 30. Martineau described American women as being socialized to be a. career-oriented. b. equal partners in marriage. c. aggressive and ambitious. d. feminists. e. subservient and dependent.

31. One of Jane Addams’s greatest intellectual legacies is her emphasis on a. being “value-free.” b. statistical data analysis. c. alienation. d. social cohesion. e. addressing everyday problems.

32. A(n) _____ is a set of statements that explains why a phenomenon occurs. a. theory b. variable c. analysis d. assertion e. construct Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 33. According to Karl Marx, history is a series of a. class struggles between capitalists and workers. b. class struggles between men and women. c. struggles between man and the environment. d. struggles between religion and science. e. struggles between atheists and religious leaders.

34. According to Émile Durkheim, _____ is maintained by _____. a. social solidarity; the division of labor b. harmony; social solidarity c. the division of labor; cohesiveness d. social solidarity; harmony e. cohesiveness; harmony 35. Matt notices Julie laughing in the school hallway with a friend. He knows that Julie must be feeling happy or joyful. In this scenario, Matt is using Max Weber’s _____ to deduce that Julie is happy. a. direct observational understanding b. explanatory understanding c. surveillance understanding d. common understanding e. dynamic understanding 36. In _____, a social scientist tries to grasp the intention and context of a person’s behavior. a. direct observational understanding b. explanatory understanding c. surveillance understanding d. common understanding e. dynamic understanding 37. Karl Marx, like Auguste Comte and Émile Durkheim, tried to explain the societal changes that were taking place during a. the Enlightenment. b. the discovery of the New World. c. the French Revolution. d. the Industrial Revolution. e. the Great War.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 38. Unlike Auguste Comte, Émile Durkheim a. saw sociology as the scientific study of two aspects of society: social statics and social dynamics. b. stressed the importance of microsociology. c. not only acknowledged the importance of scientific methods to study society but also used them. d. stressed the importance of macrosociology. e. merely acknowledged the importance of using scientific methods to study society.

39. According to Marx, the major focus for capitalists is on a. increasing profits as much as possible. b. feeling “connected” to the products or services they sell. c. maintaining overall social harmony in their companies. d. social cohesiveness and social solidarity. e. employee development and satisfaction.

40. According to Marx, in _____ systems, workers feel _____ because they don’t own or control either the means of production or the product. a. industrial capitalist; alienated b. communist; relieved c. industrial capitalist; relieved d. socialist; alienated e. socialist; relieved 41. According to your text, theories _____ over time because of _____. a. remain the same; the use of the scientific method b. evolve; cultural and technological changes c. are relatively stable; the consistency of society d. change in fundamental ways; ideological corruption e. become obsolete; their inherently untestable nature 42. Why did Jane Addams win the Nobel Peace Prize? a. For the development of Hull House and founding the settlement house movement b. For her advocacy of negotiating, rather than waging war, to settle disputes c. For her support of the temperance movement. d. For creating an international coalition to advance women’s rights. e. For her advocacy regarding women’s suffrage.

43. Auguste Comte saw sociology as the scientific study of two aspects of society, namely a. social statics and social dynamics. b. history and biography. c. conventional wisdom and facts. d. ideology and intuition. e. self-assessment and self-realization.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 44. Karl Marx saw industrial society as composed of a. capitalists, petit bourgeoisie, and proletariat. b. capitalists, socialists, and communists. c. sustainers, maintainers, and drainers. d. core, semiperipheral, and peripheral cultures. e. visionaries, leaders, and workers.

45. Émile Durkheim agreed with Comte that a. sociology is the scientific study of social statics. b. social solidarity can be maintained by a division of labor. c. sociological research should be subjective. d. sociology is the scientific study of social dynamics. e. societies are characterized by unity and cohesion.

46. Max Weber focused on a. social organization and a subjective understanding of behavior. b. economics as a major factor in explaining society. c. capitalism and its impact on workers’ social behavior. d. the capitalists, petit bourgeoise, and the proletariat. e. a class system in which conflict between the classes is common.

47. Auguste Comte maintained that the study of society must be a. personal. b. spiritual. c. empirical. d. ideological. e. intuitive.

48. Durkheim maintained that, to be scientific, sociology had to study a. externalities. b. intervening variables. c. societal determinants. d. social facts. e. theoretical correlates.

49. The _____ of the purchase of a new car is to satisfy the requirement of transportation. a. latent function b. manifest function c. peripheral function d. underlying function e. secondary function

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 50. It is not uncommon for workplace absenteeism to increase on the Monday after the Super Bowl, especially in the hometowns of the competing teams. This situation represents a(n) _____ of the Super Bowl. a. intentional function b. manifest dysfunction c. manifest function d. latent function e. latent dysfunction 51. Weber posited that an understanding of society requires a “subjective” understanding of behavior. Such understanding is known as a. entwicklung. b. gemeinschaft. c. gesellschaft. d. kapitalismus. e. verstehen.

52. One of the common criticisms of the functionalist theory is that it a. is so focused on order and stability that it often ignores social change. b. is too focused on social change and often ignores social cohesion. c. often ignores the contribution of gender in understanding social change. d. often focuses too much on discrimination and inequality. e. is too focused on micro-level factors.

53. Which of the following did W. E. B. Du Bois include as part of the “cure” for prejudice and discrimination? a. Promoting black political power b. Creating a black working class c. Creating an independent black homeland d. Punishing whites who discriminate e. Turning the tables by discriminating against whites 54. Identify and discuss three ways in which sociology differs from common sense.

55. Define manifest and latent functions and provide examples of each using a single social institution.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 56. Define the term sociological imagination, discuss its relationship to troubles and issues, and provide an illustrative example from your own life.

57. What are the two aspects of society according to Auguste Comte?

58. Identify and define the three social classes and describe their roles in capitalism and class conflict.

59. Discuss the importance of symbols to symbolic interactionists, providing an example from your personal experience.

60. Discuss how conflict theorists understand social inequality, and provide a critique of that understanding.

61. Identify the father and mother of sociology and describe their contributions.

62. Identify and describe the three perspectives of feminist theory discussed in your text and provide an example of how each would address a contemporary issue related to gender inequality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 63. Suppose you are home from college on a midsemester break, and excitedly discussing your sociology class, which your somewhat outspoken uncle dismisses as a useless indulgence that has no real-world applications.

How might you respond to your uncle? Be sure to use an example of a “real-world” application in your response.

64. Define microsociology and provide an example of a microsociological issue that is of interest to you.

65. Discuss Durkheim’s account of suicide. Use Durkheim’s account to propose a program to address the problem of high suicide rates among military veterans.

66. Describe the contributions of Jane Addams and W. E. B. Du Bois. Describe a contemporary issue that, were they alive today, might be of interest to each.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. False 4. False 5. False 6. False 7. False 8. True 9. False 10. False 11. True 12. True 13. False 14. False 15. False 16. False 17. False 18. False 19. False 20. False 21. False 22. a 23. d 24. d 25. b 26. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 27. b 28. a 29. c 30. e 31. e 32. a 33. a 34. a 35. a 36. b 37. d 38. c 39. a 40. a 41. b 42. b 43. a 44. a 45. e 46. a 47. c 48. d 49. b 50. e 51. e 52. a 53. a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 54. Answers will vary but may include:

• Common sense is subjective but sociology examines claims and beliefs critically.

• Common sense ignores facts to protect cherished beliefs, but sociology relies on facts not just to build theories but also to modify even well-established theories.

• Common sense varies across groups and cultures, but sociology considers many points of view.

• Much of our common sense is based on myths and misconceptions, but sociology enables us to move beyond established ways of thinking.

55. Answers will vary. Manifest functions are intended and recognized; they’re present and clearly evident. Latent functions are unintended and unrecognized; they’re present but not immediately obvious.

56. Answers will vary. A sociological imagination is the ability to see the relationship between individual experiences and larger social influences. It emphasizes how personal troubles can be related to structural issues.

57. Answers will vary. Auguste Comte saw sociology as the scientific study of two aspects of society: social statics and social dynamics. Social statics investigates how principles of social order explain a particular society, as well as the interconnections between institutions. Social dynamics explores how individuals and societies change over time.

58. Answers will vary but should include:

• Capitalists are the ruling elite who own the means of producing wealth (such as factories).

• Petit bourgeoisie are small business owners and workers who still have their own means of production but might end up in the proletariat because they’re driven out by competition or their businesses fail.

• Proletariat refers to the masses of workers who depend on wages to survive, have few resources, and make up the working class.

For Marx, capitalism is a class system in which conflict between the classes is common and society is anything but cohesive. Instead, class antagonisms revolve around struggles between the capitalists, who increase their profits by exploiting workers, and workers, who resist but give in because they depend on capitalists for jobs.

59. Answers will vary. Symbolic interaction looks at subjective, interpersonal meanings and how we interact with and influence each other by communicating through symbols—words, gestures, or pictures that stand for something and that can have different meanings for different individuals. To interact effectively, our symbols must have shared meanings, or agreed-on definitions. One of the most important of these shared meanings is the definition of the situation, or the way we perceive reality and react to it. We typically learn our definitions of the situation through interaction with significant others, especially parents, friends, relatives, and teachers, who play an important role in our socialization.

60. Answers will vary. Conflict theorists see society not as cooperative and harmonious, but as a system of widespread inequality. For conflict theorists, there’s a continuous tension between the haves and the have-nots, most of whom are children, women, minorities, people with low incomes, and the poor. Many conflict theorists focus on how those in power—typically wealthy white Anglo-Saxon Protestant males (WASPs)—dominate political and economic decision making in U.S. society. This group controls a variety of institutions—like education, criminal justice, and the media— and passes laws that benefit primarily people like themselves.

Some have criticized conflict theorists for overemphasizing competition and coercion at the expense of order and stability. Inequality exists and struggles over scarce resources occur, critics agree, but conflict theorists often ignore cooperation and harmony. Critics also point out that the have-nots can increase their power through negotiation, bargaining, lawsuits, and strikes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 61. Answers will vary. Auguste Comte coined the term sociology and is often described as the “father of sociology.”

Comte maintained that the study of society must be empirical and based on observations, experiments, or other data collection rather than on ideology, religion, intuition, or conventional wisdom. He saw sociology as the scientific study of two aspects of society: social statics and social dynamics. Social statics investigates how principles of social order explain a particular society, as well as the interconnections between institutions. Social dynamics explores how individuals and societies change over time. Comte’s emphasis on social order and change within and across societies is still useful today because many sociologists examine the relationships between education and politics (social statics), as well as how such interconnections change over time (social dynamics).

Harriet Martineau, an English author, translated and condensed Auguste Comte’s difficult material for popular consumption and was largely responsible for the dissemination of Comte’s work. She emphasized the importance of systematic data collection through observation and interviews, and an objective analysis of data to explain events and behavior. She also published the first sociology research methods textbook.

62. Answers will vary. Liberal feminism endorses social and legal reform to create equal opportunities for women.

Radical feminism sees male dominance in social institutions (e.g., as the economy and politics) as the major cause of women’s inequality. Global feminism focuses on how the intersection of gender with race, social class, and colonization has exploited women in the developing world.

63. Answers will vary but should emphasize that sociology is valuable in a wide range of settings because many jobs require understanding society and research to create social change. Specific skills that sociology majors learn that are useful in their jobs include being better able to work with people, to organize information, to write reports that nonsociologists understand, and to interpret research findings.

64. Answers will vary. Microsociology examines the patterns of individuals’ social interaction in specific settings.

65. Answers will vary. In his classic study, Suicide, Durkheim (1897/1951) relied on extensive data collection to test his theory that suicide is associated with social integration. He concluded that people who experience meaningful social relationships in families, social groups, and communities are less likely to commit suicide than those who feel alone, helpless, or hopeless. Thus, many seemingly isolated individual acts, including suicide, are often the result of structural arrangements, such as weak social ties.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP 01_SOC6 66. Answers will vary.

Jane Addams was a social worker who co-founded Hull House, one of the first settlement houses in Chicago that served the neighborhood poor. An active reformer throughout her life, Jane Addams was a leader in the women’s suffrage movement and, in 1931, was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for her advocacy of negotiating, rather than waging war, to settle disputes. She was ignored by her colleagues at the University of Chicago because discrimination against women sociologists was rampant, but published articles in many popular and scholarly journals, as well as many books on the everyday life of urban neighborhoods, especially the effects of social disorganization and immigration. Much of her work contributed to symbolic interaction. One of Addams’s greatest intellectual legacies was her emphasis on applying knowledge to everyday problems. Her pioneering work in criminology included ecological maps of Chicago that were later credited to men.

W. E. B. Du Bois was a prominent black sociologist, writer, editor, social reformer, and orator. The author of almost two dozen books on Africans and black Americans, Du Bois spent most of his life responding to the critics and detractors of black life. He was the first African American to receive a Ph.D. from Harvard University. Du Bois helped found the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) and edited its journal, Crisis. The problem of the twentieth century, he wrote, is the problem of the color line. Du Bois believed that the race problem was one of ignorance, and advocated a “cure” for prejudice and discrimination. Such cures included promoting black political power and civil rights and providing blacks with a higher education rather than funneling them into technical schools.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Causation is also known as correlation. a. True b. False 2. Sociological research influences social policies. a. True b. False 3. Deduction and induction are two different but equally valuable approaches in examining the relationship between variables. a. True b. False 4. Longitudinal studies are more useful in examining trends in behavior or attitudes than cross-sectional studies, because a researcher using longitudinal studies can follow a particular group of people over time. a. True b. False 5. Content analysis is usually expensive and more time consuming than other data collection methods. a. True b. False 6. Sociologists rely on techniques that include careful data collection, exact measurement, accurate recording and analysis of the findings, thoughtful interpretation of results, and, when appropriate, generalization of the findings to a larger group. a. True b. False 7. Validity is the consistency with which the same measure produces similar results time after time, whereas reliability is the degree to which a measure is accurate and really measures what it claims to measure. a. True b. False 8. In participant observation, researchers interact with the people they are studying. a. True b. False 9. Research methods are organized and systematic procedures to gain knowledge about a particular topic. a. True b. False 10. In a survey, questions in a questionnaire can only be close-ended. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 11. Researchers today operate under much more permissive guidelines than they did in the past. a. True b. False 12. Research findings often challenge personal attitudes and beliefs that people cherish. a. True b. False 13. A control variable is a characteristic that is constant and unchanged during the research process. a. True b. False 14. Structured interviews use open-ended questions. a. True b. False 15. Formulating a hypothesis is the first step in the scientific method. a. True b. False 16. Sociological research counteracts misinformation. a. True b. False 17. In qualitative research, sociologists examine and interpret nonnumerical material. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

18. _____ yield in-depth descriptions of why some college students drop out whereas others graduate. a. Quantitative data b. Numeric data c. Qualitative data d. Computable data e. Deductive data 19. A(n) _____ is the outcome in a research study. a. dependent variable b. independent variable c. deduction d. concept e. control variable

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 20. Ethical violations are most common when _______. a. researchers have no conflicts of interest b. researchers use the highest methodological standards c. research is funded by for-profit companies and organizations d. all guarantees of privacy and confidentiality are honored e. research focuses on non-controversial topics 21. _____ is the relationship between two or more variables. a. Correlation b. Crepitation c. Causation d. Cognition e. Cohesion 22. _____ are preferred because the results can be generalized to a larger population. a. Random sample surveys b. Cross-sectional sample surveys c. Nonprobability sample surveys d. Specialized surveys e. Class-specific surveys 23. Which of the following is a strength of field research? a. It is the least expensive data collection method. b. It is intrusive. c. It provides rich detail in describing and understanding behavior in the “real world.” d. It is artificial. e. It comes the closest in suggesting cause-and-effect relationships.

24. A(n) _____ is a controlled artificial situation that allows researchers to manipulate variables and measure the effects. a. experiment b. field study c. survey d. content analysis e. evaluation 25. Data that are collected at one point in time are known as _____. a. dependent data b. longitudinal data c. scientific data d. cross-sectional data e. random data Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 26. Identify a statement that is most likely an example of causation. a. Alcohol abuse and domestic violence often occur together. b. Sexually transmitted diseases can be transmitted via unsafe sex. c. Some teenagers who commit suicide were in unhealthy relationships. d. High consumption of red and processed meat may be associated with an increase in cancer risk. e. Many successful adults were early readers.

27. Peter is sending out questionnaires via e-mail to 7,000 students on campus to gather data about their eating habits. Which of the following data collection methods is Peter using? a. Survey b. Field research c. Experiment d. Evaluation research e. Secondary analysis 28. The students of a university in Massachusetts were asked to evaluate their professors and the courses they teach. The results revealed that most of the students gave a very low rating to one of their professors because they did not like his teaching techniques. The data collected in this scenario is most likely to lack _____. a. complexity b. probability c. validity d. nonprobability e. flexibility 29. Which of the following is true of sociological research? a. It is based on a handing down of customs from generation to generation. b. It is a socially accepted source of information. c. It is misleading and wrong at a macro level. d. It is based on tradition and authority. e. It helps explain why people behave as they do.

30. Li, a sociologist, conducts a study on the most common causes of absenteeism among the students enrolled in the universities of California. She conducts a survey among the students of many different universities of California in order to strengthen her confidence in the results. In this scenario, Li is trying to ensure the _____ factor of her study. a. complexity b. probability c. validity d. reliability e. nonprobability

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 31. In a(n) _____, there's little or no attempt to get a representative cross section of the population. a. convenience sample b. nonprobability sample c. nonjudgmental sample d. independent sample e. constant sample 32. In a(n) _____, a researcher directly asks respondents a series of questions. a. experiment b. nonprobability sample c. scientific method d. interview e. observation study 33. A common source of knowledge is _____, a socially accepted source of information that includes "experts," parents, government officials, police, judges, and religious leaders. a. mythology b. authority c. superstition d. heredity e. intelligence 34. _____ allow respondents to answer in their own words. a. Closed-ended questions b. Quantitative questions c. Structured questions d. Traditional questions e. Open-ended questions 35. _____ provide information on characteristics like national college graduation rates. a. Quantitative data b. Nonnumeric data c. Qualitative data d. Incomputable data e. Inductive data

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 36. In the procedure called _____, an interviewer uses a computer to select random telephone numbers, reads the questions to a respondent from a computer screen, and then enters the answers in precoded spaces, saving time and expense by not having to reenter the data after the interview. a. volunteering b. computer-assisted telephone interviewing c. digital voicing d. computer-interviewer manipulation e. manual-telephone interviewing 37. Murray outlines his sampling technique, the sample size, and the characteristics of the respondents in his research. According to the steps in the scientific method, using the deductive approach, Murray is _________. a. presenting the results of his research b. collecting data for his research c. analyzing the results of his research d. reviewing the literature for his research e. describing the data collection methods used in his research 38. Every 10 years, the U.S. Census Bureau mails forms to every home in the United States to collect federally mandated data. Which of the following data collection methods is used by the Census Bureau? a. Secondary analysis b. Field research c. Experiment d. Survey e. Evaluation research 39. Chris measures the attitudes, behaviors, ethnicity, age, and social class of his neighbors as part of his project.

These factors are examples of _____. a. hypotheses b. norms c. variables d. theories e. experiments 40. Many sociologists use _____, which include questionnaires, face-to-face or telephone interviews, or a combination. a. surveys b. field research c. secondary analysis d. causation e. cohesion

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 41. _____ refers to the method or combination of methods a sociologist uses to test a hypothesis or answer a research question. a. Histopathology b. Analogy c. Technology d. Actinology e. Methodology 42. _____ is an inquiry process that begins with a specific observation, followed by data collection, a conclusion about patterns or regularities, and the formulation of hypotheses that can lead to theory construction. a. Decisive reasoning b. Deductive reasoning c. Comparative reasoning d. Inductive reasoning e. Qualitative reasoning 43. As part of his research, Jamal examined research related to his topic, then described how his research was related, and how his research would extend the body of knowledge on the topic. This is known as _______. a. data collection b. data analysis c. a literature review d. a research design e. a qualitative approach 44. Amondi wants to investigate whether sitting at the front of the classroom leads to better grades for students. In this case, whether or not students sit at the front of the classroom is _______. a. the concept b. the dependent variable c. the independent variable d. the control variable e. the research method 45. Karan, a sociologist, examines advertisements in a sports magazine that portray men in a stereotypical manner.

Identify the method of data collection that Karan is using. a. Secondary analysis b. Experiments c. Surveys d. Field research e. Content analysis

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 46. Which of the following is true of knowledge based on tradition and authority? a. It can be misleading or wrong. b. It exposes myths. c. It challenges overgeneralizations. d. It is the same as knowledge gained by sociological research. e. It influences social policies.

47. Identify a true statement about longitudinal studies. a. They are useful in examining trends in behavior or attitudes. b. They are only useful when data about a particular year is needed. c. They are collected from same respondents at the same point in time. d. They are collected from different respondents at the same point in time. e. They use data collected at one point in time.

48. Knowledge based on tradition and authority simplifies our lives because it _____. a. provides us with basic rules about socially and legally acceptable behavior b. is impossible to gain knowledge through any other means c. provides only clear and correct information to us d. exposes myths and misconceptions e. sharpens critical thinking skills that affect their everyday lives 49. Which of the following includes careful data collection, exact measurement, accurate recording and analysis of the findings, thoughtful interpretation of results, and, when appropriate, generalization of the findings to a larger group? a. Traditional belief b. Scientific method c. Behavioral epigenetics d. Conventional wisdom e. Innate knowledge 50. Sociologists rely on _____, a body of objective and systematic techniques to investigate phenomena, acquire knowledge, and test hypotheses and theories. a. archival research b. the scientific method c. behavioral epigenetics d. conventional wisdom e. innate knowledge

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 51. _____ is a relationship in which one variable is the direct consequence of another. a. Correlation b. Crepitation c. Causation d. Cognition e. Cohesion 52. As concepts are abstract and may vary among individuals and cultures, scientists rely on _____ to measure concepts. a. variables b. traditions c. researches d. beliefs e. theories 53. Which of the following is a reason for researchers to select samples to represent a population? a. The population may be so large that it would be too expensive and time consuming to conduct the research. b. Using the whole population to conduct researches will yield inaccurate results. c. Samples are better for inductive reasoning-based researches, while the whole population can be used only for deductive reasoning-based researches. d. Samples are better as they use the concept of conventional wisdom over critical thinking. e. Samples yield more accurate results as they do not influence social policies.

54. In obtaining a sample, researchers decide whether to use ______. a. probability or nonprobability sampling b. dependent or independent sampling c. constant or variable sampling d. reliable or nonreliable sampling e. controlled or uncontrolled sampling 55. Which of the following is a limitation of secondary analysis? a. The data are mostly inaccessible. b. This method is inconvenient and tedious. c. This method is expensive when compared with other methods. d. Researchers cannot look at trends and changes over time. e. Determining the accuracy and authenticity of historical data may be difficult.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 56. Which of the following is the most desirable characteristic of a probability sample? a. The results of a probability sample can be generalized to the larger population. b. There is no attempt to get a representative cross section of the population in a probability sample. c. A sampling criterion is used in the probability sampling approach. d. A probability sample is useful when sociologists are exploring a new topic. e. A probability sample is not representative of a population.

57. In _____, sociologists collect data by systematically observing people in their natural surroundings. a. content analysis b. surveys c. experiments d. field research e. evaluation research 58. _____ is an unobtrusive data collection method that examines information collected by someone else. a. An experiment b. A field study c. Secondary analysis d. A survey e. An evaluation study 59. Kyra wants to carry out research to study depression in teenage students. She randomly chooses 200 teenage students to be part of her study. Which of the following sampling methods is used by Kyra to carry out her research? a. Convenience sampling b. Probability sampling c. Judgment sampling d. Dependent sampling e. Constant sampling 60. Kumiko observes that students who use laptops and e-learning tools secure the highest grades. She conducts a research study to determine whether this observation is true. Which of the following types of reasoning does Kumiko use to construct her theory? a. Decisive reasoning b. Deductive reasoning c. Comparative reasoning d. Inductive reasoning e. Qualitative reasoning

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 61. When viewers vote for the contestants of television entertainment shows, such as The Voice or Dancing with the Stars, they are an example of a(n) ______. a. convenience sample b. nonprobability sample c. nonjudgmental sample d. independent sample e. constant sample 62. _____ are organized and systematic procedures that sociologists rely on to gain knowledge about a particular topic. a. Appeals to authority b. Deductive methods c. Traditional methods d. Research methods e. Samples 63. Sociologists and other scientists try to establish correlation because _____. a. causation is difficult to prove b. causation is restricted only to humans c. causation is restricted only to inductive reasoning d. causation does not work for qualitative research e. causation is an obsolete method 64. Nonprobability samples are especially useful when sociologists ________. a. need to give an equal chance of selection to each person in a population b. need to generalize the results to a larger population c. are researching a subject that is sensitive and important, such as medicine d. attempt to get a representative cross section of a population e. want to get people's insights on a particular topic before launching a larger study 65. Shauna, a dance teacher, notices that students who have healthy snacks and fruit juices while her classes are going on to perform better. She conducts a study over six months to confirm that her observation is true.

Identify the type of reasoning that Shauna uses to arrive at her theory. a. Qualitative reasoning b. Inductive reasoning c. Comparative reasoning d. Deductive reasoning e. Decisive reasoning

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 66. One of the strengths of experiments is ______. a. they are expensive and time-consuming b. their reliance on student volunteers or paid respondents c. they aren’t suitable for studying large groups of people d. they can be replicated many times with different participants e. they are unobtrusive 67. It takes Joshua 15 minutes to reach his school. He has to be at the school at 7:00 a.m. every day. Therefore, he decides that he has to leave home at 6:45 a.m. every day to reach on time. Which of the following types of reasoning does Joshua use to arrive at this decision? a. Decisive reasoning b. Deductive reasoning c. Comparative reasoning d. Inductive reasoning e. Qualitative reasoning 68. Michelle is sharing her research at a local conference. She has concluded that the program she reviewed is very effective in its mission and discusses its implications for future program planning. According to the steps in the scientific method, using the deductive approach, Michelle is ________. a. selecting the topic for her research b. collecting data for her research c. presenting and explaining the results of her research d. reviewing the previous works related to her research e. choosing the methodology for her research 69. _____ is an inquiry process that begins with a theory, prediction, or general principle that is then tested through data collection. a. Decisive reasoning b. Deductive reasoning c. Comparative reasoning d. Inductive reasoning e. Qualitative reasoning 70. Which of the following is a major limitation of surveys that use mailed questionnaires? a. They are expensive. b. They are not anonymous. c. They are tedious to administer. d. They have low response rates. e. They have a slow turnaround.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 71. Which of the following is true of the relationship between an independent variable and a dependent variable? a. An independent variable is a characteristic that has an effect on the dependent variable, the outcome. b. An independent variable is a characteristic that is constant and unchanged during the research process, while a dependent variable varies during the research process. c. An independent variable is not used in a hypothesis, while a dependent variable is used in a hypothesis. d. An independent variable uses a dependent variable to acquire knowledge based on tradition and authority. e. An independent variable uses a dependent variable for deductive reasoning.

72. Which of the following is an example of knowledge based on authority? a. Jane throws the bouquet at her wedding as it is a custom that her family follows. b. Jack eats five almonds every day as his mother says that they are good for his health. c. A girl gets married to her best friend because she loves him. d. Teens copy celebrities' dressing style to look fashionable. e. People use social media frequently these days.

73. A(n) _____ is one in which each person or thing, like an email address, has an equal chance of being selected because the selection process is random. a. probability sample b. dependent variable c. nonprobability sample d. independent variable e. control variable 74. Which of the following is an advantage of evaluation research? a. It is versatile because it includes qualitative and quantitative approaches. b. It addresses all the factors that affect behavior. c. It is not affected by any social contexts. d. Conflicts of interest do not influence evaluation research. e. The findings of evaluation research are always reliable, unbiased, and accurate.

75. A limitation of content analysis is that ______. a. it is unobtrusive b. it can be very labor intensive c. it can be used in longitudinal studies d. it is usually inexpensive e. coding is always objective

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 76. Much of our knowledge is based on _____, a handing down of statements, beliefs, and customs from generation to generation. a. tradition b. authority c. learning d. heredity e. intelligence 77. Confirmation bias is _________. a. a critical thinking skill used in sociological research b. a data collection method c. something to which no sociologists are susceptible d. a tendency to embrace and recall information that confirms our beliefs e. our ability to separate fact from fiction 78. Why is sociological research important in our everyday lives? a. It propagates misinformation. b. It exposes myths. c. It is isolated from social policies. d. It fails to explain why people behave irrationally. e. It is often misleading and wrong.

79. Social science research is most likely to be challenged when _________. a. it uses the highest methodological standards b. it focuses on sensitive or controversial issues c. it uses multiple data collection methods d. it uses random sampling e. it uses quantitative and qualitative methods 80. Which of the following is an example of a tradition? a. Jane throws the bouquet at her wedding as it is a custom that her family follows. b. Jack eats five almonds every day as his mother says that they are good for his health. c. A girl gets married to her best friend because she loves him. d. Teens copy celebrities' dressing style to look fashionable. e. People use social media frequently these days.

81. _____ sharpens critical thinking skills. a. Tradition b. Authority c. Conventional wisdom d. Sociological research e. Belief Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 82. Which of the following statements is an example of correlation? a. Drunken driving is the cause of road accidents. b. Unsafe sex leads to the transmission of sexually transmitted diseases. c. Consumption of excessive sugar leads to diabetes. d. Obese women are more likely to receive multiple medical interventions when giving birth. e. Adultery leads to divorce.

83. Why do many people reject scientific findings? Give reasons.

84. Explain deductive and inductive reasoning.

85. Sociologists are always concerned about reliability and validity. How do reliability and validity differ from each other?

86. In the context of major data collection methods, what are the strengths of surveys?

87. Is correlation the same as causation? Why or why not?

88. Explain questionnaires and interviews and describe how they are used in a survey.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 89. What are the seven steps present in the scientific method?

90. Explain the importance of research methods with an example.

91. Discuss the qualitative and quantitative approaches to research with examples.

92. What do sociologists focus on during quantitative research? Explain with an example.

93. Discuss the importance of reliability and validity in the scientific method with examples.

94. Explain independent, dependent, and control variables.

95. Explain cross-sectional and longitudinal studies.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 96. What are the various limitations of content analysis?

97. What are the two types of sampling methods used by researchers to select a sample?

98. How do researchers engaged in a scientific method deal with the time dimension?

99. All ethical standards have at least three golden rules. What are those rules?

100. What is confirmation bias? Provide an example. Why is this important to know about for sociological research?

101. Discuss a reason sociological research is important in our everyday lives, with an example.

102. What do sociologists examine in qualitative research? Explain with an example.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. True 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. True 7. False 8. True 9. True 10. False 11. False 12. True 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. True 17. True 18. c 19. a 20. c 21. a 22. a 23. c 24. a 25. d 26. b

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 27. a 28. c 29. e 30. d 31. b 32. d 33. b 34. e 35. a 36. b 37. e 38. d 39. c 40. a 41. e 42. d 43. c 44. c 45. e 46. a 47. a 48. a 49. b 50. b 51. c 52. a 53. a 54. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 55. e 56. a 57. d 58. c 59. b 60. d 61. b 62. d 63. a 64. e 65. b 66. d 67. b 68. c 69. b 70. d 71. a 72. b 73. a 74. a 75. b 76. a 77. d 78. b 79. b 80. a 81. d 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 83. Answers will vary. Many people reject scientific findings. One reason is that research findings often challenge personal attitudes and beliefs that people cherish. Another is that an explosion of information can create confusion, especially when online searches oversimplify complex phenomena or present misleading or unreliable content. Finally, many scientists, including social scientists, spend little to no time engaging in policy debates or explaining their research to the public and journalists.

84. Answers will vary. Deduction and induction are two different but equally valuable approaches in examining the relationship between variables. Generally, deductive reasoning begins with a theory, prediction, or general principle that is then tested through data collection. An alternative mode of inquiry, inductive reasoning, begins with specific observations, followed by data collection, a conclusion about patterns or regularities, and the formulation of hypotheses that can lead to theory construction.

85. Answers will vary. Sociologists are always concerned about reliability and validity. Reliability is the consistency with which the same measure produces similar results time after time. Whereas, validity is the degree to which a measure is accurate and really measures what it claims to measure.

86. Answers will vary. Surveys are usually inexpensive, simple to administer, and have a fast turnaround. Self-administered questionnaires can be mailed to thousands of respondents. Having a large number of cases is important in describing, analyzing, and explaining many variables simultaneously. Telephone interviews are popular because they're a relatively inexpensive way to collect data. Face-to-face interviews have high response rates (often up to 85 percent) because they involve personal contact. People are more likely to discuss sensitive issues in an interview than via a mailed questionnaire, a phone survey, or electronic survey. If respondents do not understand a question, are reluctant to answer, or give incomplete answers, interviewers can clarify, keep respondents from digressing, or probe by asking respondents to elaborate on an answer.

With the innovation of "robo-polls," the entire interview is conducted by a programmed recording that interprets the respondent's spoken answers, records them, and determines how to continue the interview. This method is costeffective because it cuts out the cost of hiring people, but respondents may be more reluctant to answer sensitive questions.

Online surveys, like mail surveys, are relatively inexpensive to administer, and the responses can be tabulated quickly.

Online surveys are particularly appropriate for certain targeted groups and can increase the pool of people who are increasingly difficult to reach by phone. Online surveys can also provide respondents with visual material, including videos, to look at and respond to.

87. Answers will vary. Correlation is not causation. Ideally, researchers would like to determine causation, a relationship in which one variable is the direct consequence of another. Most human behavior is much more complex. Because it’s difficult to determine causation, sociologists and other scientists calculate a correlation, the relationship between two or more variables. Sociologists rarely use the term cause, because they can’t prove there’s a cause-and-effect relationship.

88. Answers will vary. A survey must have a specific plan for asking questions and recording answers. The most common way to do this is to give respondents a questionnaire, a series of written questions that ask for information. The questions can be closed-ended (the researcher provides a list of answers that a respondent chooses), open-ended (the researcher asks respondents to answer questions in their own words), or a combination. Questionnaires can be mailed, used during an interview, or self-administered (e.g., student course evaluations, Web surveys).

The interview, in which a researcher directly asks respondents a series of questions, is another way to collect survey data. Interviews can be conducted face-to-face or by telephone. Structured interviews use closed-ended questions, whereas unstructured interviews use open-ended questions that allow respondents to answer as they wish.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 89. Answers will vary. The seven steps present in the scientific method are ______.

1. choose a topic to study 2. summarize the related research 3. formulate a hypothesis or ask a research question 4. describe the data collection method(s) 5. collect the data 6. analyze the data 7. present and explain the results 90. Answers will vary. Knowledge based on tradition and authority simplifies people's lives because it provides people with basic rules about socially and legally acceptable behavior. The information can be misleading or wrong, however.

Suppose a 2-year-old throws a temper tantrum at a family barbecue. One adult comments, "What that kid needs is a smack on the behind." Someone else immediately disagrees: "All kids go through this stage. Just ignore it."

It is difficult to determine who is right. To answer this and other questions, sociologists rely on research methods, organized and systematic procedures to gain knowledge about a particular topic. Much research shows, for example, that neither ignoring a problem nor inflicting physical punishment (like spanking) stops a toddler's bad behavior.

Instead, most young children's misbehavior can be curbed by having simple rules, being consistent in disciplining misbehavior, praising good behavior, and setting a good example (see Benokraitis, 2015).

91. Answers will vary. In qualitative research, sociologists examine nonnumerical material that they then interpret. In a study of grandfathers who were raising their grandchildren, for example, the researcher tape-recorded in-depth interviews and then analyzed the responses to questions about financial issues and daily parenting tasks (Bullock, 2005).

In quantitative research, sociologists focus on a numerical analysis of people's responses or specific characteristics, studying a wide range of attitudes, behaviors, and traits (e.g., homeowners versus renters). In one national probability study, for example, the researchers surveyed almost 7,000 respondents to understand the influence of grandparents who lived with their children and grandchildren (Dunifon and Kowaleski-Jones, 2007). A researcher should choose one of these two approaches depending on her or his purpose. If we consider college attrition, quantitative data provide information on characteristics like national college graduation rates. Qualitative data, in contrast, yield indepth descriptions of why some college students drop out whereas others graduate. In many studies, sociologists use both approaches.

92. Answers will vary. In quantitative research, sociologists focus on a numerical analysis of people's responses or specific characteristics, studying a wide range of attitudes, behaviors, and traits (e.g., homeowners versus renters). In one national probability study, for example, the researchers surveyed almost 7,000 respondents to understand the influence of grandparents who lived with their children and grandchildren (Dunifon and Kowaleski-Jones, 2007).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 93. Answers will vary. Sociologists are always concerned about reliability and validity. Reliability is the consistency with which the same measure produces similar results time after time. If, for example, a person asks "How old are you?" on two subsequent days and a respondent gives two different answers, such as 25 and 30, there's either something wrong with the question or the respondent is lying. Respondents might lie, but scientists must make sure that their measures are as reliable as possible.

Validity is the degree to which a measure is accurate and really measures what it claims to measure. Consider student course evaluations. The measures of a "good" professor often include items such as "The instructor is interesting" and "The instructor is fair."

We do not know how accurate such measures are in differentiating between "good" and "bad" professors because it is difficult to understand what students mean by "interesting" and "fair." A study at two large public universities found that a third of the students admitted being dishonest in end-of-semester course evaluations. Some fibbed to make their instructors look good, but most lied to "punish" professors they did not like, especially when they received lower grades than they thought they deserved (Clayson and Haley, 2011). Such research findings raise questions about the accuracy and usefulness of student course evaluations in measuring an instructor's actual performance.

94. Answers will vary. An independent variable is a characteristic that has an effect on the dependent variable, the outcome. A control variable is a characteristic that is constant and unchanged during the research process.

95. Answers will vary. Researchers compare variables in two ways: cross-sectional studies and longitudinal studies. The data can be longitudinal (collected at two or more points in time from the same or different samples of respondents) or cross-sectional (collected at one point in time).

96. Answers will vary. Content analysis can be very labor intensive, especially if a project is ambitious. In one study, the researchers examined the amount and intensity of violence in children's animated movies that were released between 1938 and 1999 (Yokota and Thompson, 2000). It took several years to code one or more of the major characters' words, expressions, and actions.

A second disadvantage is that the coding may be subjective. Having several researchers on a project can increase coding objectivity, but only one researcher often codes the content.

A third limitation is that content analysis often reflects social class bias. Because most books, articles, speeches, films, and so forth are produced by people in upper socioeconomic levels, content analysis rarely captures the behavior or attitudes of working-class people and the poor. Even when documents created by lower-class individuals or groups are available, it is difficult to determine whether the coding reflects a researcher's social class prejudices.

Finally, content analyses cannot always tell people why people behave as they do. People would have to turn to studies that use different data collection methods—like surveys and field research—to understand why, for example, people buy stereotypically feminine or masculine birth announcements or produce video games that portray men, but not women, as competitive and aggressive.

97. Answers will vary. Researchers typically select a sample, a group of people (or things) who are representative of the population they wish to study. In obtaining a sample, researchers decide whether to use probability or nonprobability sampling. A probability sample is one in which each person (or thing, like an email address) has an equal chance of being selected because the selection process is random.

In a nonprobability sample, there is little or no attempt to get a representative cross section of the population. Instead, researchers use sampling criteria such as convenience or the availability of respondents or information.

98. Answers will vary. Researchers have two principal ways of dealing with the time dimension: cross-sectional studies and longitudinal studies. The data can be longitudinal (collected at two or more points in time from the same or different samples of respondents) or cross-sectional (collected at one point in time). Cross-sectional studies provide valuable information, but longitudinal studies are especially useful in examining trends in behavior or attitudes; a researcher can compare similar populations across different years or follow a particular group of people over time.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_02_SOC6 99. Answers will vary. Regardless of the discipline or the research methods used, all ethical standards have at least three golden rules: 1. First, do no harm by causing participants physical, psychological, or emotional pain.

2. Second, the researcher must get the participant's informed consent to be in a study. This includes the participant's knowing what the study is about and how the results will be used.

3. Third, researchers must always protect a participant's confidentiality even if the participant has broken a law that she or he discloses to the researcher.

100. Answers will vary. Sociological research sharpens our critical thinking skills. Many of us, however, are subject to confirmation bias, a tendency to embrace and recall information that confirms our beliefs and ignores or downplays contrary evidence. The scientific method, which requires critical thinking skills, strengthens our ability to separate fact from fiction.

101. Answers will vary. Sociological research is important in our everyday lives for several reasons. It counteracts misinformation, exposes myths, helps explain why people behave as they do, affects social policies, and sharpens critical thinking skills. Additionally, the scientific method strengthens our ability to tell fact from fiction.

102. Answers will vary. In qualitative research, sociologists examine nonnumerical material that they then interpret. In a study of grandfathers who were raising their grandchildren, for example, the researcher tape-recorded in-depth interviews and then analyzed the responses to questions about financial issues and daily parenting tasks (Bullock, 2005).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Language plays no role in cultural identity. a. True b. False 2. Material culture consists of the ideas that people create to interpret and understand the world. a. True b. False 3. Unequal access to resources often results in women having fewer choices than men, and living under laws and customs that subordinate women. a. True b. False 4. Cultural integration promotes order and stability. a. True b. False 5. There are many cultural universals, but specific behaviors vary across cultures, from one group to another in the same society, and over time. a. True b. False 6. Ethnocentrism encourages cross-cultural understanding and respect. a. True b. False 7. Cultural imperialism is a process by which the cultural values and products of one society influence or dominate those of another. a. True b. False 8. All parts of culture change together. a. True b. False 9. Rituals are outward symbols of values. a. True b. False 10. Members of the upper class can pursue the fine arts and similar activities because they have cultural capital. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 11. Symbols communicate information that varies across societies and may change over time. a. True b. False 12. Society and culture go hand in hand; neither can exist without the other. a. True b. False 13. The ideal culture of almost all societies is the same as people's actual everyday behavior. a. True b. False 14. Diffusion involves exploration and investigation, and results in new products, insights, ideas, or behavior. a. True b. False 15. Folkways are norms that involve everyday customs, practices, and interaction. a. True b. False 16. Symbolic interactionists offer a systematic framework that explains how people create and shape culture or develop shared meanings of reality. a. True b. False 17. Ideal culture and actual behavior are often inconsistent. a. True b. False 18. Subcultures and countercultures share the same values and beliefs, but differ in their size and composition. a. True b. False 19. Functionalism is important in showing that similar beliefs bind people together and create stability. a. True b. False 20. Even when mores, values, and laws catch up with technological innovations and inventions, they can create unexpected problems such as pollution, drug shortages, and high medical costs. a. True b. False 21. Ethnocentrism is the belief that cultural values and norms benefit some members of society more than others. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 22. Rituals are a society's specific rules of right and wrong behavior. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

23. Which of the following is a characteristic of culture? a. It cannot be acquired formally. b. It remains constant over time. c. It is innate. d. It is shared. e. It is similar across societies.

24. One of the criticisms of symbolic interactionist theory is __________. a. it overlooks diversity and social change b. it doesn’t address the linkages between culture and subcultures c. it places too much emphasis on societal discord d. it downplays social class inequality e. it notes that our values and norms aren’t superimposed by some unknown force 25. Speaking the same language binds people together because they can communicate with one another. This is an example of ________. a. functionalist theory b. feminist theory c. conflict theory d. symbolic interactionist theory e. diffusion theory 26. Identify the practice that illustrates a cultural universal. a. Carving out pumpkins for Halloween b. Wearing white clothes for weddings c. Taking medicines when sick d. Watching movies during weekends e. Giving gifts during Christmas 27. Norms that members of a society consider very important because they maintain moral and ethical behavior are called _______. a. folkways b. sanctions c. mores d. laws e. rituals

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 28. The United States has, along with multiple other countries, engaged in sanctions against North Korea in an effort to deter their production of nuclear weapons. In the context of cultural change, this is an example of _____. a. diffusion b. external pressure c. cultural lag d. cultural persistence e. innovation 29. Which of the following is true of nonmaterial culture? a. It consists of the ideas that people create to interpret and understand the world. b. It consists of the physical objects that people make, use, and share. c. It is a system of shared symbols that enables people to communicate with one another. d. It refers to the standards by which people define what is good or bad, moral or immoral, proper or improper, desirable or undesirable, beautiful or ugly. e. It consists of rewards for good or appropriate behavior and/or penalties for bad or inappropriate behavior.

30. Identify an example of material culture. a. Clothing b. Norm c. Beliefs d. Customs e. Rules 31. _____ is the belief that no culture is better than another and should be judged by its own standards. a. Ethnocentrism b. Multiculturalism c. Cultural relativism d. Cultural integration e. Cultural imperialism 32. One of the criticisms of feminist theories of society is __________. a. they overemphasize harmony and unity. b. they blame mass media for people’s behavior c. they don’t offer a framework that explains how people create culture. d. they examine multicultural variations across groups. e. they tend to downplay social class inequality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 33. Every Halloween, James and his family decorate their house based on the themes of various horror films. The residents of their neighborhood look forward to visiting their house every year. This annual practice of James and his family is a _____. a. norm b. ritual c. sanction d. value e. law 34. Which of the following statements is true of symbols? a. They are innately acquired. b. They do not take the form of written words. c. They distinguish one culture from another. d. They remain consistent over time. e. They remain consistent across all societies.

35. Which of the following views about culture is characteristic of the functionalists? a. Culture is the cement that binds society. b. Culture creates inequality between the media and the political structures of society. c. Material culture, especially the media, creates inequalities specifically for women. d. Cultural symbols reinforce the boundaries set by different cultures. e. Culture benefits some at the expense of others.

36. Which of the following is a criticism of functionalism? a. It overlooks diversity and social change. b. It places too much emphasis on societal discord. c. It downplays social class inequality. d. It does not offer an explanation about how culture is created and shaped. e. It downplays the benefits of culture.

37. Jack, an American, relocates to Japan for an assignment. After moving, it took him a few months to get used to the food, language, and cultural norms. Which of the following terms can be used to describe Jack's initial state of disorientation? a. Cultural relativism b. Culture lag c. Cultural diffusion d. Culture shock e. Cultural capital

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 38. Which of the followings statements best describes folkways? a. They are norms that people consider very important because they maintain moral and ethical behavior. b. They are rewards for good or appropriate behavior and/or penalties for bad or inappropriate behavior. c. They are formally defined norms about what is permissible or illegal. d. They are norms that involve everyday customs, practices, and interaction. e. They are a system of shared symbols that enable people to communicate with one another.

39. _____ are rewards for good or appropriate behavior and/or penalties for bad or inappropriate behavior. a. Sanctions b. Laws c. Folkways d. Mores e. Norms 40. The introduction of personal computers into American society influenced the means by which people communicate. Which of the following characteristics of culture does this illustrate? a. Culture is learned. b. Culture is transmitted from one generation to the next. c. Culture is shared. d. Culture is adaptive and always changing. e. Culture is similar across societies.

41. Which of the following is an example of nonmaterial culture? a. The Internet b. Customs c. Jewelry d. Hairstyles e. Weapons 42. Matthew comes from an influential family. Despite having poor grades in high school, he was granted admission to a prestigious school in the country based on his family name. Which of the following sociological perspectives is supported by this scenario? a. Functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Feminist theory d. Symbolic interactionism e. Invention and innovation

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 43. Identify a general characteristic of norms. a. They are instrumental. b. They are always written down. c. They are constant across cultures. d. They are always flexible. e. They are unconditional.

44. Which of the following practices illustrates a cultural universal? a. Having a child out of wedlock b. Decorating a tree for Christmas c. Dressing up for Halloween d. Dancing on special occasions e. Going to church every Sunday 45. Unlike folkways and norms, laws are _____. a. flexible b. informal c. deliberate d. innate e. stigmatized 46. _____ is the process of creating new things, such as fax machines, toothpaste, and DVDs. a. Innovation b. Cultural integration c. Diffusion d. Invention e. Serendipity 47. Which of the following statements most accurately describes the role of language in society? a. It is a system of formal and repeated behaviors that unite people. b. It represents the norms that involve everyday customs, practices, and interaction. c. It is a society's specific rules of right and wrong behavior. d. It is the standard by which people define what is moral or immoral. e. It is a system of shared symbols that enables people to communicate with one another.

48. How do feminists differ from other culture theorists? a. Feminists believe that culture is the cement that binds society. b. Feminists are more likely to examine multicultural variations across groups. c. Feminists emphasize the influence of popular culture. d. Feminists overlook diversity and social change. e. Feminists emphasize the social bonds that attach people to society.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 49. During the 1960s, Scott and his friends were part of a youth group that wanted to free itself from the restrictions of the society. The group sought to find new meaning in life and deliberately questioned authority.

From this scenario, it can be inferred that Scott and his friends belonged to a(n) _____. a. counterculture b. ideal culture c. cultural capital d. high culture e. real culture 50. Cultural universals are ________. a. customs and practices that are common to all societies b. how a society defines what is good or bad c. formal and repeated behaviors that unite people d. a generator of hatred, discrimination, and conflict e. very important because they maintain moral and ethical behavior 51. Ben and Michael are part of the local basketball team. The team is expected to train every day and follow a disciplined lifestyle. The players are also expected to maintain the highest possible standards of behavior and conduct. These expectations suggest that Ben and Michael are a part of a _____. a. counterculture b. subculture c. cultural capital d. high culture e. real culture 52. Which of the following is an example of a folkway? a. Reporting a crime b. Showing up for a court hearing c. Saying "please" and "thank you" d. Paying a parking fine e. Following traffic rules 53. During natural disasters at home and abroad, many Americans are enormously generous. Which of the following core U.S. values does this best illustrate? a. Conformity b. Material possessions c. Humanitarianism d. Individualism e. Democracy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 54. Which of the following is a belief of conflict theorists? a. Cultural values benefit everyone equally. b. The elite do not influence society. c. Taxpayers benefit from cultural universals. d. Culture benefits some groups more than others. e. The average American has considerable power to change the culture.

55. Which of the following is a criticism of U.S. cultural imperialism? a. It requires sophisticated thought processes. b. It displaces authentic local culture. c. It stays limited to a society's highest social classes. d. It is involuntary in nature. e. It has no impact on local culture.

56. Which of the following statements most accurately describes the ideal culture? a. It is the belief that one's culture, society, or group is inherently superior to others. b. It comprises people's actual everyday behavior. c. It includes symbolic interactions between societies. d. It comprises the beliefs, values, and norms that people say they hold or follow. e. It includes coexistence of several cultures in the same geographic area.

57. Which of the following leads to the emergence of countercultures? a. When people see their way of life as the best and the most natural b. When people are part of the larger, dominant culture c. When people believe that no culture is better than another and should be judged by its own standards d. When people internalize cultural norms and values e. When people believe they cannot achieve their goals within the existing society 58. Identify an advantage of multiculturalism. a. It reflects people's actual everyday behavior. b. It develops practices that run counter to the dominant culture. c. It encourages intercultural dialogue. d. It makes people culture bound. e. It bolsters the national identities of all countries.

59. Maria, a sociologist, studies how people develop, maintain, and change culture. She is interested in the influences of culture in people's daily lives and studies the role that language, religion, and gender play in society.

Which of the following theories is likely to have influenced Maria? a. Functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Feminist theories d. Symbolic interactionism e. Invention and innovation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 60. _____ are formal and repeated behaviors that unite people. a. Taboos b. Norms c. Folkways d. Rituals e. Laws 61. Identify a true statement about cultural capital. a. It sets up boundaries between social classes. b. It decreases gender discrimination. c. It arises because of technological changes. d. It defines and reinforces mores. e. It determines people’s cultural tastes and interests through resources alone.

62. Why is ethnocentrism dysfunctional? a. It uses force or the threat of force to bring about cultural change in other groups. b. It sets up boundaries between social classes and shapes recreational activities. c. Viewing others as inferior generates hatred, discrimination, and conflict. d. It is based on a variety of characteristics, interests, or activities. e. Values and practices are developed in it that run counter to those of the dominant society.

63. Popular culture refers to ___________. a. the expression of a society's highest social classes b. the anxiety that accompanies exposure to an unfamiliar way of life c. the beliefs, practices, activities, and products that are widespread among a population d. the consistency of various aspects of society that promotes order and stability e. the coexistence of several cultures in the same geographic area, without one culture dominating another 64. Which of the following is an example of a ritual? a. Widening of eyes out of fear b. Crossing legs and tucking them under a chair c. Washing cars every Sunday d. Hanging up lights during Christmas e. Saying “please” and “thank you” 65. We have all internalized cultural norms and values. Thus, to some degree, we are all ______. a. multicultural b. ethnocentric c. culture bound d. culture shocked e. subcultural

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 66. A number of words in English reinforce negative images about gender. This is an example of _______. a. innovation theory b. functionalist theory c. conflict theory d. symbolic interaction theory e. cultural theory 67. _____ are formally defined norms about what is permissible or illegal. a. Taboos b. Laws c. Folkways d. Mores e. Beliefs 68. Which of the following is NOT an example of popular culture? a. Korean pop (K-pop) music b. Breakfast cereal c. The Royal Shakespeare Society d. Attending a baseball game e. Cookouts 69. Kamala’s grandparents taught her what to do on holidays when she was a child. This illustrates which characteristic of culture? a. Culture is adaptive and always changing. b. Culture is transmitted from one generation to the next. c. Culture has a defined territory. d. Culture is innate. e. Culture is individual.

70. Which of the following is a purpose of mores? a. They regulate people's emotional states. b. They define must behavior. c. They reward good or appropriate behavior. d. They define and reinforce folkways. e. They tell us what people should and ought to do.

71. _____ forbid acts that violate social customs, religious or moral beliefs, or laws. a. Sanctions b. Taboos c. Folkways d. Crimes e. Lags Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 72. Alexei loves to wear brightly colored button-down shirts—the brighter the better. This is an example of _________. a. material culture b. immaterial culture c. static culture d. subculture e. nonmaterial culture 73. Why is ethnocentrism functional? a. It reinforces conformity and maintains stability. b. It promotes the belief that no culture is better than another. c. People disparage those with differing attitudes as inferior or backward. d. It encourages intergroup understanding and cooperation. e. Viewing others as inferior generates hatred, discrimination, and conflict.

74. _____ are forms of communication designed to reach large numbers of people. a. High cultures b. Mores c. Primary sources d. Mass media e. Imperialists 75. Carmen and her family moved to the United States from Mexico when she was six years old. At home, Carmen and her family speak Spanish and celebrate Mexican holidays. However, Carmen speaks English in school and participates in American sports during the weekends. This scenario is an example of ________. a. cultural capital b. cultural imperialism c. popular culture d. cultural integration e. culture shock 76. Which of the following most accurately defines a symbol? a. A symbol is anything that stands for something else and has a particular meaning for people who share a culture. b. A symbol refers to a strong prohibition of any act that is forbidden because it is considered to be extremely offensive. c. A symbol is a formally defined norm about what is permissible or illegal. d. A symbol refers to norms that people consider very important because they maintain moral and ethical behavior. e. A symbol is a formal and repeated behavior that unites people.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 77. Lisa, a sociology student, believes that one should always be proud of his or her own culture because it is superior to other cultures in many ways. Her classmate, Melanie, however, believes that all cultures are equal and have their own worth. Given this scenario, it can be said that Melanie believes in _____. a. ethnocentrism b. multiculturalism c. cultural imperialism d. cultural relativism e. cultural integration 78. _____ consists of the physical objects that people make, use, and share. a. Nonmaterial culture b. Normative culture c. Traditional culture d. Material culture e. Ideal culture 79. Which of the following is a key point made by symbolic interactionists? a. Similar beliefs bind people together and create stability. b. Cultural symbols forge identities that change over time. c. Women and men often experience culture differently. d. Cultural values and norms can increase inequality because of sex, race/ethnicity, and social class. e. As powerful economic monopolies increase worldwide, the rich get richer and the rest of the people get poorer.

80. Which of the following are core U.S. values? a. Modesty, generosity, and integrity b. Diplomacy, development, and defense c. Progress, equality, and democracy d. Respect, order, and silence e. Patience, loyalty, and kindness 81. The management at Lumos Inc. believes in providing equal opportunities for all its employees, regardless of their gender. This indicates that Lumos Inc. most likely supports _____ of culture. a. functionalist theories b. cognitive theories c. feminist theories d. symbolic interactionist theories e. invention and innovation theories

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 82. Identify the relationship between society and culture. a. They are literal opposites. b. They are interdependent. c. They are independent. d. They are mutually exclusive. e. They are legally mandated.

83. _____ are the standards by which members of a particular culture define what is good or bad, moral or immoral, desirable or undesirable, beautiful or ugly. a. Languages b. Taboos c. Rituals d. Values e. Sanctions 84. How does high culture differ from popular culture? a. High culture represents the coexistence of several cultures, whereas popular culture is the representation of a specific culture. b. High culture runs counter to the values of the dominant society, whereas popular culture is small and informal. c. High culture is designed to reach large numbers of people, whereas popular culture is aimed to reach a specific group of people. d. High culture defines and reinforces mores, whereas popular culture encourages individuality. e. High culture is the cultural expression of a society's highest social classes, whereas popular culture is widespread among a population.

85. Which of the following is a consequence of cultural lag? a. It leads to sophisticated thought processes. b. It can create confusion about what is right and wrong. c. It helps nonmaterial culture adapt quickly to material culture. d. It stays limited to a society's highest social classes. e. It becomes widespread among a population.

86. A society's specific rules of right and wrong behavior are called its _______. a. rituals b. symbols c. language d. oaths e. norms

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 87. An example of a tabooed behavior in U.S. society is _______. a. using your cell phone while driving b. eating human flesh c. refusing to shake hands d. infrequent showering e. racetrack betting 88. Describe the influence of mass media on culture.

89. Discuss how diffusion changes culture.

90. Briefly describe subcultures and countercultures with examples for each.

91. Discuss the major reasons for cultural change and the ways in which they modify society.

92. How does language affect people's perceptions about gender?

93. Discuss two core U.S. values that are central to the American way of life.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 94. Discuss how symbols take many forms.

95. What are norms? Describe the various types of norms.

96. How do symbolic interactionists differ from functionalists and conflict theorists?

97. How do the views of feminists differ from that of conflict theorists?

98. Discuss the concept of cultural relativism with an example.

99. Explain culture shock.

100. Explain the functional aspect of ethnocentrism.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 101. Discuss the relationship between technology and cultural lag with examples.

102. What are mores? Describe how they vary from other cultural norms.

103. Distinguish between functionalists and conflict theorists.

104. Define cultural capital. Describe the role that it plays in society.

105. Discuss the difference between real culture and ideal culture.

106. Why is ideal culture often inconsistent with real culture? Explain with an example.

107. Briefly describe how language influences culture.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 108. Distinguish between material culture and nonmaterial culture.

109. Explain the cultural universal of food taboos with examples.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. True 6. False 7. True 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. True 12. True 13. False 14. False 15. True 16. False 17. True 18. False 19. True 20. True 21. False 22. False 23. d 24. b 25. a 26. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 27. c 28. b 29. a 30. a 31. c 32. e 33. b 34. c 35. a 36. a 37. d 38. d 39. a 40. d 41. b 42. b 43. a 44. d 45. c 46. d 47. e 48. b 49. a 50. a 51. b 52. c 53. c 54. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 55. b 56. d 57. e 58. c 59. d 60. d 61. a 62. c 63. c 64. d 65. c 66. c 67. b 68. c 69. b 70. b 71. b 72. a 73. a 74. d 75. d 76. a 77. d 78. d 79. b 80. c 81. c 82. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 83. d 84. e 85. b 86. e 87. b 88. Answers will vary. Many people are highly influenced by a popular culture that is largely controlled and manipulated by newspapers and magazines, television, movies, music, and ads. These mass media, or forms of communication designed to reach large numbers of people, have enormous power in shaping public attitudes and behavior. Because companies are driven by the pursuit of profit, considerable mass media content is basically marketing. A third of the content on morning shows is essentially selling something.

89. Answers will vary. A culture may change because of diffusion, the spread of cultural beliefs and activities from one group to another. Diffusion can be direct and interpersonal, occurring through trade, tourism, immigration, intermarriage, or the invasion of one country by another. Diffusion can also be indirect and largely impersonal, as in the Internet transmissions that zip around the world.

90. Answers will vary. Subcultures and countercultures account for some of the complexity within a society.

A subculture is a group within society that has distinctive norms, values, beliefs, lifestyle, or language. A subculture is part of the larger, dominant culture but has its own particular ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving. To fit in, members of most subcultures adapt to the larger society, but they may also maintain some of their traditional customs. In many instances, subcultures arise because of technological or other societal changes.

A counterculture is a group within society that openly opposes and/or rejects some of the dominant culture's norms, values, or laws. Countercultures usually emerge when people believe they cannot achieve their goals within the existing society. As a result, such groups develop values and practices that run counter to those of the dominant society. Some countercultures are small and informal, but others have millions of members and are highly organized.

91. Answers will vary. Some of the major reasons for cultural change include diffusion, invention and innovation, discovery, and external pressures.

A culture may change because of diffusion, spread of cultural beliefs and activities from one group to another.

Diffusion can be direct and interpersonal, occurring through trade, tourism, immigration, intermarriage, or the invasion of one country by another. It can also be indirect and largely impersonal, as in the Internet transmissions that zip around the world.

Cultures change because people are continually finding new ways of doing things. Invention, the process of creating new things, and innovation—turning inventions into mass-market products—also sparks cultural changes. An innovator is someone who markets an invention, even if it is someone else's idea. Inventors and innovators are rarely isolated geniuses who work alone. Instead, they depend on collaborative relationships and social networks for ideas and help.

Like invention, discovery involves exploration and investigation, and results in new products, insights, ideas, or behavior. Discovery usually requires dedicated work and years of commitment, but some discoveries occur by chance, called the serendipity effect.

External pressure for cultural change can take various forms. In its most direct form—war, conquest, or colonization —the dominant group uses force or the threat of force to change an existing culture. Pressures for change can also be indirect.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 92. Answers will vary. Many professors routinely use phrases like “Okay, guys, in class today . . .” and no one objects.

However, if professors use phrases like “Okay, gals, in class today . . .” there would be different reactions. The students react differently to “guys” and “gals” because people have internalized male terms (e.g., guys, policeman, and maintenance man) as normal and acceptable.

Language has a profound influence on how people think about and act toward people. Those who adhere to traditional language contend that nouns like fireman, chairman, mailman, and mankind and pronouns such as he refer to both women and men, and that women who object to such usage are too sensitive. However, if all professors used only she, her, and women when referring to all people, one might question if the men in the class would feel excluded. One solution is to use sentences with plural, gender-neutral pronouns (e.g., they, them) and gender-neutral nouns (e.g., firefighter, chair, police officer, and mail carrier).

93. Answers will vary. Two core U.S. values that are central to the American way of life are as follows: (a) Freedom and equality: Countless U.S. documents affirm freedom of speech, freedom of the press, and freedom of worship. U.S. laws also tell Americans that they have been "created equal" and have the same legal rights regardless of race, ethnicity, sex, religion, disability, age, or social class. (b) Activity and work: Americans want to "make things happen." They respect people who are focused and disciplined in their jobs and assume that hard work will be rewarded. Journalists and others often praise those who work past their retirement age.

Other core values include achievement and success, humanitarianism, efficiency and practicality, progress, material possessions, conformity, democracy, and individualism.

94. Answers will vary. Symbols take many forms. Written words are the most common symbols, but people also communicate by tattooing their bodies or not, celebrating or disregarding wedding anniversaries, and purchasing or avoiding goods and services to increase their social status. Gestures (e.g., raised fists, hugs, and stares) convey important messages about people's feelings and attitudes.

95. Answers will vary. Norms are a society's specific rules of right and wrong behavior. Norms tell people what they should, ought, and must do, as well as what they should not, ought not, and must not do. Sociologists differentiate three types of norms—folkways, mores, and laws—that vary because some rules are more important than others.

Folkways are norms that involve everyday customs, practices, and interaction. Etiquette rules are good examples of folkways. People automatically practice numerous folkways because they have internalized them since birth.

Folkways vary from one country to another.

Mores are norms that people consider very important because they maintain moral and ethical behavior. One of the most powerful types of mores are taboos, strong prohibitions of any act that is forbidden because it is considered extremely offensive. Taboos define and reinforce mores, but there are many violations.

Laws are formally defined norms about what is legal or illegal.

Sanctions are rewards for good or appropriate behavior and/or penalties for bad or inappropriate behavior. Sanctions are not always consistent, despite universally held norms.

96. Answers will vary. Unlike functionalists and conflict theorists, symbolic interactionists examine culture through micro lenses. They are most interested in understanding how individuals—in contrast to groups, organizations, or societies —create, maintain, and modify culture. Interactionists study how culture influences people's everyday lives. Micro approaches are useful in understanding what culture means to people and how these meanings differ across societies. However, symbolic interactionists do not offer a systematic framework that explains how people create and shape culture or develop shared meanings of reality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 97. Answers will vary. Feminist scholars agree with conflict theorists that culture creates considerable inequality, but they focus on gender differences. Feminists are also more likely than other theorists to examine multicultural variations across groups. Feminist analyses expand the understanding of cultural components that other theoretical perspectives ignore or gloss over. Like conflict theorists, however, feminist theorists often emphasize discord rather than how culture integrates women and men into society.

98. Answers will vary. Cultural relativism, the opposite of ethnocentrism, is the belief that no culture is better than another and should be judged by its own standards. Most Japanese mothers stay home with their children, whereas many American mothers work outside the home. However, one practice cannot be said to be better than the other.

Because Japanese fathers are expected to be the breadwinners, it is common for many Japanese women to be homemakers. In the United States, in contrast, some mothers choose to stay home, but economic recessions and the loss of many high-paying jobs have catapulted numerous married women into the labor force to help support their families. Thus, Japanese and American parenting may differ, but one culture is not better or worse than the other.

99. Answers will vary. People who travel to other countries often experience culture shock—confusion, disorientation, or anxiety that accompanies exposure to an unfamiliar way of life. Culture shock affects some people more than others, but the most stressful changes involve differences in food, clothes, etiquette, values, language, the general pace of life, and a lack of privacy.

100. Answers will vary. Ethnocentrism can be functional. Appreciating one's own country and heritage promotes loyalty and cultural unity. Ethnocentrism also reinforces conformity and maintains stability. Members of a society become committed to their particular values and customs and transmit them to the next generation. As a result, life is (generally) orderly and predictable.

101. Answers will vary. Some parts of culture change more rapidly than others. Cultural lag refers to the gap that occurs when material culture changes faster than nonmaterial culture. There are numerous examples of cultural lag in modern society because people's nonmaterial culture (e.g., norms, values, and laws) has not kept up with material culture (e.g., technological advances). Texting while driving has resulted in thousands of fatal car crashes, but many states have neither banned this practice nor enforced the laws they have passed.

Because technology is moving faster than laws to regulate and ensure Internet-based communication privacy, there are many breaches. The National Security Agency (NSA), one of the largest U.S. intelligence organizations, has secretly collected phone records of millions of Americans, and spied on leading U.S. technology companies (e.g., Facebook, Google, Apple, Yahoo) as well as European political heads of state who are allies (Timberg and Nakashima, 2013).

Cultural lags can create confusion, ambiguity about what is right and wrong, conflict, and a feeling of helplessness.

They also expose contradictory values and behavior. U.S. technology executives have railed against the NSA's mass compilation of data, but the companies themselves collect information on users that they sell to advertisers (Miller, 2013; Sengupta, 2013). Some consumers complain that retailers track their behavior, but have no problem with cookies, profiles, apps, and other online tools that let e-commerce sites know who they are, how they shop, and what they purchase (Clifford and Hardy, 2013). Even when mores, values, and laws catch up with technological innovations and inventions, they can create unexpected problems like pollution, drug shortages, and high medical costs.

102. Answers will vary. Mores are norms that people consider very important because they maintain moral and ethical behavior. Folkways emphasize ought to behavior whereas mores define must behavior. One of the most powerful types of mores are taboos, strong prohibitions of any act that is forbidden because it is considered extremely offensive. Taboos reflect social customs, religious or moral beliefs, and laws. Taboos define and reinforce mores, but there are many violations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 103. Answers will vary. Functionalists focus on society as a system of interrelated parts. Similarly, in their analysis of culture, functionalists emphasize the social bonds that attach people to society. For functionalists, culture is the cement that binds society. All societies have similar strategies for meeting human needs. Cultural universals, such as religious rituals, may play out differently in different countries, but all known societies have religious rituals.

Functionalism is important in showing similar beliefs bind people together and create stability. In emphasizing culture's role in meeting people's daily needs, however, functionalism often overlooks diversity and social change.

Unlike functionalists, conflict theorists argue that culture can generate considerable inequality instead of unify society. Conflict theorists maintain that many cultural values and norms benefit some members of society more than others. Conflict theorists also point out that technology serves primarily the rich. According to some critics, conflict theorists place too much emphasis on societal discord and downplay a culture's benefits. Conflict theorists maintain that mass media conglomerates control popular culture and promote goods and services that most people do not need and/or cannot afford.

104. Answers will vary. Social class affects an individual's participation in high culture and popular culture. Members of the upper class can pursue the fine arts and similar activities because they have cultural capital. Cultural capital refers to resources such as knowledge, verbal and social skills, education, and other assets that give a group advantages. It sets up boundaries between social classes, but cultural expressions and products can contain elements of both popular culture and high culture.

105. Answers will vary. The ideal culture comprises the beliefs, values, and norms that people say they hold or follow. In every society, however, ideal culture differs from real culture, or people's actual everyday behavior. Ideal culture and actual behavior are often inconsistent.

106. Answers will vary. The ideal culture comprises the beliefs, values, and norms that people say they hold or follow. In every society, however, ideal culture differs from real culture, or people's actual everyday behavior.

In the parent-child relationships context, Americans say that they love and cherish their children. However, every year hundreds of thousands of children experience abuse and neglect on a daily basis. Indeed, 82 percent of the offenders are parents (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2015).

In China, the 2,500-year-old Confucian ideal of filial piety (respecting and taking care of one's parents) still runs deep. However, nearly half of the country's older people now live apart from their children, most of whom live and work in urban areas—"a phenomenon unheard of a generation ago"—leaving elders to fend for themselves (Mencher, 2013). Thus, ideal culture and actual behavior are often inconsistent.

107. Answers will vary. Language helps people understand their everyday experiences, conveys their ideas, transmits information, and influences their attitudes and behavior. Language is a human invention that communities of people have endowed with meaning. Language directs people's thinking, controls their actions, shapes their expression of emotions, and gives them a sense of belonging to a group. Language can also spark anger and conflict.

108. Answers will vary. Material culture consists of the physical objects that people make, use, and share. These objects include such things as buildings, furniture, music, weapons, jewelry, hairstyles, and the Internet. Nonmaterial culture consists of the ideas that people create to interpret and understand the world. Beliefs about the supernatural, customs, and rules of behavior are examples of nonmaterial culture. Because material and nonmaterial culture are created by people, the physical objects and ideas can vary considerably across societies (e.g., the farming tools people create, how they form governments, or raise their children).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_03_SOC6 109. Answers will vary. There are many cultural universals, but specific behaviors vary across cultures, from one group to another in the same society, and over time. For example, all societies have food taboos, but they differ across societies. About 75 percent of the world's people eat insects. In Thailand, locusts, crickets, silkworms, grasshoppers, ants, and other insects are a big part of the diet (Stolley and Taphaneeyapan, 2002). Vietnamese restaurants offer cat on the menu, and many poor people in rural China eat dog meat because they can't afford poultry, pork, and beef.

Increasingly, however, as urban, middle-class Chinese households "have learned to love dogs at the end of a leash rather than on a skewer" ("Dog-lovers . . .," 2015:46; see also Wan, 2011).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. In the second resocialization step, the staff in total institutions tries to build a new identity that conforms to the institution's expectations. a. True b. False 2. Becky dislikes her math teacher because she is extremely strict. In spite of that, the math teacher can be Becky's role model. a. True b. False 3. Childhood mistreatment can blunt biological development. a. True b. False 4. The school's primary purpose is to instruct children and enhance their cognitive development. a. True b. False 5. Alcohol abuse is considered a genetic factor that shapes a child's behavior. a. True b. False 6. Some scientists describe healthy infants' brains as "small computers" because they can get damaged if not maintained well. a. True b. False 7. Jake, a fifteen-year-old, has been brought up by authoritarian parents. This makes him less likely to fall prey to peer pressure to use drugs or alcohol. a. True b. False 8. Play encourages children to think, formulate strategies, and budget and manage resources. a. True b. False 9. Functionalism tells people how socialization works on a micro level. a. True b. False 10. A peer group consists of people who are similar in age, social status, and interests. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 11. Kate is seven years old. According to Mead, she is most likely in the play stage of development and role taking. a. True b. False 12. During childhood and adolescence, parents and teachers, particularly, reinforce norms and values through rewards and punishments. a. True b. False 13. Like all the women in her family, Ivy suffered from migraine headaches. This example supports the argument that nurture shapes behavior. a. True b. False 14. Asian immigrants are more likely to live in extended families than any other group. a. True b. False 15. The concept of the looking-glass self was proposed by Charles Horton Cooley. a. True b. False 16. Internalization is the process of self-evaluation and informed decision making. a. True b. False 17. Biologists are of the opinion that human development is fairly changeable. a. True b. False 18. According to Mead, the me forms as children engage in role taking. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

19. Kira believes that her teacher doesn’t like her as much as the other children in class. Kira now thinks that she is bad at schoolwork, and that she is unlikeable. This illustrates Kira’s ___________. a. role models b. looking-glass self c. reference groups d. peer pressures e. resocialization

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 20. Since he was a year old, Adrian was carefully coached by his parents so that he grew up to be a wellmannered, confident, and generous person. His parents believed in leading by example. Adrian carried the values he learnt at home wherever he went—to school, to college, and to his workplace. He imparted these values to his children and grandchildren. The process that Adrian went through is known as _____. a. socialization b. resocialization c. social stratification d. self-fulfilling prophecy e. social mobility 21. Two of the most important roles in adulthood are work and _____. a. mentoring b. parenthood c. socializing d. leadership e. travelling 22. Blake and his two sisters grew up in a multigenerational household. This means that they _________. a. lived in the same house in which their ancestors had lived b. were brought up in a very strict, authoritarian environment c. were cared for by only one parent d. lived with their parents and grandparents e. would move out of their parents' house after marriage 23. In a process that Erving Goffman called _____, we provide information and cues to others to present ourselves in a favorable light while downplaying or concealing our less appealing characteristics. a. role taking b. resocialization c. internalization d. impression management e. internalization 24. Saami is four years old, and loves to play “house” where he gets to be the “mommy” of the house. Saami’s behavior is an example of __________. a. internalization b. judgment of others c. impression management d. role taking e. reinforcement

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 25. Kuldeep is 15 years old and wants a car for his birthday. However, he understands that he cannot get a driver's license for another year and that it would be illegal to drive without one. Therefore, he decides to wait for a year. Which of the key functions of socialization does this scenario illustrate? a. Socialization establishes our social identity. b. Socialization controls our behavior. c. Socialization teaches us role taking. d. Socialization transmits culture to the next generation. e. Socialization distinguishes between nature and nurture.

26. According to Mead's theory of the development of the self and role taking, which of the following statements is a characteristic of the preparatory stage? a. Children move beyond imitation and act out imagined roles. b. Children engage in behavior that they rarely associate with words or symbols. c. Children learn social norms by emulating significant others. d. Children acquire the ability to understand different connections between roles. e. Children understand and take the role of the generalized other.

27. In the context of the functions of play, which of the following most likely provides children with constructive ways to channel their energy and intelligence? a. Television programs b. Sports and hobbies c. Video games d. Social networking sites e. Homework and assignments 28. The parts of the brain responsible for controlling impulses, avoiding risky behavior, and planning ahead are _________. a. latent throughout one's life b. disrupted due to raging hormones c. the hallmarks of childish behavior d. among the last to mature e. innate characteristics of every child 29. In a growing field known as “fetal origins”, scientists are finding that the nine months of pregnancy constitute the most consequential period of our lives, permanently influencing the brain, other organs, and behavior. This supports which of the following arguments? a. Heredity is the most important factor in behavior. b. Human development is fairly fixed. c. The environment influences children’s genetic makeup and behavior. d. Human behavioral traits are fixed. e. The environment has no effect on biology.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 30. Tom was a pessimist. His attitude cost him his friends and his peace of mind. After years of self-inflicted stress, Tom decided that he would become optimistic and see the brighter side of things. Tom has decided to undergo the process of _____. a. internalization b. resocialization c. rehabilitation d. institutionalization e. victimization 31. Before her interview at a potential new employer, Jayna makes sure to style her hair neatly, dress in a suit, and buy new business-appropriate shoes. By doing these things, which of the three expressive resources of impression management is Jayna working to control? a. Manner b. Role c. Setting d. Impression e. Appearance 32. In the context of Mead's theory of the development of the self and role taking, children begin to learn role taking by emulating significant others during the _____ stage. a. preparatory b. last c. game d. first e. play 33. Biologists focus on heredity in human development, whereas sociologists focus on learning, socialization, and culture. This difference of opinion is called ___________. a. the nature–nurture debate b. the socialization–resocialization debate c. the innate–hereditary argument d. the voluntary–involuntary discussion e. the environment–surroundings debate 34. Many women, especially white women, who are unhappy with their bodies, turn to _____. a. suicide b. weight-loss programs c. cosmetic surgery d. yoga e. weight training

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 35. _____ is a period of both extreme helplessness and enormous physical and cognitive growth. a. Adulthood b. The teenage years c. Adolescence d. Toddlerhood e. The old age period 36. The first step of resocialization in total institutions is__________. a. being subjected to degradation ceremonies b. performing physical labor c. military training d. religious teaching e. anger management 37. _____ provides a foundation for understanding the purposes of socialization, but doesn’t tell us how socialization works. a. Feminist theory b. Functionalism c. Social learning theory d. Symbolic interaction theory e. Conflict theory 38. Which of the following is a key function of socialization? a. Teaching people to live solitary lives b. Teaching people to rebel against society c. Encouraging people to act against cultural norms d. Controlling people's actions and behavior through nature rather than nurture e. Transmitting culture to the next generation 39. The proportion of women who have ever suffered physical violence varies significantly across cultures, from 16 percent in East Asia to 66 percent in central sub-Saharan Africa. This supports the position that ______________. a. genetics influences human behavior b. social isolation can have dramatic and lasting effects c. humans are influenced by their environment d. the first few years of life are crucial to development e. emotional attachment is more crucial than food

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 40. Angela returned to her parents' home when she lost her job and could no longer afford to pay rent or buy food.

She was deep in debt and needed her parents' support to find another job in a difficult economy. Angela belongs to a group of young adults termed _____. a. empty nesters b. boomerang children c. slingshot children d. helicopter daughters e. feral children 41. _____ is learning how to perform a role that a person will occupy in the future. a. Social learning b. Symbolic interaction c. Resocialization d. Anticipatory socialization e. Modeling 42. Sasha’s friends are all close in age to her, and they all like the same TV shows. In the context of sociology, Sasha’s friends are an example of _______. a. a peer group b. an instrumental group c. a play group d. a social group e. an institutional group 43. The term _____ refers to the norms, values, and expectations of society as a whole that affect a person's behavior. a. socialization agent b. significant other c. role model d. primary caregiver e. generalized other 44. Owain’s manager showed him a lot of appreciation for efficiently handling a complicated project. This appreciation made Owain confident and enthused, and he put in more effort into all his future projects.

According to Charles Horton Cooley, which phase of the development of the looking-glass self is Owain going through? a. Anticipation b. Interpretation c. Perception d. Achievement e. Response

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 45. Which of the following is true about socialization? a. It produces people who are all entirely the same. b. It produces robots. c. It is always successful. d. It is a powerful force in shaping who we are. e. It is always voluntary and mild.

46. Lily was separated from her mother at the age of one and locked up in the barn outside her house. Nobody spoke to her or went to meet her. From time to time, she was beaten up. Many years later, she was discovered by the police. She was found to have no understanding of language and behaved more like an animal than a human being. Which of the following is most likely the cause for Lily's situation? a. Reinforcement b. Internalization c. Social isolation d. Resocialization e. Unsuccessful sex reassignment 47. _____ is the process of unlearning old ways of doing things and adopting new attitudes, values, norms, and behavior. a. Resocialization b. Internalization c. Incapacitation d. Impression management e. Anticipatory socialization 48. Which of the following statements supports the argument that nature shapes behavior? a. Human development is fairly changeable. b. Human development is innate. c. Human development is largely due to environment. d. Abuse and mistreatment can blunt a child's development. e. A pregnant mother's habits can have a lasting effect on a child's life.

49. _____ are settings where people are isolated from the rest of society, stripped of their former identities, and required to conform to new rules and behavior. a. Day care centers b. Total institutions c. Social institutions d. Health care centers e. Educational institutions

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 50. Jamal’s boss is an older black man who has worked in his field for decades. Jamal really values his boss’ advice and good opinion. Knowing that his boss appreciates and respects him makes Jamal feel valued and competent.

In the context of symbolic interaction theory, Jamal’s boss is an example of _________. a. a significant other b. a surrogate c. a mentor d. a primary socialization agent e. an internalization 51. Caitlin behaves and interacts with her siblings very differently compared to the way she behaves and interacts with her friends. She is less mindful of offending her brothers and sisters and is not conscious of her appearance when she is with them. Which of the key functions of socialization does this situation illustrate? a. Socialization establishes our social identity. b. Socialization teaches us to follow the rules. c. Socialization transmits culture to the next generation. d. Socialization teaches us role taking. e. Socialization distinguishes between nature and nurture.

52. _____ diminishes teens' and young adults' ability to develop decision-making and problem-solving skills. a. Laissez-faire parenting b. Permissive parenting c. Indulgent parenting d. Helicopter parenting e. Uninvolved parenting 53. Macy sees her best friend lie to her mother about where she is going. Macy, however, does not lie. This illustrates the difference between ___________. a. learning and performing behavior b. role models and internalization c. social learning theory and symbolic interaction theory d. nature and nurture e. socialization and resocialization 54. Which of the following is true about our interpretation of others’ perceptions of us? a. They are always completely accurate. b. They do not affect our behavior. c. They do not change over time. d. They may be totally wrong. e. They do not affect our looking-glass self.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 55. Who among the following exhibits a dominant I part of the self as described by Mead? a. Lizzy asks her elder sister if she can borrow her dress for a party. b. Daniel wants to play video games at his friend's house, but he knows he should wait for his turn. c. Bella wants to eat a box of candies for lunch, but she decides not to because her mother would be angry. d. Samuel insists that he wants to ride to school on a pony instead of a bicycle. e. Lucy finishes her assignment before going out to play, because she knows her teacher would be angry otherwise.

56. Which of the following is NOT a role that teachers play in the classroom? a. Role model b. Disciplinarian c. Instructor d. Surrogate e. Moral guide 57. A major criticism of symbolic interaction theories of socialization is that _____. a. they clearly explain why some children have a positive looking-glass self even when the cues are consistently negative b. the concepts used are too clear, precise, and orderly. c. they ignore birth order d. they ignore the interconnections between social structures and socialization e. they credit people with more free will than they have 58. Which of the following scenarios supports the argument that nurture shapes behavior? a. Evelyn, like all the women in her family, outlived her husband. b. Kamela’s sense of smell was far more acute than her husband’s, enabling her to be able to tell what seasoning her food needed without tasting it. c. Logan and his twin sister were raised by positive, affirming parents. Logan, however, suffered from attention deficit disorder, which is more common among men, while his sister did not. d. Joshua has been diagnosed with skin cancer, but none of his sisters have been. e. Benjie's father, an alcoholic, suffered from liver damage. He advised his son from a young age to avoid such destructive habits, and Benjie grew up to have a healthy lifestyle.

59. Which of the following statements is true of U.S. children? a. Most of them do not attend school as education is not given much importance. b. They make up a large segment of the U.S. labor force. c. Most of them enjoy happy and healthy lives, but many do not. d. A high percentage of them die of diseases before the age of five. e. Most of them stay with their parents until the age of 30.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 60. _____ occurs when people receive direct or indirect rewards or punishments for particular behaviors. a. Imitation b. Role conflict c. Reinforcement d. Evaluation e. Justification 61. In _____, parents focus on their own needs, spend little time interacting with the children, and know little about their interests or whereabouts. a. uninvolved parenting b. permissive parenting c. authoritative parenting d. indulgent parenting e. authoritarian parenting 62. Social learning theories do not explain _________. a. how socialization works b. why stages of development may overlap c. why reinforcement and modeling affect some children more than others d. the difference between learning and performing behavior e. the existence of multiple reference groups over a person’s lifetime 63. As children get older, they may have several _____ of people that shape their self-image, behavior, values, and attitudes in different contexts. a. role models b. significant others c. reference groups d. impression managers e. looking-glass selves 64. The lifelong process through which people learn culture and become functioning members of society is called _____. a. internalization b. socialization c. resocialization d. evolution e. externalization

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 65. Who among the following is typically a child's most powerful role model? a. A parent b. A friend c. A grandparent d. A celebrity e. A neighbor 66. Which of the following statements is true about later life? a. There are no rites of passage in later life. b. People age 65 and older often must learn to play new roles. c. Socialization ends before age 65. d. Resocialization is impossible for older adults. e. Older adults in poor health never welcome death.

67. According to symbolic interaction theories, _____ lack a sense of self, an awareness of their social identity. a. elderly people b. adults c. teenagers d. newborn infants e. adolescents 68. Aaron was four years old when he saw his elder brother Charlie throw a firecracker into a fire. There was a loud explosion, and Charlie's face got burnt. Therefore, Aaron learnt from a young age never to play with fire.

This scenario is an example of _____. a. reward b. positive reinforcement c. indirect reinforcement d. role taking e. critical evaluation 69. According to George Herbert Mead, the most critical social interaction occurs _____. a. among peers b. in the society c. in the family d. among strangers e. among friends 70. Unlike social scientists, biologists focus on the role of _____ in human development. a. heredity b. socialization c. learning d. assimilation e. environment Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 71. _____ maintain that people learn new attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors through interaction with other people, especially during childhood. a. Conflict strategies b. Social learning theories c. Structural functionalism theories d. Symbolic interaction theories e. Socialist strategies 72. Emily constantly suffered from severe headaches and blurred vision. At the age of fourteen, she was diagnosed with migraine. Her neurologist explained to her that women were more likely than men to suffer from such headaches. In the context of the nature–nurture debate, Emily's neurologist is most likely to support the theory that __________. a. sex reassignment should be encouraged b. adult behavior influences children c. men have lower immunity than women d. biology shapes behavior e. cross-cultural variations in behavior exist 73. Adam's parents allow him two sleepovers a month at his friend's place on the condition that he puts in an extra hour of study every day. In terms of parenting styles, Adam's parents exhibit _____. a. uninvolved parenting b. permissive parenting c. authoritative parenting d. indulgent parenting e. authoritarian parenting 74. Who among the following can be termed helicopter parents? a. Ian's parents are overanxious about his college admission and have made him apply to ten different universities. b. Vincent's parents do not restrict him from smoking; they give him an extra allowance to buy cigarettes. c. Sydney's parents were hardly aware of their daughter's whereabouts; they were too busy with work to be bothered. d. Brooke invited her parents to her piano recital, but they chose to attend their neighbor's birthday party instead. e. Vivian's parents regularly check in with her as to how her schoolwork is going, but make sure that she is the one responsible for completing it.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 75. As he was growing up, Elon’s parents taught him that as a young black man, he needed to dress well, be articulate, and to never display anger as a way to keep him safe and counteract negative stereotypes about black men. This is an example of ____________. a. internalization b. role taking c. racial socialization d. resocialization e. multigenerational socialization 76. _____ refer to public rituals that mark the transition from one social position to another. a. Internalized behaviors b. Continuum of sanctions c. Anticipatory socialization processes d. Symbolic interactions e. Rites of passage 77. Jameila scored straight A’s in her class tests. As a reward for her hard work, her parents took her to her favorite amusement park for an entire day. This action of Jameila’s parents is an example of _____. a. cognitivism b. internalization c. functional impulsivity d. resocialization e. reinforcement 78. The _____ is a self-image based on how we think others see us. a. internalization self b. role model c. significant other d. generalized other e. looking-glass self 79. Which of the following statements is true of peers as socialization agents? a. A peer group is the first and most influential socialization agent. b. A peer group is the most important factor that helps in keeping a family close. c. A peer group consists of people who differ in age, social status, and interests. d. All peer or friend influence is positive. e. Peer influence usually increases as young children get older.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 80. _____ is the process of learning cultural behaviors and expectations so deeply that people accept them without question. a. Assimilation b. Acculturalization c. Integration d. Conceptualization e. Internalization 81. Sarah is fourteen years old and is very conscious of her looks and other people's opinion of her. With reference to Cooley's concept, who among the following is most likely to help Sarah develop a positive looking-glass self during this age? a. Role models b. Teachers c. Grandparents d. Parents e. Peers 82. Emilia was a careless, pampered adult. Her life took a complete turn after she became a mother. Responsibility came naturally to her, and she began to enjoy taking care of her baby round the clock. The dramatic change in Emilia's behavior is an example of _____. a. internalization b. rehabilitation c. authoritarian parenting d. uninvolved parenting e. voluntary resocialization 83. According to Mead, the _____ is creative, imaginative, impulsive, spontaneous, self-centered, and sometimes unpredictable. a. looking-glass self b. I c. me d. super ego e. ego 84. Explain the four types of parenting styles.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 85. Explain the various opinions that arise from the nature–nurture debate.

86. Discuss the socialization process of teenagers.

87. Explain the concept of reinforcement with examples.

88. Define impression management, and explain the three types of expressive resources associated with it.

89. Elaborate on George Herbert Mead's three stages of the socialization process.

90. Elaborate on the impact of electronic media on a child's development.

91. Briefly discuss teachers' impact on children's development.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 92. Describe the four key functions of socialization.

93. Explain how children learn to socialize in the infancy and toddlerhood stage.

94. Explain the three phases of development of Charles Horton Cooley's looking-glass self.

95. Discuss the role of schools in socialization.

96. Explain the concept of involuntary resocialization. Provide an example.

97. Describe the key elements of the two types of socialization theories.

98. Explain how play influences a child's development.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 99. Briefly discuss the positive and negative influences of peer groups.

100. Describe the two key points that support the argument that nature shapes behavior.

101. Elaborate on the reasons that cause the boomerang generation to move back in with their parents.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. False 7. False 8. True 9. False 10. True 11. False 12. True 13. False 14. True 15. True 16. False 17. False 18. True 19. b 20. a 21. b 22. d 23. d 24. d 25. b 26. b

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 27. b 28. d 29. c 30. b 31. e 32. e 33. a 34. c 35. d 36. a 37. b 38. e 39. c 40. b 41. d 42. a 43. e 44. e 45. d 46. c 47. a 48. b 49. b 50. a 51. d 52. d 53. a 54. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 55. d 56. d 57. e 58. e 59. c 60. c 61. a 62. c 63. c 64. b 65. a 66. b 67. d 68. c 69. c 70. a 71. b 72. d 73. c 74. a 75. c 76. e 77. e 78. e 79. e 80. e 81. e 82. e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 83. b 84. Answers will vary. The four common parenting styles are authoritarian, authoritative, permissive, and uninvolved.

In authoritarian parenting, parents tend to be harsh, unresponsive, and rigid, using their power to control a child's behavior. Authoritative parenting is warm, responsive, and involved, but parents set limits and expect appropriately mature behavior from their children. Permissive parenting is lax: Parents set few rules but are usually warm and responsive. Uninvolved parenting is indifferent and neglectful.

85. Answers will vary. Those who argue that nature shapes behavior point to two kinds of evidence—developmental and health differences between males and females, and cases of unsuccessful sex reassignment.

Sociologists who support the role of nurture in shaping behavior refer to two types of data to support their argument: cross-cultural variations in male violence, and the environment's effect on biology. Our social environment can enhance or dampen biological characteristics. Biological factors play an important role in human behavior, but sociology’s larger concern is how socialization affect’s people’s development, even overriding some genetic predispositions and influences.

86. Answers will vary. Ages 13 to 19 is a period of tremendous change. Most societies have distinct rites of passage.

Dating and getting a driver's license are the most common rites of passage in the United States that ease adolescents into adulthood. Teenagers establish their own identity and become more independent as they mature and break away from parental supervision. During adolescence, the brain matures at different rates. Areas involved in basic functions such as processing information and controlling physical movement mature first.

87. Answers will vary. Reinforcement refers to direct or indirect rewards or punishments for particular behaviors. A little girl who puts on her mother's makeup may be told that she's cute, but her brother will be scolded. Children also learn through indirect reinforcement. If a little boy's male friends are punished for crying, he will learn that "boys don't cry." Children also learn through observation and imitation. Even when children are not directly rewarded or punished for "behaving like boys" or "behaving like girls," they learn about gender by watching who does what in their families.

A father who is rarely at home because he's always working sends the message that men are supposed to earn money. A mother who is always complaining about being overweight or old sends the message that women are supposed to be thin and young.

88. Answers will vary. Impression management is the process of providing information and cues to others to present ourselves in a favorable light while downplaying or concealing our less appealing characteristics. This presentation of the self requires managing three types of expressive resources: First, people try to control the setting—the physical space, or "scene," where the interaction takes place.

A second expressive resource is controlling appearance, such as clothing and titles that convey information about people's social status.

The third expressive resource is manner—the mood or style of behavior people display that sends important messages to the audience.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 89. Answers will vary. According to Mead, the most critical social interaction occurs in the family, the foundation of socialization. The three sequential stages in this process are the following: a) The preparatory stage (roughly birth to 2 years)—An infant does not distinguish between the self and others. The I is dominant, while the me is forming in the background. In this stage, children learn through imitation. b) The play stage (roughly 2 to 6 years)—The child begins to use language and to understand that words, like dog and cat, have a shared cultural meaning. Through play, children begin to learn role taking in two ways. First, they emulate significant others. The child learns that he or she has a self that is distinct from that of others, that others behave in many different ways, and that others expect her or him to behave in specific ways. In the play stage, the child moves beyond imitation and acts out imagined roles. Also in the play stage, children experience anticipatory socialization, learning how to perform a role that they will occupy. c) The game stage (roughly 6 years and older)—This stage involves acquiring the ability to understand connections between roles. According to Mead, the child must "not only take the role of the other … but must assume the various roles of all participants in the game, and govern his action accordingly.

90. Answers will vary. The average young American now spends more time with electronic media than in school. The typical 8- to 10-year-old spends nearly 8 hours a day using some type of electronic media, and older children and teenagers spend almost 9 hours a day. The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) counsels parents to avoid use of screen media, other than videochatting, for children younger than 18 months. It also recommends limiting screen use for children ages 2 to 5 to 1 hour per day, and only of high-quality programs, to encourage more interactive activities such as talking, playing, singing, and reading together "that will promote proper brain development."

Too much time on the Internet has been linked with violence, cyberbullying, trouble in school, obesity, lack of sleep, and other problems.

91. Answers will vary. Teachers are among the most important socialization agents. From kindergarten through high school, teachers play numerous roles in the classroom—instructor, role model, evaluator, moral guide, and disciplinarian, to name just a few. Well-trained teachers can motivate students and increase their academic achievement regardless of their innate ability, talents, behaviors, or home circumstances.

92. Answers will vary. Socialization has four key functions that range from providing people with a social identity to transmitting culture to the next generation. a. Socialization establishes our social identity—People are who they are largely because of socialization. b. Socialization teaches us role taking—A role is the behavior expected of a person in a particular social position. c. Socialization controls our behavior—It teaches people that if they follow the rules, they are usually rewarded. If they break the rules, they may be punished. d. Socialization transmits culture to the next generation—Each generation passes its culture on to the next generation. The culture that is transmitted includes language, beliefs, values, norms, and symbols.

93. Answers will vary. Infancy and toddlerhood encompass only a small fraction of the average person's life span, but are periods of both extreme helplessness and enormous physical and cognitive growth. The quality of relationships with adults and other caregivers has a profound effect on infants' and toddlers' development. Engaging infants in talk increases their vocabulary.

94. Answers will vary. Cooley proposed that the looking-glass self develops in an ongoing process of three phases: Phase 1—Perception—We imagine how we appear to other people and how other people perceive us.

Phase 2—Interpretation of the perception—We imagine how others judge us.

Phase 3—Response—We experience self-feelings based on how we think other people judge us.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 95. Answers will vary. By the time children are 4 or 5, school fills an increasingly large portion of their lives. The school's primary purpose is to instruct children and enhance their cognitive development.

Schools do not simply transmit knowledge; they also teach children to think about the world in different ways.

Because of the emphasis on multiculturalism, for example, children often learn about other societies and customs.

Even outside of classes, schools affect children's daily activities through homework assignments and participation in clubs and other extracurricular activities.

Because many parents are employed, schools have had to devote more time and resources to topics—such as sex education, abusive adolescent relationships, and drug abuse prevention—that were once the sole responsibility of families.

96. Answers will vary. Resocialization can also be involuntary when it occurs against a person’s will. Examples include children sent to a foster home or older people persuaded to move to an assisted-living facility. Total institutions are the most intense forms of resocialization.

97. Answers will vary. According to social learning theories, social interaction is important in learning appropriate and inappropriate behavior. These theories also propose that socialization relies on direct and indirect reinforcement. For example, children learn how to behave when they are scolded or praised for specific behaviors.

According to symbolic interaction theories, the self emerges through social interaction with significant others. These theories also propose that socialization includes role taking and controlling the impression we give to others. For example, children who are praised are more likely to develop a strong self-image than those who are always criticized.

98. Answers will vary. Play serves several important functions. First, it promotes cognitive development. From an early age, however, play is generally gender typed. The second function of play—especially when it's structured—is to enhance children’s social development. Third, play can strengthen peer relationships. Even if children are not popular, belonging to a friendship group enhances their psychological well-being and ability to cope with stress.

99. Answers will vary. Peer influence usually increases as young children get older. Especially during the early teen years, friends often reinforce desirable behavior or skills that enhance a child's self-image. Thus, to apply Cooley's concept, peers can help each other develop a positive looking-glass self. Peers also serve as positive role models. Among teens and young adults who are lesbian or gay, heterosexual friends can be especially supportive in accepting one's homosexuality and disclosing it to family. Peers can also have a significant impact in teen dating violence by encouraging their friends to leave a relationship, to report the abuse, and to seek protection orders. Children acquire a wide array of information and knowledge by observing their peers. Not all peer or friend influence is positive, however. Among seventh- to twelfth-graders, having a best friend who engages in sexual intercourse, is truant, joins a gang, and uses tobacco and marijuana increases the probability of imitating such behavior.

100. Answers will vary. The two key points that support the argument that nature shapes behavior are developmental and health differences between males and females, and cases of unsuccessful sex reassignment. a) Developmental and health differences: Boys mature more slowly than girls, get sick more often, and are less likely to have mastered the self-control and fine-motor skills necessary for a successful start in school. Girls are at least twice as likely as boys to suffer from depression, anxiety, and eating disorders. b) Unsuccessful sex reassignment: John Money, a highly respected psychologist, maintained that gender identity is determined as much by culture and nurture as by hormones. His views were based on the case of David Reimer, a child who underwent sex reassignment. A biologist and a psychiatrist who followed up on David/Brenda's case in the 1990's, however, concluded that the sex reassignment had failed. David's experience suggests to some scientists that nature outweighs nurture in shaping a person's gender identity.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_04_SOC6 101. Answers will vary. The terms boomerang children and boomerang generation refer to young adults who move back in with their parents. Financial insecurity, student loan debt, low wages, divorce, credit card debt, and going from job to job until they find work they enjoy have made it harder for young middle-class adults to maintain the lifestyles that their parents created. On a micro level, almost 33 percent of today's parents, compared with 19 percent in 1993, say that children shouldn't be expected to be on their own financially until age 25 or later. Among those ages 18 to 24, 87 percent live at home because parents make it easier for them to stay. They enjoy the comforts of the pampering parental nest.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. According to social exchange theory, any of a person's resources can be traded for more, better, or different resources that another person possesses. a. True b. False 2. Roles are always flexible. a. True b. False 3. Cell phones have decreased the frequency of interaction between parents, especially if both are employed. a. True b. False 4. In the workplace, women and men who occupy high-level decision-making positions have similar interaction styles with superiors and subordinates. a. True b. False 5. Statuses are considered relational because they are connected to other statuses. a. True b. False 6. For feminists, the most significant characteristic of all human communication is that people take each other and the context into account. a. True b. False 7. Young people and LGBTQ individuals are especially likely to be targets of cyberstalking. a. True b. False 8. A master status is usually not immediately apparent and makes no impression on a person's entire life. a. True b. False 9. People are always aware of the impact of social structure before they violate cultural rules. a. True b. False 10. Emails, text messages, videos, and Snapchat photos do not disappear after being deleted but may last indefinitely in cyberspace. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 11. Women are socialized to be more comfortable talking about their feelings, whereas men are socialized to be dominant and take charge, especially in the workplace. a. True b. False 12. The higher the socioeconomic status, the greater the consumption of space. a. True b. False 13. According to social exchange theory, relationships involve trading a variety of resources, such as money, youth, and good looks. a. True b. False 14. Status sets stay the same throughout the life course. a. True b. False 15. Cyberbullying is more common than traditional bullying. a. True b. False 16. In the context of the consistent research findings across cultures, it is evident that men smile more than women. a. True b. False 17. People play a status but occupy a role. a. True b. False 18. Status sets include both ascribed and achieved statuses. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

19. Mary works in an office and has two young children. To make sure that her children arrive at school on time, Mary shifts her office timing so that she can work from 9:00 am to 2:00 pm on weekdays and also on Saturdays.

Which coping strategy is Mary using to deal with the role conflict that she faces? a. Denying that there is a problem b. Compromising any one role c. Exiting both the roles d. Compartmentalizing roles e. Setting priorities

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 20. _____ is the study of how people construct and learn to share definitions of reality that make everyday interactions possible. a. Dramaturgical analysis b. Ethnomethodology c. Ethnography d. Frame analysis e. Autoethnography 21. Which of the following statements is true about facial expressions? a. Facial expressions don't always show true emotions. b. Facial expressions cannot lie about feelings. c. Facial expressions mean the same things across cultures. d. Facial expressions always give away a person who is lying. e. Facial expressions are never deceptive.

22. Doctor, teacher, and brother are examples of _____. a. institutions b. sects c. statuses d. groups e. organizations 23. Which of the following statements is true about the demographic variations among Internet users? a. The number of women using the Internet is higher than men. b. Asian Americans are the most connected group in the United States. c. The higher the family income, the lesser the likelihood of Internet users in the family. d. Students in college are less likely to be Internet users than students in high schools. e. Americans aged 65 and older do not use the Internet at all.

24. Which of the following statements is true about a master status? a. It is usually not apparent. b. It usually makes the biggest impression. c. It usually does not affect others' perceptions. d. It is always achieved. e. It is always ascribed.

25. Which of the following is true about social media’s effects on families? a. Cell phones have increased the frequency of interaction between parents. b. Screen time increases the quality and quantity of interactions between parents and young children. c. The Internet and smart phones have consistently eroded relationships. d. Parents spend less time with their children playing video games. e. By using their cell phones at dinner, parents send the message that their children are important.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 26. Which of the following is an example of a resource that people can bring to a relationship? a. Youth b. Status c. Intelligence d. All of these are correct. e. None of these are correct.

27. Which of the following is an example of an achieved status? a. Mother b. Brother c. Latino d. Teenager e. Woman 28. Miller, a doctor, performs normal checkups, treats common illnesses, and advises patients along with many other activities that are related to his profession. These activities reflect Dr. Miller's _____ for his role. a. statuses b. formal behaviors c. status set d. personality e. social identity 29. Identify a statement that is true about verbal interactions according to feminist theories. a. Generally, men are socialized to be more comfortable talking about their feelings. b. Women are more likely than men to do conversational maintenance work. c. Women show conversational dominance by reinterpreting the speaker's meaning. d. Interaction differences are innate in people because of one's sex. e. Fathers who do much of the parenting have communication styles that are opposite to those of mothers.

30. Marlin is a 33-year-old male and the father of two children. Marlin's sex is an example of a(n) _____. a. achieved status b. earned status c. ascribed status d. attained status e. acquired status 31. A major cost of online interaction is _____________. a. developing networking skills b. finding jobs c. political engagement d. faster communication e. jeopardizing our privacy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 32. Amanda is a relationship therapist and usually indulges in gossip with her secretary after lunch. After meeting with her new clients, Amanda calls her secretary into her private office to have an informal chat. She tells her secretary that her new clients are the most ignorant people she has ever met. According to sociologist Erving Goffman, Amanda is in the _____. a. black box b. back stage c. front zone d. red zone e. staging area 33. Mackenzie is a congresswoman. As part of her job, she is a committee member, orator, and supervisor of her staff. These responsibilities make up Mackenzie's _____. a. role set b. role strain c. role conflict d. status quo e. status consistency 34. _____ is the actual behavior of a person who occupies a status. a. Role presentation b. Role position c. Role strain d. Role performance e. Role set 35. Which of the following is NOT an effective way to deal with role conflict and role strain? a. Denying that there is a problem b. Deciding not to take on any more roles c. Using negotiation to decrease the conflict d. Setting priorities e. Exiting one or more roles or statuses 36. Which of the following is true of a status set? a. It changes only with significant effort. b. It changes only during childhood. c. It is achieved during adulthood. d. It changes throughout a person's life course. e. It is set at birth and cannot be changed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 37. As a child, Connor was repeatedly told that he was terrible at math. Many of his teachers told him he would never understand math, instead of giving him the help he needed to understand the subject. As an adult, Connor avoids anything to do with math, as he finds it confusing. This is an example of a(n) ___________. a. self-fulfilling prophecy b. social construction c. role conflict d. social exchange e. redefinition of reality 38. _____ refers to the difficulties due to conflicting demands within the same role. a. Role rage b. Role strain c. Role conflict d. Role discrepancy e. Role inconsistency 39. _____ refers to messages sent without words. a. Verbal communication b. Social interaction c. Nonverbal communication d. Conversational dominance e. Role performance 40. The behavior expected of a person who has a particular status is called a(n) _____. a. role b. theory c. activity d. qualification e. ethnicity 41. Who among the following has an ascribed status? a. A college graduate b. A student c. A customer d. An athlete e. An African American

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 42. In an interview for a job, Karen displays herself as being smart and funny and hides her rude and self-centered temperament. Karen is using _____. a. autoethnography b. social construction of reality c. dramaturgical analysis d. impression management e. ethnomethodology 43. Jane, a wife, a mother of two children, and a national-level athlete, works as a kindergarten teacher. She faces difficulties at home because of the challenges she faces in playing these contradictory roles and decides to get a divorce from her husband. Which of the following coping strategies does Jane use to deal with the role conflict she faced? a. Denying that there is a problem b. Compromising c. Exiting roles d. Compartmentalizing roles e. Setting priorities 44. A _____ is the array of roles attached to a particular status. a. role strain b. role set c. role conflict d. role dimension e. role stereotype 45. Which of the following is a difference between ascribed and achieved statuses? a. Ascribed statuses cannot be noticed physically, whereas achieved statuses are physically notable. b. Unlike ascribed statuses, achieved statuses dictate social standing. c. Unlike ascribed statuses, achieved statuses remain the same from the time of birth. d. Ascribed statuses cannot be controlled, whereas achieved statuses can be controlled and changed. e. Ascribed statuses are variable, whereas achieved statuses are invariable.

46. A(n) _____ overrides other statuses and forms an important part of a person's social identity. a. master status b. minor status c. auxiliary status d. role set e. status set

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 47. Which of the following statements is true about gestures? a. Their meaning is always the same. b. The same gesture may have different meanings in different countries. c. Context is unimportant in interpreting gestures. d. Gestures are an example of verbal communication. e. Gestures do not send messages on their own.

48. Cameron was scheduled to present his history paper on Thursday between 1:00 pm and 3:00 pm. His anthropology final was scheduled for 3:00 pm on the same day. He was stressed because of the different activities he had to perform as a student majoring in Humanities. Cameron is experiencing _____. a. role rage b. role discrepancy c. role conflict d. role inconsistency e. role strain 49. Which of the following is true of social interaction? a. Social interaction is peripheral to human social activity. b. People respond to a situation in a similar manner during social interaction. c. Social interaction is similar across time and place. d. Social interaction can be interpreted in various ways across cultures and groups over time. e. Social interaction is effective only to verbal behavior.

50. _____ refers to the difficulties in playing two or more contradictory roles. a. Role rage b. Role strain c. Role conflict d. Role inconsistency e. Role discrepancy 51. Which of the following is a similarity between statuses and roles? a. Like statuses, roles are relational. b. Like statuses, roles are static. c. Like all statuses, roles are ascribed. d. Like all statuses, roles are achieved. e. Like all statuses, roles are independent.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 52. _____ is a research approach that examines social interaction as if occurring on a stage where people play different roles and act out scenes for the audiences with whom they interact. a. Frame analysis b. Autoethnography c. Ethnography d. Dramaturgical analysis e. Ethnomethodology 53. Carter is a full-time college student and works at a factory for 30 hours each week. He feels exhausted and is having a hard time dealing with the demands of his roles at college and the factory he works in. Carter is experiencing _____. a. role rage b. role conflict c. role strain d. role discrepancy e. role inconsistency 54. Which of the following statements is true about roles? a. They are always rigid. b. They are always flexible. c. They are always unique. d. They are based on choices. e. They are based on mutual obligations.

55. Which of the following statements is common to all micro-level perspectives about social interaction? a. The perspectives don’t explain differing interpretations of some words. b. The perspectives explain who teaches communication. c. The perspectives don’t explain why people say what they say. d. The perspectives show how people learn social interaction. e. The perspectives show how people interact in their daily lives.

56. Social structure _____. a. affects the life of people minimally b. makes people feel that life is haphazard c. influences people to violate cultural rules d. shapes people’s actions e. allows people to act randomly

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 57. _____ argues that people create and define their reality through social exchanges. a. Functionalist theory b. Feminist theory c. Psychosocial theory d. Symbolic interaction theory e. Social learning theory 58. Timothy and Kiley were asked to violate a norm by their sociology professor. They chose to go to the mall and use the up escalator to go down and the down escalator to go up. They watched the reactions of others and wrote a paper describing the experience. Which of the following methodological tools were Timothy and Kiley using? a. Dramaturgical analysis b. Participant observation c. Frame analysis d. Autoethnography e. Ethnomethodology 59. Carol, an American of Japanese descent, is a 33-year-old female and a research manager at a pharmaceutical company. She is the daughter of a renowned boxer, James, who has participated in several national championships. Which of the following statements depicts Carol's achieved status? a. She is an American of Japanese descent. b. She is 33 years old. c. She is a research manager at a pharmaceutical company. d. She is the daughter of a national champion. e. She is a woman.

60. _____ include gestures, facial expressions, and eye contact. a. Visual cues b. Social signals c. Verbal cues d. Nonverbal cues e. Personal cues 61. In the context of symbolic interaction, _____ refers to a type of doublespeak that uses words or phrases that avoid a harsh, unpleasant, or distasteful reality. a. bureaucratese b. amphigory c. gobbledygook d. euphemism e. gibberish

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 62. Status inconsistency is _____. a. a social position that a person attains through personal effort b. the actual behavior of a person who occupies a status c. the behavior expected of a person who has a particular status d. a shifting communication pattern that governs people's interpersonal relationships e. the conflict that arises from occupying social positions that are ranked differently 63. Keri is a daughter, a parole officer, and a softball player. These positions make up Keri's _____. a. role set b. status set c. master status d. achieved status e. ascribed status 64. A(n) _____ is a social position that a person attains through personal effort or assumes voluntarily. a. achieved status b. assigned status c. ascribed status d. attributed status e. designated status 65. _____ is the repeated use of electronic communications to harass, threaten, or frighten someone. a. Social networking b. Cyberbullying c. Cyberstalking d. Online interaction e. Cyberinteraction 66. Which of the following is true about silence? a. It only expresses one emotion. b. It always embarrasses us. c. It is an uncommon nonverbal message. d. It means different things to different people, depending on context. e. It is always consistent in meaning, across settings.

67. Sarah has a blog where she posts about the latest happenings with her favorite band, including pictures, tour dates, and album sneak peeks. Sarah’s blog is an example of __________. a. social media b. informational media c. asocial media d. online media e. personal media Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 68. Each status is associated with one or more _____. a. facial expressions b. body languages c. logics d. theories e. roles 69. Which of the following statements is true about gendered touching? a. Men are more likely than women to initiate hugs. b. Men are more likely than women to use touching to express support. c. Women are more likely than men to initiate touches that assert power. d. Men are more likely than women to use touching to express comfort. e. Men are more likely than women to use touching to show sexual interest.

70. According to feminist theories, which of the following statements is true about verbal interactions? a. During decision-making tasks, women are more talkative than men are. b. Men are more talkative than women are when talking about themselves. c. Men show conversational dominance by speaking more frequently and for longer periods. d. Women show conversational dominance by interrupting others while talking. e. Women show conversational dominance by giving unsolicited and unwanted advice.

71. The term _____ can be defined as an organized pattern of behavior that governs people's relationships. a. social interaction b. social structure c. status set d. social status e. role set 72. _____ proposes that individuals seek through their interactions to maximize their rewards and minimize their costs. a. Functionalist theory b. Feminist theory c. Social exchange theory d. Symbolic interaction theory e. Social learning theory 73. Which of the following is true about personal space? a. It reflects power and status. b. It is consistent across societies. c. It is unrelated to power and status. d. It is insignificant in our everyday interactions. e. It never varies.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 74. For most people, the word status signifies prestige. For sociologists, status is _________. a. a social position that a person occupies in society b. the process of acting toward and reacting to people around us c. a social position that a person is born in to d. the behavior expected of a person in a particular place in society e. also a signifier of prestige and rank 75. Statuses, roles, groups, organizations, and institutions make up _____. a. social organizations b. social sets c. social interactions d. social structures e. social norms 76. Brendon is a pastor at the local church. To earn extra money, he transports vegetables to a retail market during weekends. This is an example of _____. a. a master status b. status inconsistency c. an ascribed status d. role performance e. role strain 77. Which of the following are examples of statuses that are relational or complementary? a. A Latino having a male friend b. An employee having a brother c. A lawyer having a sister d. A doctor having a patient e. A child having a pet 78. A(n) _____ is a social position that a person is born into. a. status set b. role set c. achieved status d. role institution e. ascribed status 79. _____ refers to deliberately using digital media to communicate false, embarrassing, or hostile information about someone. a. Social networking b. Cyberbullying c. Cyberstalking d. Online interaction e. Cyberinteraction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 80. Which of the following statements is true about the effect of online interaction on families? a. Social media has a more negative impact on committed relationships. b. Social media has no effect on family ties. c. Social media has more positive effects on families. d. Social media has a more negative effect on ties between parents and children. e. Social media has had a mixed effect on families.

81. Which of the following is an effective way of minimizing role conflict and role strain? a. Tackling everything at once b. Desegregating roles c. Taking on more roles at a time d. Setting priorities e. Acquiring more statuses 82. Social interaction can be defined as the process of ___________. a. how we gain knowledge about a particular topic b. how we investigate a phenomenon in a systematic manner c. acting toward and reacting to people around us. d. an unorganized pattern of behavior governing people's relationships e. an organized pattern of behavior governing people's relationships 83. Which of the following is considered the dynamic aspect of a status? a. A society b. An occupation c. An economy d. A position e. A role 84. When meeting a woman he finds attractive, Max frequently stands very close, often touching her. This is an example of __________. a. violating personal space b. sharing public space c. violating shared space d. sharing impersonal space e. violating psychological space 85. Discuss social media with examples.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 86. Differentiate between ascribed status and achieved status.

87. What is role performance? Discuss with an example.

88. Discuss some benefits and drawbacks of online interaction.

89. Discuss the symbolic interactionist perspective on social interaction.

90. What is nonverbal communication? Discuss in detail.

91. What is status? Illustrate with examples.

92. Discuss online harassment and humiliation.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 93. Discuss the strategies for coping with role conflict and role strain with examples.

94. Discuss the social purposes of eye contact.

95. Identify the three micro-level perspectives that explain social interaction. What is the common characteristic among them?

96. Discuss social exchange theory.

97. Discuss ethnomethodology.

98. Discuss social structure and its implications.

99. Discuss social interaction and its key features.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. True 6. False 7. True 8. False 9. False 10. True 11. True 12. True 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. False 17. False 18. True 19. d 20. b 21. a 22. c 23. b 24. b 25. a 26. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 27. a 28. b 29. b 30. c 31. e 32. b 33. a 34. d 35. a 36. d 37. a 38. b 39. c 40. a 41. e 42. d 43. c 44. b 45. d 46. a 47. b 48. e 49. d 50. c 51. a 52. d 53. b 54. e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 55. e 56. d 57. d 58. e 59. c 60. a 61. d 62. e 63. b 64. a 65. c 66. d 67. a 68. e 69. e 70. c 71. b 72. c 73. a 74. a 75. d 76. b 77. d 78. e 79. b 80. e 81. d 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 83. e 84. a 85. Answers will vary. Social media are websites that enable users to create, share, and/or exchange information and ideas. Social media include social networking sites (e.g., Facebook and Twitter), gaming sites (e.g., Second Life), video sites (e.g., YouTube), and blogs (websites maintained by people who provide commentary and other material).

86. Answers will vary. An ascribed status is a social position that a person is born into. People cannot control, change, or choose their ascribed statuses, which include sex (male or female), age, race, ethnicity, and family relationships. An achieved status, in contrast, is a social position that a person attains through personal effort or assumes voluntarily.

Achieved statuses include college graduate, mother, and employee. Unlike ascribed statuses, achieved statuses can be controlled and changed. People have no choice about being a son or daughter (an ascribed status), but they have an option to become a parent (an achieved status).

87. Answers will vary. Role performance is the actual behavior of a person who occupies a status. For example, a professor may vary her or his role by demanding more of graduate students than of undergraduates. An instructor may also interact differently with male and female students and with a 19-year-old student than a 40-year-old student who's anxious about returning to college.

88. Answers will vary. Online interaction develops networking skills, helps people find jobs, and encourages political engagement. On the other hand, there's a "constant compulsion to connect."

89. Answers will vary. For interactionists, the most significant characteristic of all human communication is that people take each other and the context into account. What people perceive and understand as reality is a creation of the social interaction of individuals and groups. People produce, interpret, and share the reality of everyday life with others. This social construction of reality typically evolves through direct, face-to-face interaction, but the interaction can also be indirect, as in watching television or participating in online social networks. People's perceptions of reality shape their behavior and can result in self-fulfilling prophecy. If people define something as real and act on it, it can, in fact, become real.

90. Answers will vary. Nonverbal communication refers to messages sent without using words. Some of the most common nonverbal messages are silence, visual cues, touch, and personal space. Silence expresses a variety of emotions: Agreement, apathy, awe, confusion, disagreement, embarrassment, regret, respect, sadness, thoughtfulness, and fear, to name just a few. Visual cues include gestures, facial expressions, and eye contact. Touching sends powerful messages about feelings and attitudes. It can be positive (hugging, embracing, kissing, and holding hands) or negative (hitting, shoving, pushing, spanking). Space usage plays a significant role in our everyday nonverbal interactions, reflects power and status, and varies across societies.

91. Answers will vary. Status refers to a social position that a person occupies in a society. Thus, executive, secretary, physician, and nurse are all social statuses. Other examples of statuses are musician, voter, sister, parent, police officer, and friend. Sociologists do not assume that one position is more important than another. A mother, for example, is not more important than a father, and an adult is not more important than a child. Instead, all statuses are significant because they determine social identity, or who a person is.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 92. Answers will vary. Nationally, about 34 percent of 12- to 17-year-old students have experienced cyberbullying— deliberately using digital media to communicate false, embarrassing, or hostile information about someone—at least once during the school year. Cyberbullying is less common than traditional bullying, but it has more profound negative outcomes that include depression, anxiety, severe isolation, and, most tragically, suicide. Harassment—from namecalling to threatening behavior—is becoming a common part of online life. Fully 72 percent of adult Internet users have seen someone harassed online, and 47 percent have experienced it personally. Half of the latter did not know the person who had most recently attacked them. Men are more likely to experience name-calling and embarrassment, whereas women are targets of more intense and serious forms of online assaults like sexual harassment and cyberstalking. Cyberstalking is the repeated use of electronic communications to harass, threaten, or frighten someone. Cyberstalking may evolve into offline stalking, including abusive or harassing phone calls, vandalism, threatening or obscene mail, trespassing, and physical assault. Tweeters can be engaging, funny, and supportive. Many of these faceless strangers can also be racist, sexist, abusive, and hateful. Because tweets are short and easy to read, public accusations and vile, ugly things said about anyone can quickly get a huge audience's attention.

93. Answers will vary. Role conflict and role strain can produce tension, hostility, aggression, and stress-related physical problems. To deal with role conflict and role strain, some people deny that there is a problem. There are five more effective ways to minimize role conflict and role strain. First, people can reduce role conflict through compromise or negotiation. To decrease the conflict between work and family roles, for example, many couples draw up schedules that require fathers to do more of the housework and child rearing. Second, people can set priorities. If extracurricular activities interfere with studying, one should decide which one is more important. Succeeding in college always requires making sacrifices, such as attending fewer parties and not seeing friends as often as people would like. Third, people can compartmentalize their roles. Many college students take courses in the morning, work part time during the afternoon or evening, and devote part of the weekend to leisure activities. It is not always easy but usually possible to separate various roles. Fourth, people can decide not to take on more roles. One of the most effective ways to avoid role conflict is to just say "no" for requests to do volunteer work, pressure from family or friends to take on unwanted tasks. Finally, people can exit a role or status. Withdrawing from community activities and club offices, for example, can decrease role conflict and role strain considerably.

94. Answers will vary. Eye contact serves several social purposes. First, people get much information about other people by looking at their eyes. Eyes open wide show surprise, fear, or a flicker of interest. When people are angry, they stare in an unflinching manner. When people are sad or ashamed, their eyes may be cast down. Second, appropriate eye contact depends on the social context. Especially during job interviews, eye contact conveys attentiveness, confidence, and respect. Finally, cultural norms affect eye contact. In many Asian cultures, including Japan and some Caribbean cultures, meeting other people's eyes can be rude.

95. Answers will vary. Three micro-level perspectives—symbolic interaction, social exchange theory, and feminist theories —provide explanations for social interactions. The explanations offer different insights, but each shows how people interact in their daily lives.

96. Answers will vary. Social exchange theory proposes that individuals seek through their interactions to maximize their rewards and minimize their costs. An interaction that elicits a reward, such as approval or a smile, is more likely to be repeated than an interaction that evokes censure, such as disapproval or criticism. Interactions are most satisfying when there is a balance between giving and taking. Individuals must decide whether and which resources to exchange. People bring various tangible and intangible resources to a relationship (money, status, intelligence, good looks, youth, power, affection). Any of a person's resources can be traded for more, better, or different resources that another person possesses. Many of the cost–reward decisions are conscious and deliberate, but others are passive or based on long-term negative interactions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_05_SOC6 97. Answers will vary. Ethnomethodology is the study of how people construct and learn to share definitions of reality that make everyday interactions possible. That is, people base their interactions on common assumptions about what makes sense in specific situations. People make sense of their everyday lives in two ways. First, by observing conversations, people discover the general rules that are used by all to interact. Second, people can understand interaction rules by breaking them.

98. Answers will vary. Social structure is an organized pattern of behavior that governs people's relationships. Because social structure shapes people's actions, life is typically orderly and predictable rather than haphazard or random.

People are often not aware of the impact of social structure until they violate cultural rules, formal or informal, that dictate their daily behavior.

99. Answers will vary. Social interaction is the process by which people act toward and react to others around them.

Social interaction includes verbal, nonverbal, face-to-face, and social media interactions, and is central to all human activity. Social interaction can be competitive or cooperative, and can be interpreted in various ways across cultures and groups over time. As people interact, they create social structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Some of our social networks connect us to large numbers of people whom we don’t know personally. a. True b. False 2. Unlike members of an in-group, members of an out-group share a sense of identity and belonging. a. True b. False 3. Rachel's friends from her biology class, with whom she interacts only in school, form her secondary group. a. True b. False 4. From a functionalist perspective, investing more in workers than equipment is a rational bureaucratic response to the rising costs of health care benefits and economic competition from other countries. a. True b. False 5. Membership in coercive organizations is largely involuntary. a. True b. False 6. A dyad is the most cohesive of all groups. a. True b. False 7. An out-group can become a reference group. a. True b. False 8. Martha is wrong in expecting her choir group, with whom she interacts infrequently, to adhere to group norms when interacting with her. a. True b. False 9. A formal organization is a complex and structured primary group designed to achieve specific goals in an efficient manner. a. True b. False 10. Communication between members of a primary group is emotional, personal, and satisfying. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 11. A primary group is a large group of people who interact with one another over a short period of time. a. True b. False 12. Secondary groups meet one's expressive needs. a. True b. False 13. The Stanford Prison Experiment underscores the influence of groups on behavior. a. True b. False 14. A bureaucracy is a formal organization designed to accomplish goals and tasks in an efficient and rational way. a. True b. False 15. Charles is a democratic leader. He is most likely to be viewed as controlling and bossy. a. True b. False 16. The type of communication used in a bureaucracy is one of its strengths. a. True b. False 17. A social network is a web of social ties that links individuals or groups to one another. a. True b. False 18. Solomon Asch's research demonstrated the power of groups over individuals. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

19. In a suburb in Miami, two minority groups are involved in constant conflict. The unrest leads to violent fights and, in extreme cases, murder. Which of the following institutions is responsible for controlling this situation? a. The government b. The family c. The economy d. Education e. Religious institutions

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 20. Which of the following is true of social institutions? a. People develop new institutions in response to cultural changes. b. Institutions are static and unchanging. c. There are no universal, worldwide institutions. d. Institutions have no purpose in modern society. e. Social institutions have no connection to one another.

21. What role do schools play in addressing obesity? a. They mandate students' participation in health programs. b. They provide students with scholarships if they maintain a healthy body mass index. c. They hold annual family events to help parents incorporate healthy eating habits in the family. d. They offer students nutritious meals. e. They encourage students to walk to school.

22. Cassie is an active member of a vegan group. Though many students in her college believe veganism is much ado about nothing, Cassie and her friends actively protest against the consumption of meat. They widely publicize the benefits of being a vegan and consider all vegans to be healthier than others. For Cassie, her vegan group is a(n) _____. a. in-group b. primary group c. dyad d. ascribed group e. out-group 23. In the context of the sociological perspectives on groups and organizations, _____ contend that organizations promote inequality that benefits the top of the hierarchy, not workers. a. utilitarians b. functionalists c. conflict theorists d. feminists e. symbolic interactionists 24. Which of the following is true of ideal types? a. They describe specific cases of social interactions. b. They are small, intimate groups that have a large impact on social identity. c. They provide composite pictures of how structures, events, and behaviors differ. d. They provide concrete, specific descriptions of reality. e. They are characterized by a sense of belonging or “we-ness.”

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 25. Katrina, an experienced and resourceful employee, was not promoted as a manager in spite of being a welldeserving candidate for promotion. Her male counterparts, who were not as efficient as her, were promoted and given a pay raise. It appears that Katrina's only disadvantage was that she was a woman. This discrimination against Katrina is explained by the concept of the _____. a. glass elevator b. glass cliff c. glass ceiling d. double burden e. motherhood penalty 26. Which of the following is true of electronic communities? a. They are made up of people with nothing in common. b. They always have millions of members. c. They are social networks whose members interact via the Internet. d. Participants hoard information. e. They are impervious to groupthink.

27. Thomas and his colleagues are choosing a new server architecture for their company. The discussions have all centered around one specific option, as most of the group members are familiar with it. Nobody has offered any alternatives or strong criticisms of this option, even though it’s not a good fit for the company. This is an example of ____________. a. groupthink b. reference groups c. coercion d. social networking e. individuality 28. Which of the following is true of formal organizations? a. Social statuses and roles in formal organizations are organized around shared expectations. b. Formal organizations use primary groups to achieve their organizational goals. c. Businesses and societies using formal organization have similar goals and degrees of hierarchy. d. Membership in formal organizations is always voluntary. e. Formal organizations discourage the use of norms governing social relationships among members.

29. One of the major criticisms of functionalist theory is that it ____________. a. correctly identifies how informal social networks influence organizations b. tends to gloss over dysfunctions like worker dissatisfaction and alienation c. assumes greater equality leads to a more successful and productive organization d. emphasizes that social groups and organizations are composed of interrelated parts e. ignores macro-level factors affecting social organizations

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 30. _____ involve groups of 10 to 15 people who take on the duties of their former supervisor. a. Informal group networks b. Primary groups c. Oligarchical groups d. Self-managing work teams e. Bureaucratic organizations 31. In the context of group leadership, a(n) _____ gives orders, assigns tasks, and makes all major decisions. a. authoritarian leader b. democratic leader c. permissive leader d. transactional leader e. laissez-faire leader 32. Ryan joins a community service group for a month. The group, which consists of 20 people, visits various refugee camps and teaches underprivileged children. Ryan's group is an example of a(n) _____. a. triad b. dyad c. out-group d. secondary group e. primary group 33. Kriyoto Inc., a finance company, has strict rules and regulations. All employees are expected to conform to Kriyoto's norms irrespective of the changing business situations. The rigid rules discourage the creativity of employees and increase their job dissatisfaction. They feel isolated and powerless in their workplace. Which of the following disadvantages of a bureaucracy is exemplified in this scenario? a. Communication problems b. Alienation c. Anticipatory socialization d. Goal displacement e. Groupthink 34. According to Max Weber, which of the following characteristics should an efficient and productive bureaucracy possess? a. Low degree of division of labor b. Egalitarian distribution of authority c. Rules that encourage creativity and innovation d. Highly personal workplaces e. Qualifications-based employment

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 35. _____ have a powerful influence on our social identity because we interact with them on a regular basis over many years. a. Social networks b. Secondary groups c. Ideal types d. Out-groups e. Primary groups 36. A _____ refers to a group of people who shape our behavior, values, and attitudes. a. dyad b. reference group c. triad d. primary group e. secondary group 37. According to _____, organizations are made up of interrelated parts and rules and regulations that produce cooperation in meeting a common goal. a. functionalists b. conflict theorists c. symbolic interactionists d. feminists e. rational choice theorists 38. _____ is criticized for assuming that greater equality leads to a more successful and productive organization. a. Feminist theory b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Functionalism e. Utilitarianism 39. Feminist scholars point out that __________. a. an individual’s perception of a situation shapes group dynamics b. organizations are made up of interrelated parts and rules and regulations c. people can determine what goes on in a group or organization d. across all social classes, women consistently fare worse than men e. organizations tend to include women and reward them highly

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 40. Which of the following views was expressed by Frederick Winslow Taylor in his principles of scientific management? a. Employees should be given a role in the decision-making process. b. Workers should be made to work hard but also paid accordingly. c. Employees work best in informal groups. d. Female employees should be paid the same as male employees. e. Workers were mere adjuncts to machines.

41. Gabriela is research scientist at a major pharmaceutical company. Most of her time is taken up by meetings and phone calls, leaving her very little time for her research. As a result, her progress has been slowed to a crawl.

This is an example of _________. a. groupthink b. conformity c. collaboration overload d. informal group networking e. bureaucratic functionality 42. Which of the following is an advantage of bureaucracies? a. They are efficient and predictable. b. They have a strong reward system. c. They have flexible and adaptable rules. d. They give people a sense of belonging and oneness. e. They eliminate communication problems.

43. Cecilia was obese when she started kindergarten. Which of the following social institutions shaped her eating habits and preferences? a. Religion b. Education c. The economy d. The family e. The government 44. Sports teams, labor unions, and a company's employees are examples of _____. a. primary groups b. dyads c. out-groups d. secondary groups e. triads

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 45. _____ focus on interpersonal relationships rather than examining groups and organizations on a macro level. a. Rational choice theorists b. Symbolic interactionists c. Functionalists d. Conflict theorists e. Exchange theorists 46. According to functionalism, _____ is a primary factor in job satisfaction. a. effective goal displacement b. alienation c. favoritism d. dehumanization e. effective leadership 47. A(n) _____ is an organized and established social system that meets one or more of a society’s basic needs. a. formal organization b. social institution c. in-group d. reference group e. total institution 48. Solomon Asch's experiment demonstrated the _____. a. need to obey a superior's instructions when in a group b. inability of some people in a group to conform to societal norms c. effect of brainstorming among people in a group d. power of groups over individuals e. inability of groups to arrive at a consensus 49. Jow has made friends across a number of departments at his company. The group regularly talks and socializes outside of group hours, and agrees that their supervisors don’t appreciate them. At work, they all conform to a number of unofficial rules about productivity and attitude that are at odds with official company policy. The theory that best explains Jow and his friends’ behavior is ________. a. functionalist theory b. conflict theory c. feminist theory d. symbolic interaction theory e. organizational change theory

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 50. Symbolic interaction ignores _____________. a. the role an individual's perception plays in shaping group dynamics b. the importance of interpersonal relationships among employees c. the fact that people's outcomes depend on how coworkers and bosses interpret the same behavior d. the macro-level factors that affect workers and consumers e. the preference of individuals to make choices and mold their own identities instead of being manipulated 51. Alicia believes that an employee's perception of a situation determines his or her relationship with other members. She also believes that employees can also influence the norms followed in their company. In this case, Alicia's views are similar to those of _____. a. functionalists b. conflict theorists c. symbolic interactionists d. exchange theorists e. feminist theorists 52. The _____ explains the tendency of a bureaucracy to become increasingly dominated by a small group of people. a. goal displacement policy b. conflict approach c. iron law of oligarchy d. Peter principle e. carrot and stick approach 53. Jamie strongly believes that people should not consume any type of nonvegetarian food. The people of his community consider animals to be sacred. In this scenario, which of the following social institutions is most likely responsible for shaping Jamie's belief? a. The government b. Marriage c. Law d. Religion e. The economy 54. One of the five major social institutions is _____. a. marriage b. economic status c. education d. ethnicity e. health care

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 55. A(n) _____ is a web of social ties that links individuals or groups to one another. a. out-group b. social network c. organization d. dyad e. reference group 56. Which of the following is an example of a distant social network? a. Your immediate family members b. Your friends in a class c. Members of a street gang d. Your girlfriend or boyfriend e. LinkedIn subscribers 57. _____ conducted the Stanford Prison Experiment to explore the influence of groups on behaviors. a. Philip Zimbardo b. Stanley Milgram c. Solomon Asch d. Irving Janis e. Georg Simmel 58. Which of the following is an ideal characteristic of the members of a primary group? a. They genuinely care about each other. b. They usually have emotionally neutral conversations. c. They usually have short-term relationships. d. They are expected to adhere to rules. e. They usually split up once a task or an activity is completed.

59. A(n) _____ is a formal organization designed to accomplish goals and tasks in an efficient and rational way. a. bureaucracy b. oligarchy c. social network d. utilitarian organization e. involuntary organization 60. In the context of social institutions, _____ is most likely to determine how a society produces, distributes, and consumes goods and services. a. the family b. religion c. education d. the mass media e. the economy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 61. Erin, Macy, and Nancy are good friends. However, because of a misunderstanding, Erin and Nancy gang up and start finding faults with everything Macy does. This behavior is a typical example of the disadvantages of a(n) _____. a. ascribed group b. secondary group c. dyad d. out-group e. triad 62. Who among the following is most likely to be affected by a glass ceiling? a. Men in managerial positions b. Women who own and run their companies c. Men who have newly joined a company d. Women in clerical positions e. Older people in top management positions 63. Lilian, her siblings, and her cousins attend the same school. She has recently joined her school's literary club.

Since then, Lilian discusses the books she reads with her two best friends whom she meets every day. Who among the following form Lilian's secondary group? a. Her siblings b. Her cousins c. Her best friends d. Her family e. Her literary club members 64. In the context of a glass escalator, men in female-dominated occupations __________. a. work long hours but are paid less b. move up to supervisory positions more quickly than do women c. perform better than their colleagues d. have less success than do men in male-dominated occupations e. use unethical methods to achieve success in a short period 65. Caitlin is a member of a Buddhist group that helps educate underprivileged children. Most of the members of the group have full-time jobs and volunteer to conduct classes for these children on weekends. This group is an example of a _____. a. utilitarian organization b. remunerative organization c. coercive organization d. virtual organization e. normative organization

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 66. A(n) _____ is one who offers little or no guidance to group members and allows them to make their own decisions. a. paternalistic leader b. autocratic leader c. authoritative leader d. laissez-faire leader e. democratic leader 67. Vikander is a sociologist who wants to study about organizational decision making. He plans to identify the people in organizations who are actually in control of decision making, as opposed to who is supposed to be. The sociological perspective Vikander is most likely using is __________. a. functionalist theory b. conflict theory c. feminist theory d. symbolic interaction theory e. organizational change theory 68. Mia believes that group members should be given an equal opportunity to express their views during team meetings. She encourages each member of her team to offer her or his opinion and asks the other members to weigh the pros and cons of each opinion. Though she has the final say in the decision, she considers all her members' inputs before making a decision. Mia is a(n) _____. a. democratic leader b. authoritative leader c. laissez-faire leader d. autocratic leader e. paternalistic leader 69. Which of the following statements defines a social group? a. It refers to a complex and structured secondary group designed to achieve specific goals in an efficient manner. b. It refers to two or more people who are allocated the same task. c. It refers to a formal organization designed to accomplish goals and tasks in an efficient and rational way. d. It refers to two or more people who share some attribute and interact with one another. e. It refers to an organized and established social system that meets one or more of a society's basic needs.

70. _____ is a social institution that replaces a society's members through procreation. a. The family b. The law c. Science d. Religion e. The economy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 71. Unlike primary groups, reference groups ___________. a. provide face-to-face interaction over time b. rarely provide personal support c. have a strong impact on one's self-identity d. meet one's expressive needs e. are not easily replaced 72. Gary is the leader of a treasure hunt group. Instead of providing instructions to his group members, he allows each of them to interpret the clues of the game for themselves. As a result, there is little coordination among the group members and a lot of confusion. In this case, Gary is a(n) _____. a. laissez-faire leader b. transformational leader c. democratic leader d. paternalistic leader e. authoritative leader 73. Daisy had to change jobs four times in a year. In each of her roles, she was found to be incompetent and unfit and was fired within a few months. In this case, which of the following social institutions is most likely to have failed her? a. Her family b. Her education c. Her religion d. The government e. The economy 74. In recent times, medicine and health care systems have emerged as distinct institutions that diagnose, treat, and try to prevent illness and disease. Which of the following does this demonstrate about social institutions? a. Social institutions create needs or problems. b. Social institutions are the same across countries. c. People do not create social institutions. d. People develop new institutions in response to cultural changes. e. All institutions are discrete and unconnected.

75. Joshua has joined a cult whose members believe in cruel punishments for criminals. The rest of society considers them barbarians and detests their ruthless belief system. In this case, the rest of society views Joshua's cult as a(n) _____. a. dyad b. in-group c. out-group d. triad e. secondary group

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 76. Which of the following groups refers to people who share a sense of identity and belonging that typically excludes and devalues outsiders? a. An out-group b. An in-group c. A heterogeneous group d. An ascribed group e. An ideal group 77. Which of the following is a weakness of feminist theories? a. Much of their emphasis is on white and black women.. b. They don’t explore how men’s attitudes affect women in the workplace. c. They ignore macro-level factors that exploit workers and consumers. d. They exaggerate cooperation and tend to gloss over dysfunctions such as worker dissatisfaction and alienation. e. They undermine the importance of informal groups at the workplace.

78. Sofia volunteers with the Children’s Home, a group home for adolescents in state custody. She and her fellow volunteers, the staff, and the residents successfully lobbied their state government to implement a new law requiring that adolescents above the age of 10 be included in the creation of their own care plans. This demonstrates what about social institutions? a. They are static and unchanging. b. Institutions are not linked. c. People change institutions. d. New institutions are created in response to social change. e. Social institutions do not meet a society’s needs.

79. Travis, a drug addict, was ordered by the court to attend a rehabilitation program. He found it demanding and difficult to comply with the rules of the rehabilitation center. He was made to follow a strict 12-step program that aimed at complete behavioral change. Travis's rehabilitation center is an example of a _____. a. utilitarian organization b. remunerative organization c. coercive organization d. voluntary organization e. normative organization 80. The absence of laws that prohibit school vending machines from serving sugary snacks and drinks is a flaw in the _____. a. family system b. educational system c. economy d. government e. health research system

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 81. Bobby is a promising new employee. He picks up job skills effortlessly and puts in a lot of effort to increase his productivity and efficiency. According to functionalists, Bobby is most likely to perform better when he is _____. a. monitored closely and made to follow a strict schedule b. given the responsibility to complete a challenging project without assistance c. allowed to supervise a batch of new recruits who need to be motivated to work d. supervised by a manager who encourages him and trains him to perform better e. given complete freedom to work at his own time and convenience 82. Kenneth Hill Inc. claims to be an employee-centered company. It has created a management system in which supervisors will have a specific number of employees under them. Lately, however, this practice has led to favoritism. Managers have promoted only those employees who had similar interests as them. This has resulted in a huge disparity in the income and statuses of workers and has created a negative workplace environment.

This type of organizational behavior is explained by _____. a. functionalist theory b. exchange theory c. conflict theory d. feminist theory e. contingency theory 83. Liang’s choice of where to buy a home was influenced by where he could find a job, the quality of the local school system, and the presence of a local government program assisting first-time homebuyers. Which three institutions were interacting to guide his choice? a. Religion, the family, education b. The economy, the family, government c. The economy, education, the government d. The government, mass media, the economy e. Health care, the economy, religion 84. Briefly describe the six key characteristics of the ideal type of bureaucracies identified by Max Weber.

85. Differentiate between an in-group and an out-group.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 86. List and describe four shortcomings of bureaucracies.

87. What was the conclusion of Philip Zimbardo's experiment?

88. Explain how the rigid rules of bureaucracies can lead to goal displacement.

89. Discuss the characteristics of social networks with examples.

90. What is a utilitarian organization?

91. Describe Stanley Milgram's experiment, and explain why it was criticized.

92. Briefly describe the views expressed in conflict theory.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 93. List the common characteristics of formal organizations.

94. Explain the impact of a primary group on an individual's life.

95. Describe the three types of leaders as identified by classic studies.

96. What is a reference group?

97. Explain the concept of coercive organizations with an example.

98. Briefly explain the communication problems encountered in bureaucracies.

99. What are the five major social institutions that ensure a society's survival?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 100. Critically evaluate the symbolic interactionists' perspective on social groups and organizations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. True 6. True 7. True 8. False 9. False 10. True 11. False 12. False 13. True 14. True 15. False 16. False 17. True 18. True 19. a 20. a 21. d 22. a 23. c 24. c 25. c 26. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 27. a 28. a 29. b 30. d 31. a 32. d 33. b 34. e 35. e 36. b 37. a 38. b 39. d 40. e 41. c 42. a 43. d 44. d 45. b 46. e 47. b 48. d 49. d 50. d 51. c 52. c 53. d 54. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 55. b 56. e 57. a 58. a 59. a 60. e 61. e 62. d 63. e 64. b 65. e 66. d 67. b 68. a 69. d 70. a 71. b 72. a 73. b 74. d 75. c 76. b 77. a 78. c 79. c 80. d 81. d 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 83. c 84. Answers will vary. Max Weber identified six key characteristics of the ideal type of bureaucracy: 1. High degree of division of labor and specialization: Individuals who work in a bureaucracy perform very specific tasks.

2. Hierarchy of authority: Workers are arranged in a hierarchy in which each person is supervised by someone in a higher position.

3. Explicit written rules and regulations: Detailed written rules and regulations cover almost every possible kind of situation and problem.

4. Impersonality: There is no place for personal likes, dislikes, or tantrums. Workers are expected to behave professionally.

5. Qualifications-based employment: People are hired based on objective criteria such as skills, education, experience, and standardized test scores.

6. Separation of work and ownership: Neither managers nor employees own the offices they work in, the desks they sit at, the technology they use, or the products that they assemble, invent, or design.

85. Answers will vary. Members of an in-group share a sense of identity and belonging that typically excludes and devalues outsiders. Out-group members are people who are viewed and treated negatively because they are seen as having values, beliefs, and other characteristics different from those of an in-group. Based on ascribed or achieved statuses, almost everyone sees others as members of in-groups and out-groups. One person's in-group may be another person's out-group.

86. Answers will vary. The shortcomings of bureaucracies are as follows: 1. Weak reward systems reduce the motivation to do a good job and are thus a major source of inefficiency and lack of innovation.

2. Rigid rules squelch creativity and can lead to goal displacement, a preoccupation with rules and regulations rather than achieving an organization's objectives.

3. Rigid rules and goal displacement often lead to alienation, a feeling of isolation, meaninglessness, and powerlessness.

4. Communication problems are common in bureaucracies. Because communication typically flows down rather than up the hierarchy, employees rarely know what is going on.

5. The iron law of oligarchy is the tendency of a bureaucracy to become increasingly dominated by a small group of people. A handful of people can control and rule a bureaucracy because the top officials and leaders monopolize information and resources.

6. The cumulative effect of these and other bureaucratic dysfunctions is a dehumanization that stifles organizational creativity and freedom.

Bureaucracies are plagued by other problems like favoritism and dishonest employee evaluations.

87. Answers will vary. The Stanford Prison Experiment conducted by social psychologist Philip Zimbardo underscores the influence of groups on behavior. The experiment demonstrated the powerful effect of group conformity: People exercise authority, even to the point of hurting others, or submit to authority if there is group pressure to conform.

88. Answers will vary. Rigid rules of bureaucracies squelch creativity and can lead to goal displacement, a preoccupation with rules and regulations rather than achieving the organization's objectives.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 89. Answers will vary. A social network is a web of social ties that links individuals or groups to one another. It may involve as few as three people or millions. Network links between people or groups can be strong or weak. Some social networks, such as primary and secondary groups, may be tightly knit, involve interactions on a daily basis, and have clear boundaries about who belongs and who does not. In other cases, social networks connect people to large numbers of people whom they do not know personally, with whom they interact only rarely or indirectly, and the boundaries are fluid as people come and go. Examples of distant networks include members of the American Sociological Association and LinkedIn subscribers. Electronic communities are social networks whose members interact via the Internet.

90. Answers will vary. A utilitarian organization is one that provides an income or other specific current or future material reward. Examples include government agencies, factories, corporations, and schools. Colleges are not only workplaces but also offer students the opportunity to earn degrees.

91. Answers will vary. In an experiment on obedience, psychologist Stanley Milgram asked 40 volunteers to administer electric shocks to other study participants. In each experimental trial, one participant was a "teacher" and the other a "learner," one of Milgram's accomplices. The learner was strapped into a realistic-looking chair that supposedly regulated electric currents. The teacher read aloud pairs of words that the learner had to memorize. Whenever the learner gave a wrong answer, the teacher was told to apply an electric shock. The learner did not actually receive a shock, but was told to fake pain and fear. Milgram's study was controversial. Ordering electric shocks raised numerous ethical questions about the participants' suffering extreme emotional stress.

92. Answers will vary. Conflict theorists contend that organizations promote inequality that benefits those at the top of the hierarchy, not workers. In many companies, those at higher levels are more comfortable hiring and promoting others similar to themselves. Inequality in income, status, and other rewards means that owners and managers can easily exploit workers. Those at the top dictate to those at the middle and the bottom. Conflict theory has underscored the inequality within groups and organizations that saps workers' motivation and limits their economic success.

93. Answers will vary. Formal organizations share some common characteristics: 1. Social statuses and roles are organized around shared expectations and goals.

2. Norms governing social relationships among members specify rights, duties, and sanctions.

3. A formal hierarchy includes leaders or individuals who are in charge.

94. Answers will vary. A primary group is a relatively small group of people who engage in intimate face-to-face interaction over an extended period. Primary groups, such as families and close friends, are our emotional glue. They have a powerful influence on our social identity because we interact with them on a regular basis over many years, usually throughout our lives. Because primary group members genuinely care about each other, they contribute to one another's personal development, security, and well-being.

95. Answers will vary. Several classic studies identified three basic types of group leaders: An authoritarian leader gives orders, assigns tasks, and makes all major decisions. Authoritarian leadership is most effective when there is little time for group decision making and the leader is the most knowledgeable member of the group.

A democratic leader encourages group discussion and includes everyone in the decision-making process. Democratic leaders have the final say, but tend to be concerned about meeting a group's expressive needs.

A laissez-faire leader offers little or no guidance to group members and allows them to make their own decisions.

Laissez-faire leadership is effective in situations where group members are highly qualified in an area of expertise.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_06_SOC6 96. Answers will vary. A reference group consists of people who shape our behavior, values, and attitudes. Reference groups influence who we are, what we do, and who we would like to be in the future. Unlike primary groups, however, reference groups rarely provide personal support or face-to-face interaction over time. Reference groups might be people with whom we already associates. They can also be groups that we admire and want to be part of.

97. Answers will vary. Most coercive organizations are total institutions characterized by strict rules, the members' isolation, and a resocialization process. Membership in coercive organizations is largely involuntary. People are pushed or forced to join these organizations because of punishment (prisons) or treatment (psychiatric hospitals, drug rehabilitation centers).

The military is a type of coercive organization because of its rigid rules, resocialization, and members' isolation from the rest of the population.

98. Answers will vary. Communication problems are common in bureaucracies. Because communication typically flows down rather than up the hierarchy, employees (and many managers below the highest echelons) rarely know what's going on. Supervisors and their subordinates may be reluctant to discuss problems or offer suggestions because they fear being criticized, demoted, or fired. Communication problems also waste time and resources.

99. Answers will vary. There are five major social institutions, worldwide, that ensure a society's survival: The family replaces a society's members through procreation, socializes children, and legitimizes sexual activity between adults.

The economy determines how a society produces, distributes, and consumes goods and services.

The government (which includes police, military, and courts) maintains law and order, creates and enforces laws, regulates elections, and protects people's civil liberties.

Education helps to socialize children, transmits values and knowledge, and teaches work-related skills.

Religion involves shared beliefs, values, and practices related to the supernatural.

100. Answers will vary. Symbolic interaction has made important contributions in describing how members of groups and organizations interpret the world around them and, as a result, affect what goes on. Social networking sites, especially Facebook, have empowered employees to discuss everyday problems despite management's control.

Despite these contributions, because symbolic interaction is a micro-level theory, it ignores macro-level factors that exploit workers and consumers. In addition, and in contrast to interactionists' claims, most people cannot shape or change their situations. Instead, formal organizations often invade the privacy of citizens, workers, or consumers by collecting information and monitoring people's behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. White-collar crimes do not involve violence. a. True b. False 2. People become deviant, according to sociologist Edwin Sutherland, if they have more contact with significant others who violate laws than with those who are law-abiding. a. True b. False 3. Measuring criminal deviance is simple and straightforward. a. True b. False 4. Suicide is the most common criminal deviance. a. True b. False 5. Primary deviance is the initial act of breaking a rule. a. True b. False 6. Hate crimes are also known as public order crimes. a. True b. False 7. Deviance is dysfunctional because it increases confidence in institutions. a. True b. False 8. Deviance is independent of social stigmas. a. True b. False 9. High-status people commit crimes in part because most white-collar and corporate crimes are not criminalized. a. True b. False 10. A rape culture is one in which rape is rare. a. True b. False 11. Deviance does not vary in terms of time, situation, group, or culture. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 12. Deviance cannot be considered a crime. a. True b. False 13. Deviance is universal because it exists in every society. a. True b. False 14. The term anomie was introduced to describe the condition in which people are completely sure of how to behave in front of other people. a. True b. False 15. Dressing inappropriately is an example of formal deviance. a. True b. False 16. Rehabilitation, one of the approaches to controlling deviance, maintains that appropriate treatment can change offenders into productive, law-abiding citizens. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

17. Which of the following is true of white-collar crimes? a. The offenses do not involve violence. b. They are not as serious as property crimes. c. They involve a lot of violence. d. They are primarily middle-class crimes. e. They are not lucrative as most offenders are caught easily.

18. According to functionalists, deviance is functional because it __________. a. bolsters the economy b. increases trust in personal and formal relationships c. increases confidence in institutions d. reduces tension and insecurity e. impedes social change 19. Which of the following is an example of informal deviance? a. Molestation b. Belching loudly c. Murder d. Prostitution e. Cyber theft Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 20. Those who endorse a _____ model believe that crime rates increase when offenders don’t fear apprehension or punishment. a. rehabilitation b. prevention c. reconciliation d. crime control e. crime analysis 21. Which of the following is true of street crimes? a. Offenders of street crimes are easily caught. b. Street crimes are random. c. Street crimes are committed by ordinary people. d. Street crimes do not involve violence. e. Most offenders of street crimes are above the age of 55.

22. The inequity caused by _____ diminishes women's control over their lives and increases their invisibility as victims. a. Feminism b. Patriarchy c. Matriarchy d. Egalitarianism e. Democracy 23. Which of the following groups is most likely to focus on capitalism, social inequality, and power differences? a. Functionalists b. Conflict theorists c. Feminists d. Symbolic interactionists e. Rational choice theorists 24. Identify a criticism of differential association theory. a. It is not supported by considerable research. b. It does not explain impulsive crimes triggered by rage or fear. c. It emphasizes that differential association occurs overnight. d. It ignores the possibility that people learn deviance through interaction. e. It fails to observe children who grew up in an environment that taught deviance rather than conformity.

25. Which of the following crimes is considered criminal deviance in the United States? a. Adult pornography b. Alcoholism c. Suicide d. Mental illness e. Intellectual property theft Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 26. Which of the following crimes is considered a noncriminal deviance? a. Human trafficking b. Molestation c. Suicide d. Cyber crime e. Intellectual property theft 27. According to feminist theories, which of the following is true about crime and perpetrators? a. Socialization explains some of the gender gaps in arrest rates. b. There are no gender gaps in arrest rates. c. Women are far more likely to commit crimes than men. d. Women are less likely to commit fraud than men. e. Socialization has no impact on arrest rates.

28. Which of the following is an example of a violent crime? a. Robbery b. Motor-vehicle theft c. Arson d. Intellectual property theft e. Cybercrime 29. When does deviance become a crime? a. When religious leaders condemn it b. When it violates a society’s formal laws c. When it is informal d. When it is stigmatized e. When it is universal 30. Which of the following is a criticism of labeling theory? a. It doesn’t explain impulsive crimes triggered by rage or fear. b. It ignores structural factors that create or reinforce deviance and crime. c. It doesn’t explain why people are deviant before labeling occurs. d. It doesn’t explain how labeling increases deviant behavior. e. It doesn’t explain why crime rates have declined since 2000 despite poverty.

31. Which of the following is a similarity between the FBI's Uniform Crime Report (UCR) and the U.S. Department of Justice's National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS)? a. Both interview people about being crime victims. b. Both include offenses such as corporate crime, kidnapping, and Internet crimes. c. Both include data of reported and unreported crime. d. Both are not affected by police discretion in deciding whether to arrest an offender. e. Both provide only estimates of U.S. crime and not the actual figures.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 32. _____ include defrauding consumers with bogus financial investments, embezzling, sabotaging computer systems, hacking, and stealing confidential personal and business information. a. Informal deviances b. Cybercrimes c. Victimless crimes d. Intellectual property thefts e. Violent crimes 33. Deviance is __________. a. a violation of social norms b. a negative label that changes a person’s self-concept c. a violation of society’s formal laws d. illegal activities committed by high-status individuals e. a reproduction of social norms and mores 34. Sociologists are especially interested in criminal deviance, behavior that violates laws, because it __________. a. is easy to measure b. threatens people's lives or property c. is ignored by other theorists d. has consistent statistics, unlike noncriminal deviances e. always follows a synchronous pattern 35. Kalpana is studying deviance in girls aged 14–18. Specifically, she is interviewing the girls about how other people describe them, then interviewing their parents and teachers about the behaviors the girls display. Which theory is Kalpana most likely using in her research? a. Functionalist theory b. Feminist theory c. Labeling theory d. Differential association theory e. Conflict theory 36. According to functionalists, deviance is dysfunctional because it ____________. a. bolsters the economy b. is cheap and inexpensive c. decreases confidence in institutions d. provides permanent safety valves e. destroys social unity

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 37. Which of the following is true of stigmatized individuals? a. They have an aversion toward music, sports, and other lifestyle activities. b. They are kept in mental asylums for the safety of others. c. They are kept in separate prisons designed especially for them. d. They may hide information about some aspect of their deviance. e. They are respected in the society as they are changed individuals.

38. Janis is a regular coffee-drinker. She finds that her day just doesn’t go right if she doesn’t start it with a cup of coffee. When she misses her regular fix, she suffers from headaches and a lack of focus. When she mentioned this to her therapist, her therapist diagnosed her with “caffeine withdrawal”, a mental disorder. This is an example of ___________. a. labeling theory b. medicalization of deviance c. informal deviance d. dysfunctional deviance e. differential association theory 39. A college dean threatens a student with suspension. Which of the following does this exemplify? a. Positive sanction b. Primary deviance c. Secondary deviance d. Formal social control e. Informal social control 40. In the context of Robert Merton's strain theory of deviance, _____ is a mode of adaptation in which people do not expect to be rich but get the necessary education and experience to obtain or keep a job. a. conformity b. innovation c. ritualism d. retreatism e. rebellion 41. _____ are primarily middle-class crimes that include offenses such as software piracy, bootlegging musical recordings and movies, selling company trade secrets, and copyright violations. a. Hate crimes b. Blue-collar crimes c. Corporate crimes d. Intellectual property thefts e. Informal deviances

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 42. Robert was the CEO of a large manufacturing company. He was caught embezzling millions of dollars of corporate funds. He was convicted of his crime, and is currently serving a very long jail term. Which of the criticisms of conflict theory does this example illustrate? a. Conflict theory exaggerates the importance of capitalism. b. Conflict theory downplays street crimes. c. Conflict theory overlooks the fact that some affluent people don’t always get away with crimes. d. Conflict theory ignores the ways that crime is functional for society. e. Conflict theory focuses almost entirely on men as both victims and offenders.

43. Which of the following is a characteristic of deviance? a. Perceptions of deviance remain the same across all human beings irrespective of age, caste, ethnicity, gender, or religion. b. Traits and beliefs are not considered as deviance. c. Perceptions of deviance are defined by every individual instead of being defined or influenced by laws. d. Perceptions of deviance can change over time. e. Public attitudes and perception of deviance are independent of each other.

44. _____ include a vast array of illicit activities such as conspiracies to stifle free market competition, price-fixing, tax evasion, and false advertising. a. Informal deviances b. Cybercrimes c. Blue-collar crimes d. Intellectual property thefts e. Corporate crimes 45. Bryan's mother taught him to be kind and honest. Even when faced with the opportunity to be dishonest for personal gain, Bryan chooses to follow his mother's words and be honest. In this case, Bryan's behavior illustrates ___________. a. informal social control b. formal social control c. positive sanction d. negative sanction e. primary deviance 46. Which of the following is an example of an intellectual property theft? a. Joan has a bias toward her classmate Rafia's ethnicity and bullies and steals from her. b. Shaina steals clothes and accessories from the local flea market and sells them online through her Facebook page. c. Jack, an auto mechanic, uses his customers' cars without their knowledge. d. Dave, a sales manager, sells some of his company's classified reports to a competitor. e. Daniel steals his classmate Cavin's chemistry textbook and uses it to pass the final exam.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 47. One of the shortcomings of the FBI's Uniform Crime Report (UCR) is that it does not include ________. a. corporate crime, kidnapping, and Internet crimes. b. crimes against women. c. crimes reported to police. d. crimes committed by black American offenders. e. nonviolent crimes.

48. Which of the following is a primary characteristic of functionalists' perspective on deviance? a. Functionalists argue that anomie decreases the likelihood of deviance. b. Functionalists view deviance as purely functional. c. Functionalists consider deviance as a normal part of society. d. Functionalists draw a strong association between capitalism and deviance. e. Functionalists consider deviance as a socially constructed behavior.

49. Two of the most influential explanations of deviance offered by functionalists are ________. a. anomie and strain theories b. symbiotic and dysfunctional theories c. probability and nonprobability theories d. formal and informal theories e. stratification and causation theories 50. Which of the following is an example of normalization of deviance? a. Accepting same-sex marriage in some countries b. Banning smoking in all public places c. Altering appearances due to stigmatization d. Subjugating women in society e. Stigmatizing obesity in teenagers 51. Which of the following is true of intellectual property thefts? a. They are primarily middle-class crimes. b. The offenders are easy to catch. c. They are seldom reported to the police. d. The offenders are always high-status people. e. They are obsolete since the year 2000.

52. Two of the best known explanations of deviance offered by _____ are differential association theory and labeling theory. a. functionalists b. conflict theorists c. feminist theorists d. symbolic interactionists e. rational choice theorists Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 53. In the context of Robert Merton's strain theory of deviance, _____ is a mode of adaptation in which people feel so alienated that they want to change the social structure entirely by substituting new goals and means for the current ones. a. conformity b. innovation c. ritualism d. retreatism e. rebellion 54. Which of the following crimes involves a practice known as e-fencing? a. White-collar crime b. Violent crime c. Corporate crime d. Victimless crime e. Organized retail crime 55. Corporate crimes are also known as _____. a. organizational crimes b. hate crimes c. property crimes d. victimless crimes e. cybercrimes 56. _____ refers to activities of individuals and groups that supply illegal goods and services for profit. a. Cybercrime b. Organizational crime c. Organized crime d. Street crime e. White-collar crime 57. According to Robert Merton, Americans are taught to strive toward the American dream of economic success.

He termed these aspirations as _____. a. institutionalized goals b. institutionalized results c. cultural strains d. cultural means e. cultural goals

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 58. Which of the following is true of the U.S. Department of Justice's National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS)? a. It includes data of only reported crimes. b. It does not include offenses such as corporate crime, kidnapping, and Internet crimes. c. It offers a less accurate picture of many offenses than other reports. d. It does not represent the actual crime rate in the United States as it is affected by police discretion in deciding whether to arrest an offender. e. It uses data collected by interviewing crime victims.

59. Raphael lives in a society where nonconsensual sexual acts are commonly depicted in popular TV shows, books, and movies, often as “romantic”. Many of the women he knows have been sexually assaulted. None of the perpetrators have been prosecuted. This is an example of ___________. a. patriarchy b. feminist culture c. a glass ceiling d. criminal culture e. rape culture 60. Which of the following is an example of the rehabilitation approach to controlling deviance? a. Capital punishment b. Learning carpentry in prison c. Lengthy probationary periods d. “Three strikes” style sentencing e. Preventing prisoners from engaging in activities 61. Which of the following is an example of a property crime? a. Aggravated assault b. Burglary c. Trafficking d. Kidnapping e. Rape 62. Among the top arrests, the only crime with no gender gap is ____________. a. property crime b. prostitution c. forgery and counterfeiting d. fraud e. embezzlement

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 63. Identify a statement that is true of high-status people according to conflict theorists. a. They consistently detained by the police. b. Most of their crimes are criminalized. c. They have lesser opportunities for deviance. d. It is hard for them to hide their deviance. e. The crimes they commit have few penalties.

64. In the context of Robert Merton's strain theory, which of the following modes of adaptation do most people use to resolve their social strain? a. Conformity b. Innovation c. Ritualism d. Retreatism e. Rebellion 65. Which of the following is one of the criticisms of feminist theories of deviance? a. They focus primarily on structural issues that affect people. b. They overemphasize the effects of capitalism. c. They focus primarily on male but not female violence and crime. d. They don’t explain why crime rates have declined despite poverty. e. They downplay street crimes, even though victim injuries are costly to society.

66. Aaron and his friends engage in illegal activities online. They sell cars online for a full or partial payment but do not deliver the vehicle. At times, they also ask for the Social Security numbers of unassuming buyers in the pretense of verifying their credibility. In this case, Aaron and his friends are engaged in _____. a. computer crime b. victimless crime c. violent crime d. corporate crime e. organizational crime 67. Which of the following is a victimless crime? a. Lending money as loans at illegal rates b. Hacking into an organization's server c. Impersonating the FBI to get personal and financial data of online customers d. Persuading unassuming people to send money and gifts e. Offering sexual services to people for money

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 68. Damion moved with his family to a new urban neighborhood. In his old neighborhood in the countryside, he used to greet people on the road while walking, whereas in his new neighborhood, this behavior is considered inappropriate. Damion is confused by this difference in social norms and is unsure of how to react. In this case, Damion is most likely experiencing _____. a. sanctioning b. anomie c. deviance d. obedience e. strain 69. Victimless crimes are also known as _____. a. organized retail crimes b. organizational crimes c. white-collar crimes d. property crimes e. public order crimes 70. _____ are criminal offenses motivated by the fact or perception that the victims differ from the perpetrator. a. Hate crimes b. White-collar crimes c. Organized crimes d. Street crimes e. Organizational crimes 71. According to Robert Merton, one of the institutionalized means for achieving the cultural goal of economic success is to ____________. a. emphasize seeking quick gratification b. follow shortcuts to economic success c. be introverts at the workplace d. make sacrifices e. quit education and start working 72. _____ is the best predictor of violence and crime. a. Structural inequality b. Conflict c. Community involvement d. Attachment e. Social control

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 73. In the context of labeling theory, _____ is the initial act of breaking a rule. a. primary deviance b. secondary deviance c. tertiary deviance d. violent deviance e. formal deviance 74. According to conflict theorists, which of the following is a reason that capitalism produces crime? a. It engenders greater societal equality than other economic systems. b. It is a competitive system that encourages corporate crime. c. Greed and self-interest perpetuate conformity. d. People and groups in power have a relaxed view of crime. e. It is unconnected to laws, power, and social class.

75. Which of the following is true of the FBI's Uniform Crime Report (UCR)? a. It includes crimes reported to the police and arrests made each year. b. It primarily deals with corporate crime, kidnapping, and Internet crimes. c. It offers a more accurate picture of many offenses than other reports. d. It contains an exhaustive list of property crimes. e. It overcomes the limitations of victimization surveys.

76. _____ asserts that people learn deviance through interaction. a. Anomie b. Strain theory c. Social control theory d. Differential association theory e. Labeling theory 77. According to differential association theory, which of the following is true? a. Children who grew up in an environment that taught conformity rather than deviance later rebel and become deviant. b. There is a strong association between capitalism, social inequality, power, and deviance. c. People are the products of their socialization. d. People are deviant when they experience blocked opportunities to achieve the culturally approved goal of economic success. e. Only a minority of children who grow up in poor, urban, disadvantaged communities join gangs and/or commit crimes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 78. Darryl has decided that Muslims are the cause of all problems in his community. During Eid Al-Adha services at the local mosque, he scrawled racist and hate-filled graffiti on the building, and tried to attack people coming out of the building. This is an example of a(n) ___________. a. victimless crime b. organized crime c. white-collar crime d. organizational crime e. hate crime 79. Which of the following is an example of police racial profiling? a. Pulling over someone who was speeding in a red car b. Directing traffic around a utility work site c. High-speed car chases d. Regularly patrolling high-crime areas e. Stopping and searching black men walking down the street 80. Clara, a student of sociology, is studying the effects of industrialization in the nineteenth century. She notices that a lot of people from rural areas settled down in cities to take up industrial jobs in that era. This, however, led to a breakdown of societal rules and people became unsure of how to behave because of absent, conflicting, or confusing social norms. In this scenario, Clara is most likely studying the concept of _____. a. sanctioning b. anomie c. alienation d. obedience e. strain 81. Labeling theory holds that ___________. a. people learn deviance through interaction with significant others b. socialization explains gender gaps in arrests c. deviance is both functional and dysfunctional d. society’s reaction to behavior is a major factor in defining deviance e. deviance is caused by societal inequities caused by capitalism 82. Summarize the critical evaluation of feminist perspectives on deviance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 83. Deviance is dysfunctional because it erodes trust in personal and formal relationships. Justify this statement.

84. Give an example of a situation where corporate crimes are profitable.

85. Explain in detail Émile Durkheim's concept of anomie.

86. Deviance is accompanied by social stigmas. Justify this statement.

87. Can perceptions of deviance change over time? Justify your answer.

88. Give at least three reasons why deviance is considered dysfunctional by functionalists.

89. According to conflict theorists, why do so many high-status people commit crimes? Give at least one reason.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 90. Discuss the weaknesses of differential association theory.

91. Explain why white-collar crimes are lucrative.

92. What are victimless crimes? Discuss with an example.

93. Deviant behavior is behavior that people so label. From a symbolic interaction perspective, justify this statement.

94. Public attitudes and behavior affect definitions of deviance. Justify this statement with examples.

95. Explain how rehabilitation can be used as an approach for controlling deviance.

96. Explain the two most important sources of crime statistics.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. False 4. False 5. True 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. True 10. False 11. False 12. False 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. True 17. a 18. a 19. b 20. d 21. c 22. b 23. b 24. b 25. e 26. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 27. a 28. a 29. b 30. c 31. e 32. b 33. a 34. b 35. c 36. c 37. d 38. b 39. d 40. c 41. d 42. c 43. d 44. e 45. a 46. d 47. a 48. c 49. a 50. a 51. a 52. d 53. e 54. e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 55. a 56. c 57. e 58. e 59. e 60. b 61. b 62. e 63. e 64. a 65. c 66. a 67. e 68. b 69. e 70. a 71. d 72. a 73. a 74. b 75. a 76. d 77. c 78. e 79. e 80. b 81. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 82. Answers will vary. Some critics contend, however, that feminist explanations 1) don’t show, specifically, how patriarchy victimizes women; 2) focus primarily on male but not female violence and crime, and 3) don’t address the interdependent effects of gender, age, social class, and race/ethnicity (Friedrichs, 2009; Hunnicutt, 2009; Dao, 2013).

83. Answers will vary. Deviance is dysfunctional because it erodes trust in personal and formal relationships. Crimes such as date rape and stalking make many women suspicious of men, and victims of identity theft have had problems obtaining banking services or credit cards because financial organizations do not trust them.

84. Answers will vary. In the ignition switch problems, the Department of Justice (DOJ) fined GM $900 million, which amounts to less than 1 percent of the company’s annual revenue. Education Management Corporation, one of the nation’s largest for-profit education companies, received $11 billion from students and the federal government by lying about its programs. The DOJ fine, again, was less than 1 percent of the corporation’s revenue, but left tens of thousands of students with worthless degrees and huge debts (United States Senate, 2016).

85. Answers will vary. Émile Durkheim introduced the term anomie to describe the condition in which people are unsure of how to behave because of absent, conflicting, or confusing social norms. During periods of rapid social change, such as industrialization in Durkheim's time, societal rules may break down. As many young people moved to the city to look for jobs in the nineteenth century, norms about proper behavior that existed in the countryside crumbled. Even today, many urban newcomers experience anomie and miss the neighborliness that was common at home.

86. Answers will vary. Deviance is accompanied by social stigmas. A stigma is a negative label that devalues a person and changes her or his self-concept and social identity. Stigmatized individuals may react in many ways: They may alter their appearance (as through cosmetic surgery), associate with others like themselves who accept them (as in gangs), hide information about some aspect of their deviance (an ex-convict who does not reveal that status), or divert attention from a stigma by excelling in some area (as music or sports).

87. Answers will vary. Perceptions of deviance can change over time. Many behaviors that were acceptable in the past are now seen as deviant. Only during the 1980s and 1990s did U.S. laws define date rape, marital rape, stalking, and child abuse as crimes. Smoking—widely accepted in the past—has been banned in most public places.

On the other hand, most Americans now shrug off behaviors that were stigmatized in the past. Cohabitation, seen as sinful and immoral 40 years ago, is now widespread and considered normal. And Americans' support for legalizing marijuana for recreational use increased from only 12 percent in 1969 to 60 percent in 2016 (Geiger, 2016).

88. Answers will vary. Three reasons why deviance is dysfunctional are as follows: 1. It creates tension and insecurity. Any violation of norms—a babysitter who cancels at the last minute or the theft of your smartphone or tablet—makes life unpredictable and increases anxiety.

2. It erodes trust in personal and formal relationships. Crimes such as date rape and stalking make many women suspicious of men, and victims of identity theft have had problems obtaining banking services or credit cards because financial organizations do not trust them.

3. It decreases confidence in institutions. In the 2008 stock market crash, taxpayers had to pay for the financial industry's corporate fraud and mismanagement. Since then, millions of people, even those who did not lose money, worry that their retirement funds may disappear in the future.

4. It is costly. Besides personal costs to victims, deviance is expensive. All of us pay higher prices for consumer goods and services (e.g. auto and property insurance), as well as higher taxes for prosecuting criminals and for building and maintaining prisons.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 89. Answers will vary. According to conflict theorists, many high-status people commit crimes because they can. Most white-collar and corporate crimes are not criminalized. Generally, the wealthy and powerful make and enforce laws that protect their property. The laws against higher status criminals are relatively lenient and seldom enforced, whereas laws against lower-status offenders, particularly those who commit property crimes, are harsher and enforced more often. Second, the powerful have more opportunities for deviance. Third, powerful individuals and corporations are rarely prosecuted. Fourth, there are few penalties for high-status crimes because lawmakers and defendants share a common cultural background.

90. Answers will vary. Interaction theories help us to explain deviance, but critics point to several weaknesses. Differential association theory does not explain impulsive crimes triggered by rage or fear, those committed by people who have grown up in law-abiding families, why only a minority of children who grow up in poor, urban, disadvantaged communities join gangs and/or commit crimes, or why only one sibling raised in the same family environment may commit juvenile or adult crime (Williams and McShane, 2004; Graif and Sampson, 2009; Breining et al., 2017).

91. Answers will vary. White-collar crimes are lucrative because most offenders are not caught. According to one estimate, there is only one FBI investigator per almost 4,000 financial services sales agents, personal financial advisers, and financial analysts. Thus, the odds of being arrested are very small. Even when white-collar criminals are arrested and convicted, few are incarcerated. Of the almost 3,800 suspected embezzlers, for example, only 14 percent have been arrested and sentenced; of those arrested and sentenced, only 7 percent served any prison time (Motivans, 2013).

92. Answers will vary. Victimless crimes are illegal acts that have no direct victim. Because crimes such as illicit drug use, prostitution, illegal gambling, and pornography are voluntary, the people involved don’t consider themselves victims or report the offenses. Some contend that the term is misleading because victimless crimes often lead to property and violent crimes, as when addicts commit burglary, rob people at gunpoint, and engage in identity theft to get money for drugs.

93. Answers will vary. From a symbolic interactionist perspective, Howard Becker observed that "The deviant is one to whom that label has successfully been applied; deviant behavior is behavior that people so label." That is, it is not an act that determines deviance, but whether and how others react.

Some people are never caught or prosecuted for crimes they commit, and thus are not labeled deviant. In other cases, people may be falsely accused (as cheating on taxes) and stigmatized. In effect, then, deviance is in the eye of the beholder because societal reaction, rather than an act, labels people as law-abiding or deviant. Moreover, labeling can lead to secondary deviance.

94. Answers will vary. Public attitudes and behavior also affect definitions of deviance. Many people, including health practitioners, now use the word "overweight" instead of "fat" or "obese" to decrease the stigma of being fat. On the other hand, there has been considerable normalization of deviance, the gradual process through which unacceptable practices or standards become acceptable. Examples include the growing acceptance of same-sex and inter-racial marriage, legalized gambling, and recreational marijuana.

95. Answers will vary. Rehabilitation, one of the approaches to controlling deviance, maintains that appropriate treatment can change offenders into productive, law-abiding citizens. Federal and state inmates produce more than $2 billion worth of products a year. They make everything from redwood canoes to specialty motorcycles and saddles. They also raise fish, milk cows and goats, teach dogs obedience, and manage vineyards at prison-run facilities (Alsever, 2014; “Prisons,” 2017).

Rehabilitation programs are successful only if they provide employment after release. Other effective rehabilitation efforts include learning a trade while in prison, earning a high school diploma or college degree while in prison or after release, and receiving services that address several needs (e.g., housing, employment, and medical services) rather than just one (e.g., drug abuse counseling) (Cumberworth, 2010; Kelly, 2016).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_07_SOC6 96. Answers will vary. Two of the most important sources of crime statistics are the FBI's Uniform Crime Report (UCR) and the U.S. Department of Justice's National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). Each has its strengths and weaknesses.

The UCR data are crimes reported to the police and arrests made each year. The statistics are useful in examining trends over time, but the UCR does not include offenses such as corporate crime, kidnapping, and Internet crimes; simple assaults (those not involving weapons or serious injury); nor the 53 percent of all violent crimes (e.g., rape, robbery, and aggravated assault) and 65 percent of property crimes (e.g., burglary and motor-vehicle theft) that are not reported to the police (Gramlich, 2017). Because of such limitations, many sociologists also use victimization surveys to measure the extent of crime.

A victimization survey interviews people about being crime victims. Because the response rates are at least 90 percent, the NCVS offers a more accurate picture of many offenses than does the UCR. The NCVS also includes both reported and unreported crime, and isn’t affected by police discretion in deciding whether to arrest an offender.

Still, many victims don’t report a crime to either the police or interviewers for a variety of reasons: they fear reprisal for getting the offender in trouble, believe that the police can’t or won’t do anything to help, or the crime, particularly rape, is too painful to discuss. Some people don’t want to admit having been victims—especially when the perpetrator is a family member or friend. Others may be too embarrassed to tell an interviewer that they were victimized while drunk or engaged in drug sales.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. According to world-system theory, the poverty of poor countries is an obstacle to the growth of rich countries. a. True b. False 2. Poor children are as healthy as those at higher socioeconomic status (SES) levels and are likely to be just as healthy in adulthood. a. True b. False 3. Living in a wealthy country generally means that people enjoy income equality. a. True b. False 4. Wealth is the money a person receives, usually through wages or salaries. a. True b. False 5. The proletariat refers to those who own and control capital and the means of production and can amass wealth and power. a. True b. False 6. Socioeconomic status (SES) is an overall ranking of a person's position in society based on income, education, and occupation. a. True b. False 7. When social mobility occurs, most moves are long because social classes are very flexible. a. True b. False 8. The lower-middle-class members shape the economic and political climate by holding top political positions in the federal government, underwriting thousands of think tanks and research institutes that formulate national policies, and shaping public opinion through the mass media. a. True b. False 9. People in the working class include corporate executives and managers, high government officials, owners of large businesses, physicians, and successful lawyers and stockbrokers. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 10. World-system theory is similar to modernization theory in explaining why inequality is universal. a. True b. False 11. In rich countries, gender inequality does not result in discrimination in the economy, politics, and access to medical services. a. True b. False 12. Melvin Tumin criticized the David–Moore thesis for overemphasizing the critical role of inheritance. a. True b. False 13. In contrast to government programs for older Americans, many programs for poor children have been increased since 1980. a. True b. False 14. In a slavery system, people's positions are based on both birth and achievement. a. True b. False 15. In a closed stratification system, movement from one social position to another is limited by ascribed statuses. a. True b. False 16. Since ascribed characteristics can change, people in open stratification systems can move from one social class to another. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

17. Which of the following statements best describes wealth? a. It refers to the array of subsidies, tax breaks, and assistance that the government has created for businesses. b. It refers to the economic assets that a person or family owns. c. It is a web of social ties that links individuals or groups to one another. d. It refers to the respect, recognition, or regard attached to social positions. e. It refers to the ability to influence or control the behavior of others despite opposition.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 18. Justin went to art school and is now a successful artist. He attributes his career choice to the environment at home. He believes that his parents' successful careers in similar fields shaped and influenced his decision. Which of the following perspectives is most likely to support Justin's belief? a. Feminists perspectives b. Marxists perspectives c. Symbolic interaction perspectives d. Conflict perspectives e. Capitalistic perspectives 19. Which of the following statements is true about poverty? a. Education has no effect on poverty. b. The more risk factors, the more likely that someone will experience poverty. c. Most Americans will never experience poverty. d. In absolute numbers, there are more poor African Americans than white people. e. Men have the highest rates of poverty.

20. According to conservative economists, the increasing income and wealth gaps and low wages have _________. a. made the United States less productive b. increased the dependency of the United States on poor nations c. broadened the consumer spending base d. encouraged many people to enter and stay in the labor force e. boosted national solidarity 21. Which of the following scenarios best illustrates corporate welfare? a. Phillip using Medicare to cover his medical expenses b. Madeline using employee discount to buy school supplies from a bookstore c. Castell Corp. facing cutthroat competition from other corporations in the same industry d. Pastel Inc. paying a reduced tax percentage on its annual earnings e. Hannah receiving food stamps to pay for her monthly groceries 22. Which of the following statements is true of modernization theory? a. It states that wealth gaps persist across all social classes. b. It emphasizes the role of inheritance in social mobility. c. It ignores a wealth of talent among the poor. d. It states that low-income countries are poor because of exploitation by high-income countries. e. It blames poor nations for their poverty and other problems.

23. Which of the following groups has the highest percentage of members living in poverty in America as of 2015? a. Whites b. Latinos c. Asian Americans d. American Indians e. African Americans Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 24. Wyatt and Jayden are cousins. They are both black, and were both born to parents in professional occupations.

Wyatt lives in Chicago, Illinois, while Jayden lives in Charlotte, North Carolina. Both went to college. Wyatt has moved up to the lower-upper class, while Jayden has remained a member of the middle class. This illustrates how which of the following factors affects social mobility? a. Race b. Place c. Education d. Changes in the economy e. Family background 25. Which of the following terms refers to respect, recognition, or regard attached to social positions? a. Mobility b. Wealth c. Income d. Prestige e. Power 26. Income differs from wealth in that income __________. a. includes property, stocks and bonds, and personal possessions b. is a result of ascribed status c. remains stable d. is usually spent on everyday expenses e. is based on status inconsistency 27. Which of the following is a criticism of the Davis–Moore thesis by Melvin Tumin? a. A system of unequal rewards motivates people to contribute to society. b. There's undue importance to the existence and effects of economic inequality. c. There's little association between earnings and the jobs that keep a society going. d. Some positions are more crucial than others for a society's survival. e. People will not undergo many years of education or training unless they are rewarded by money.

28. Steven was a stockbroker, but because of his illicit drug habit, lost his job. After he completed treatment, he found a job as a manager of a retail store. Steven has experienced __________. a. involuntary mobility b. intergenerational mobility c. class discrimination d. intragenerational mobility e. structural mobility

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 29. Which of the following most accurately describes those individuals who are classified as working poor? a. They are chronically unemployed or drift in and out of jobs. b. They are people who work at least 27 weeks a year but whose wages fall below the official poverty level. c. They are people who are persistently poor and seldom employed, residentially segregated, and relatively isolated from the rest of the population with an annual income of USD 12,000 or lesser. d. They include people in nonmanual occupations that require some training beyond high school. e. They consist of skilled and semiskilled laborers, including construction and assembly-line workers, truck drivers, auto mechanics, carpenters, and electricians.

30. Identify the social stratification system in which people's positions are based on both birth and achievement. a. Ostracism b. Petalism c. Slavery system d. Caste system e. Class system 31. The _____ is the number of babies under age 1 who die per 1,000 live births in a given year. a. stratification rate b. infant mortality rate c. mobility rate d. infant survival rate e. birth rate 32. Which of the following statements is true of the jobs held by the working class in the United States? a. Their jobs have considerable on-the-job autonomy and freedom from supervision. b. Their occupations usually require a Ph.D. or advanced professional degree. c. Most of them work in minimum-wage jobs, or are often unemployed. d. Most of their occupations are blue collar, but some are white collar. e. Their jobs offer a lot of opportunities for advancement.

33. _____ is movement from one social class to another. a. Poverty b. Class war c. Social mobility d. Social class e. Social stratification 34. _____ is an overall ranking of a person's position in society based on income, education, and occupation. a. Socioeconomic status (SES) b. Power c. Intragenerational mobility d. Social mobility e. Prestige Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 35. Andrew believes that social stratification is based on people's accomplishments. According to him, people will be motivated to do better if they are rewarded for what they do and how well, rather than their ascribed status.

Which of the following sociological explanations supports Andrew's beliefs? a. The Emile Durkheim thesis b. Feminist theory c. Modernization theory d. World-system theory e. The Davis–Moore thesis 36. In which of the following stratification systems are people bought and sold as commodities? a. Matriarchal system b. Patriarchal system c. Slavery system d. Caste system e. Class system 37. Identify a similarity between conflict theorists and Melvin Tumin in their opinions of the Davis–Moore thesis. a. They both believe that economic struggle in societies can be attributed to technology and globalization. b. They both maintain that social stratification is dysfunctional because it hurts individuals and societies. c. They both believe that government policies favor only the rich societies. d. They both maintain that in egalitarian societies the proletariat would overthrow the bourgeoisie. e. They both believe inequality in societies is necessary to motivate people to work hard and to succeed.

38. _____ refers to the habits of speech and lifestyle that determine where a person feels comfortable and knowledgeable. a. Poise b. Prestige c. Class d. Habitus e. Demographics 39. Which of the following statements best describes relative poverty? a. It is defined as not having enough money to afford the basic necessities of life. b. It is defined as not having enough money to maintain an average standard of living. c. It is the minimal income level that the federal government considers necessary for basic subsistence. d. It refers to the worldwide inequality patterns that result from differences in wealth, power, and prestige. e. It refers to the movement up or down a social class over one's lifetime.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 40. Stephen is a professor at a university. He tells his students that rich countries continue to stay rich because they control the economies of poor countries. He also states that they exploit the poor countries because workers in poor countries depend on external markets for jobs. He argues that rich countries set prices for agricultural products exported by poor countries regardless of market values. Which of the following theories is Professor Stephen describing to his students? a. Symbolic interaction theory b. Feminist theory c. Modernization theory d. World-system theory e. Functionalist theory 41. _____ is movement up or down a social class over one's lifetime. a. Intergenerational mobility b. Globalization c. Global stratification d. Meritocracy e. Intragenerational mobility 42. Unlike the upper-upper class, those in the lower-upper class __________. a. have been wealthy for generations b. have little chance for advancement c. have worked for their income rather than inherited it d. shape the economic and political climate through a variety of mechanisms e. have no autonomy and freedom from supervision 43. Which of the following is a characteristic of prestigious occupations? a. They usually require carrying out very specific tasks. b. They require more formal education or extensive training than other occupations. c. They are a result of one's inherited characteristic. d. They are primarily manual. e. They require more supervision than other occupations.

44. The members of the King family own a few banks and factories in their hometown. Their control over capital and the means of production of most goods has resulted in the family acquiring great wealth and power. Which of the following terms can be used to describe the King family? a. Working class b. Symbolic interactionists c. Underclass d. Proletariat e. Bourgeoisie

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 45. Which of the following statements is true of caste system? a. In a caste system, people's social positions are based on individual achievement. b. In a caste system, people can easily move from one caste to another. c. A caste system has a relatively open stratification structure. d. A caste system encourages marriages outside one's caste. e. In a caste system, social positions are ascribed at birth.

46. Ramzil, a student of economics, argues that high-income countries benefit because poor countries provide cheap labor and are subjected to exploitation by the rich nations as they are not powerful enough to protest. Which of the following theories supports Ramzil’s opinion? a. Symbolic interaction theory b. Feminist theory c. Modernization theory d. Dependency theory e. World-system theory 47. Identify a true statement about individuals in the upper-middle class. a. They are the old rich who have been wealthy for generations. b. They live on earned income rather than accumulated or inherited wealth. c. They have less autonomy and freedom from supervision in their occupations than those in the lowermiddle class. d. They are less likely than those in the general population to work 50 or more hours per week. e. They are the nouveau riche, those with "new money."

48. Tom drifts in and out of jobs. Owing to his lack of education and skills, it is very difficult for him to find a stable job with a steady income. Despite having some earnings, he depends on government programs to make ends meet. Which of the following terms can be used to describe Tom's social status? a. Bourgeoisie b. Lower-middle class c. Working poor d. Underclass e. Working class 49. Global stratification refers to ____________. a. differences in social class structure across countries b. worldwide inequality patterns that result from differences in wealth, power, and prestige c. mobility across classes within a person’s lifetime d. the results of having a capitalistic society e. world systems that work to control people

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 50. Which of the following statements is true of upper-upper-class people? a. They have less autonomy and freedom from supervision compared to middle-class people. b. They have worked for their wealth rather than inherited it. c. They live on earned income rather than accumulated wealth. d. They are the old rich who have been wealthy for generations. e. They have severe restrictions in choice of occupation.

51. According to symbolic interactionists, many people are content, instead of challenging policies that benefit primarily the top 1 percent. Which of the following scenarios illustrates one of the reasons for this? a. Seanan is well-versed in the concept of economic inequality, and teaches her friends about it. b. John believes that most people are upwardly mobile, and that he and his children will be rich. c. Kieran knows exactly what class he and his friends are in. d. Many of the books that Cassandra reads emphasize that inequality is not normal or required. e. Aviel makes a point of following trends in economic equality.

52. Which of the following terms refers to the opportunities people have to access social and economic resources that improve their quality of life? a. Life chances b. Life courses c. Life expectancies d. Life spans e. Life extensions 53. _____ is unequal access to wealth, power, status, prestige, and other valued resources because of one’s sex. a. Gender inequality b. Gender pay c. Gender stratification d. Gender equality e. Gender theory 54. In the context of social stratification, _____ is the ability to influence or control the behavior of others despite opposition. a. Prestige b. Power c. Wealth d. Income e. Class

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 55. Which of the following is a limitation of the symbolic interaction theory? a. Symbolic interactionists ignore the efforts of government programs. b. Symbolic interactionists believe that the rich are more hardworking than the poor. c. Symbolic interactionists exaggerate the existence and effects of economic inequality. d. Symbolic interactionists do not explain why so many women succeed despite patriarchal barriers. e. Symbolic interactionists ignore structural factors that create and reinforce inequality.

56. _____ consists of an array of subsidies, tax breaks, and assistance that the government has created for businesses. a. Social welfare b. Social responsibility c. Corporate responsibility d. Corporate welfare e. Social security 57. Which of the following costs is not included in the calculation of the poverty line? a. Housing b. Health care c. Clothing d. Food e. Child care 58. Which of the following is a criticism of feminist theories? a. Many feminist scholars do not explain why so many women succeed despite patriarchal barriers. b. Many feminist scholars exaggerate the existence and effects of economic inequality. c. Many feminist scholars ignore the efforts of government programs for women. d. Many feminist scholars exaggerate the effects of structural factors on the social mobility of women. e. Many feminist scholars ignore the critical role of inheritance.

59. For functionalists, social stratification is based on _____, or people’s accomplishments. a. Kakistocracy b. Oligarchy c. Patriarchy d. Aristocracy e. Meritocracy 60. Which of the following is a criticism of the poverty line? a. It accurately reflects the costs of living of all Americans. b. It includes all Americans in poverty. c. It is too high because it doesn’t include the value of noncash benefits. d. If a family makes more than the poverty line, it is still eligible for public assistance. e. It includes variations in housing costs.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 61. As a child, Mira was taught to interact only with people from the same social standing as her. When she grew up, she was married into a family similar to hers in race and background. Which of the following systems of social stratification does this scenario illustrate? a. Ostracism b. Petalism c. Slavery system d. Caste system e. Class system 62. Which of the following is NOT a structural factor that sociologists contend creates and sustains poverty? a. Individual attitudes b. Low wages c. Public policy d. Automation e. Unemployment 63. Identify the way in which immigration affects social mobility. a. It restricts intragenerational mobility. b. It fuels upward mobility. c. It increases the chances of people falling into poverty. d. It promotes greater equality. e. It leads to increases in unemployment among groups that are already in a country.

64. Which of the following is true of the Davis–Moore thesis? a. It asserts that social stratification benefits society. b. It emphasizes the role of inheritance in social stratification. c. It states that stratification limits upward mobility. d. It criticizes the role of meritocracy in social stratification. e. It states that ethnic income and wealth gaps persist across all social classes.

65. With reference to social stratification, which of the following is a criticism of conflict theorists? a. They believe that the rich are more hardworking than the poor. b. They exaggerate the existence and effects of economic inequality. c. They believe that social stratification benefits society. d. They tend to ignore structural factors that cause inequalities. e. They tend to ignore the critical influence of inheritance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 66. Which of the following most accurately defines absolute poverty? a. It is the worldwide inequality patterns that result from differences in wealth, power, and prestige. b. It is not having enough money to afford the basic necessities of life, such as food, clothing, and shelter. c. It refers to the movement up or down a social class over two or more generations. d. It refers to the movement up or down a social class over one's lifetime. e. It refers to a situation in which people own others as property and have almost total control over their lives.

67. According to Karl Marx, which of the following terms is used to describe those individuals who own and control wealth and the means of production? a. Working class b. Middle class c. Underclass d. Economic class e. Capitalist class 68. Identify the social stratification system in which a person's ability to change social positions is influenced by his or her achievements. a. Open stratification system b. Closed stratification system c. Slavery system d. Matriarchal system e. Patriarchal system 69. Connor White is the grandson of one of the country's wealthiest businessmen. The White family has been wealthy for generations, and Connor stands to inherit the family wealth, in addition to ownership of the family business. Which of the following terms can be used to describe the status of the White family? a. Proletariat b. Underclass c. Nouveau riche d. Lower-middle class e. Upper-upper class 70. Which of the following most accurately describes the feminization of poverty? a. It refers to the phenomenon of more women in the society having the ability to influence or control the behavior of others despite opposition. b. It refers to the disproportionate number of the poor who are women. c. It refers to the movement of women up or down the social class hierarchy. d. It refers to the extent to which women have positive experiences and can secure the good things in life because they have economic resources. e. It refers to the practice of employers hiring more women to do demeaning work for wages lesser than that of their male counterparts.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 71. According to conflict theorists, growing inequality is dysfunctional for society. Which of the following scenarios illustrates one of the consequences of inequality? a. Jamie moved up from the working class to the upper middle class. b. Samira finds herself trusting more and more in political institutions. c. In one large city, studies have found that the rates of extreme poverty have increased. d. Sales are up 22% at Raylo, a company making lawn equipment. e. Raymond is convinced that his bank is truly looking out for him.

72. Identify an accurate statement about intergenerational mobility. a. It provides little chance for advancement. b. It refers to the passing down of wealth from the older generations to the younger generations. c. It is the difference between the wealth, prestige, and power of the older generations compared with that of the younger generations. d. It is movement up or down a social class over two or more generations. e. It is movement up or down a social class hierarchy over one's lifetime.

73. Martha argues that low-income countries are poor because their leaders are corrupt and their strict policies deter foreign direct investment. She believes that such policies act as a barrier for poor countries when competing in global markets. In this case, which of the following theories is Martha most likely to use to support her views in explaining why inequality is universal? a. World-system theory b. Feminist theory c. Modernization theory d. Dependency theory e. Demographic transition theory 74. Unlike upper-middle class, those in the lower-middle class __________. a. have less freedom from supervision in their jobs b. live on earned income rather than accumulated or inherited wealth c. require a college education for their jobs d. are relatively isolated from the rest of the population e. work in minimum-wage jobs, or are often unemployed 75. Alicia believes that men shape the social stratification system and control a disproportionate share of wealth, prestige, and power. As a result, women are largely invisible. Which of the following perspectives is most likely to support Alicia's opinion? a. Symbolic interaction perspectives b. Feminist perspectives c. Modernization perspectives d. Conflict perspectives e. Functionalist perspectives

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 76. Which of the following is a belief of feminist theorists? a. Meritocracy is nonexistent, and women are given greater preference over men to enter higher-paying occupations. b. In a patriarchal system, women shape the stratification system. c. Women have greater political power than men in industrialized countries. d. Women often have to juggle domestic and workplace responsibilities. e. It is easier for women to access resources in developing nations than in developed nations.

77. In the context of social stratification, _____ address micro-level issues such as how people learn their social positions in everyday life and how such learning affects their attitudes, behavior, and lifestyles. a. feminists b. functionalists c. symbolic interactionists d. conflict theorists e. capitalists 78. The minimal income level that the federal government considers necessary for basic subsistence is called _____. a. the income deficit b. prestige c. wealth d. meritocracy e. the poverty line 79. Which of the following age groups is most likely to have the lowest poverty rate in the United States? a. Americans between ages 41 and 50 b. Americans aged 18 and younger c. Americans aged 65 and older d. Americans between ages 20 and 30 e. Americans between ages 31 and 40 80. Sarah comes from a lower-middle-class family. Her parents were teachers and relied on both their incomes to run their household. Sarah got into medical school on a scholarship and is now a doctor in a well-reputed hospital.

Sarah's movement to the upper-middle class is an example of _____. a. intergenerational mobility b. downward mobility c. feminization of poverty d. intragenerational mobility e. relative poverty

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 81. Which of the following statements best describes social stratification? a. It refers to the disproportionate number of the poor who are women. b. It is movement from one social class to another. c. It is a society's ranking of people based on their access to valued resources such as wealth, power, and prestige. d. It refers to the concept of rewarding people solely for what they do and how well, rather than their ascribed status. e. It refers to the array of subsidies, tax breaks, and assistance that the government has created for businesses.

82. Briefly describe the features of the working class in the United States.

83. Explain how demographic factors affect social mobility.

84. What is social mobility? How does intragenerational mobility differ from intergenerational mobility?

85. Describe the structural factors that affect social mobility.

86. Critically evaluate the feminist perspective on social stratification.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 87. Define socioeconomic status (SES). Briefly describe the characteristics of the upper class and the middle class in the United States.

88. Discuss the Davis–Moore thesis. How did Melvin Tumin challenge the Davis–Moore thesis?

89. List two characteristics of prestigious occupations. Support your answer with examples.

90. Briefly describe an open stratification system with an example.

91. Identify the common characteristics of America's poor and briefly describe each of them.

92. Briefly explain world-system theory.

93. Briefly explain the perspectives of conflict theorists on social stratification.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 94. What is the poverty line? How does the government determine the poverty line?

95. Explain why inequality is universal according to modernization theory and dependency theory.

96. How does wealth differ from income?

97. Discuss the symbolic interactionists' perspectives on social stratification.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. False 4. False 5. False 6. True 7. False 8. False 9. False 10. False 11. False 12. False 13. False 14. False 15. True 16. False 17. b 18. c 19. b 20. a 21. d 22. e 23. d 24. b 25. d 26. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 27. c 28. d 29. b 30. e 31. b 32. d 33. c 34. a 35. e 36. c 37. b 38. d 39. b 40. d 41. e 42. c 43. b 44. e 45. e 46. d 47. b 48. d 49. b 50. d 51. b 52. a 53. c 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 55. e 56. d 57. e 58. a 59. e 60. c 61. d 62. a 63. b 64. a 65. b 66. b 67. e 68. a 69. e 70. b 71. c 72. d 73. d 74. a 75. b 76. d 77. c 78. e 79. c 80. a 81. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 82. Answers will vary. The working class of America consists of skilled and semiskilled laborers (e.g., construction and assembly-line workers, truck drivers, auto mechanics, electricians). The semiskilled jobs typically require little training, are mechanized, and closely supervised. Most of the occupations are blue collar, but some—clerks and retail sales workers—are white collar. The jobs do not require a college education, but offer little or no opportunity for advancement.

83. Answers will vary. Demographic factors affect social mobility. Four of the most important are education, gender, race, and ethnicity, but place also has an effect.

Education: Especially when the economy is slumping, people with a high school education or less often face long and frequent bouts of unemployment, must get by with temporary work, and may move down the socioeconomic ladder.

Gender: Women's massive entry into the labor force since the 1980s has increased family income and many single women's upward mobility. Men's mobility is less affected than women's by a divorce, nonmarital children, or widowhood.

Race and ethnicity: Black and Latino middle classes have grown since the 1970s, but both groups still lag significantly behind whites and Asian Americans. Economic, cultural, and social capital account for most of this mobility gap. Since the slavery era, white parents could accumulate skills and wealth that, with every generation, gave their children far better chances than black children of moving up.

Place: Where one lives can stimulate or dampen upward mobility. The disparities in upward mobility in different parts of the country are correlated with four factors: residential segregation (whether by income or race), the quality of schooling, how many children live with only one parent, and parents' social capital.

84. Answers will vary. Social mobility is movement from one social class to another. Intragenerational mobility is movement up or down a social class over one's lifetime. Intergenerational mobility is movement up or down a social class over two or more generations. Intragenerational and intergenerational mobility can be downward or upward.

85. Answers will vary. Macro-level variables, over which people have little or no control, affect social mobility in several ways. First, changes in the economy spur upward or downward mobility. During an economic boom, the number of jobs increases, and many people have an opportunity to move up. During recessions, such as the Great Recession, long-term unemployment leads to downward mobility. Second, government policies and programs affect social mobility. Unlike the United States, countries that have promoted equality (e.g., Canada, Denmark, Finland, and Norway) have the highest upward mobility rates. Third, immigration fuels upward mobility. Because many recent immigrants take low-paying jobs, groups that are already in a country move into higher-paying occupations.

86. Answers will vary. For feminist scholars, functionalist and conflict theories are limited because they typically focus on men in describing and analyzing stratification and social class. As a result, women are largely invisible. Critics of the feminist theory point out that feminist theorists often focus only on poor women in showing how patriarchy affects stratification and social class. Another criticism is that many feminist scholars do not explain why so many women succeed despite patriarchal barriers. Third, feminist theories don't account for some striking cross-cultural variations.

Thus, feminist theories don't explain why women have greater political power in some patriarchal and developing countries than in many industrialized nations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 87. Answers will vary. Socioeconomic status (SES) is an overall ranking of a person's position in society based on income, education, and occupation.

The upper class can be divided into two groups—the upper-upper class and the lower-upper class.

Upper-upper-class people are the old rich who have been wealthy for generations. Because they value their privacy, upper-upper-class members rarely appear on the lists of wealthiest individuals published by Forbes or other sources.

An inherited fortune brings power. They shape the economic and political climate through a variety of mechanisms: Dominating the upper levels of business and finance, holding top political positions in the federal government, underwriting thousands of think tanks and research institutes that formulate national policies, and shaping public opinion through the mass media.

The lower-upper class—which is much more diverse than the upper-upper class—is the nouveau riche, those with "new money." Besides business entrepreneurs, the lower-upper class also includes high-level managers of international corporations, those who earn at least a million dollars a year. Some lower-upper class members live modestly, but many flaunt their new wealth. Most of the nouveau riche are unbelievably wealthy. Because they lack the right ancestry and have usually made their money by working for it, however, lower-uppers aren't accepted into old money circles that have strong feelings of in-group solidarity. Still, lower-upper class members engage in lifestyles and rituals that parallel those of the upper-upper class.

The middle class can be divided into two groups—the upper-middle class and the lower-middle class.

Upper-middle-class members, although rich, live on earned income rather than accumulated or inherited wealth. The occupations of this group usually require a Ph.D. or advanced professional degree. People in this class include corporate executives and managers (but not those at the top), high government officials, owners of large businesses, physicians, and successful lawyers and stockbrokers. A higher level of education is associated with greater occupational prestige and autonomy, as well as job quality and security, but people in these occupations are three times more likely than those in the general population to work 50 or more hours per week. The lower-middle class, more diverse than the upper middle class, is composed of people in nonmanual occupations that require some training beyond high school, and professional occupations that require a college degree. Unlike upper-middle-class jobs, those in the lower-middle class have less autonomy and freedom from supervision, and there is little chance for advancement. Except for some retirement funds, most have only modest savings to cover emergencies.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 88. Answers will vary. The Davis–Moore thesis, as it's commonly called, asserts that social stratification benefits society.

According to the Davis–Moore thesis and other functionalist perspectives, stratification and inequality are necessary to motivate people to work hard and to succeed. The key arguments of the Davis–Moore thesis can be summarized as follows: 1. Every society must fill a wide variety of positions and ensure that people accomplish important tasks. Societies need teachers, doctors, farmers, trash collectors, plumbers, police officers, and so on.

2. Some positions are more crucial than others for a society's survival. Doctors, for example, provide more critical services to ensure a society's continuation than do lawyers, engineers, or bankers.

3. The most qualified people must fill the most important positions. Some jobs require more skill, training, or intelligence than others because they're more demanding, and it is more difficult to replace the workers. Pilots, for example, must have more years of training and are not replaced as easily as flight attendants.

4. Society must offer greater rewards to motivate the most qualified people to fill the most important positions. People will not undergo many years of education or training unless they are rewarded by money, power, status, and/or prestige. If doctors and nurses earned the same salaries, there would not be much incentive for people to spend so many years earning a medical degree.

For functionalists, social stratification is based on meritocracy—people's accomplishments. That is, people are rewarded for what they do and how well, rather than their ascribed status. Sociologist Melvin Tumin (1953) challenged the Davis–Moore thesis. First, he argued, societies do not always reward the positions that are the most important for the members' survival. According to Tumin, there is little association between earnings and the jobs that keep a society going. Second, Tumin claimed, Davis and Moore overlook the many ways that stratification limits upward mobility. Where wealth is differentially distributed, access to education, especially higher education, depends on family wealth. As a result, large segments of the population are likely to be deprived of the chance to discover what their talents are, and society loses. Third, Tumin criticized Davis and Moore for ignoring the critical role of inheritance. In upper social classes, sons and daughters do not have to work because their inherited wealth guarantees a lifetime income and perpetuates privileges over generations.

89. Answers will vary. Prestigious occupations require more formal education than other occupations (college or postgraduate degrees) or extensive training or both. Physicians, for example, must fulfill internship and residency requirements after receiving a medical degree.

Prestigious occupations are primarily nonmanual and require more abstract thought. All jobs have some physical activity, but an architect must use more imagination in designing a building than a carpenter, who usually performs very specific tasks. Prestigious occupations are paid more, even though there are some exceptions. A relator or truck driver may earn more than a registered nurse, but registered nurses are likely to earn more over a lifetime. Prestigious occupations are seen as more socially important. An elementary school teacher may earn less than the school’s janitor, but the teacher’s job is more prestigious because teachers contribute more to a society’s well-being. Finally, prestigious jobs involve greater self-expression, autonomy, and freedom from supervision. A dentist has considerably more freedom in performing her or his job than a dental hygienist.

90. Answers will vary. An open stratification system allows movement up or down social positions because people's achievements affect mobility. Closed stratification systems are considerably more fixed than open ones, but neither is completely open or closed. In a class system—a relatively open stratification structure—people's positions are based on both birth and achievement. Because achieved characteristics (e.g., education, work skills, occupation) can change, people in open stratification systems can move from one social class to another.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 91. Answers will vary. Both historically and currently, the poor share some common characteristics that include age, gender, family structure, race, and ethnicity.

Children under age 18 make up only 23 percent of the U.S. population, but 34 percent (almost 15 million) of the poor, up from a low of 16 percent in 2001. Americans aged 65 and older make up about 15 percent of the total population, but 9 percent (4.2 million) of the poor. The poverty rate of older Americans is at an all-time low, and lower than that of any other age group, because government programs, particularly Medicare and Medicaid, have generally kept up with the rate of inflation. In contrast, many programs for poor children have been reduced or eliminated since 1980.

Women's poverty rates are higher than men's, but family structure is an important factor. The term feminization of poverty refers to the disproportionate number of the poor who are women. Because of increases in divorce, nonmarital childbearing, and low-paying jobs, single-mother families are four to five times more likely to be poor than married-couple families that have two wage earners, and more likely to be extremely poor over many years.

In absolute numbers, there are more poor whites than poor Latinos, blacks, or Asians. Proportionately, however, whites and Asian Americans are less likely to be poor than other racial-ethnic groups. Increasingly, education separates the poor from the non-poor. In 2015, just 5 percent of college graduates were poor, compared with 13 percent of high school graduates and 26 percent of those without a high school diploma. The more risk factors, the more likely that someone will experience poverty. For example, being a young, black, unmarried female with young children and little education increases the odds of both poverty and extreme poverty (living below the bottom 10 percent of the income distribution).

92. Answers will vary. World-system theory is similar to dependency theory and argues that “the economic realities of the world system help rich countries stay rich while poor countries stay poor” (Bradshaw and Wallace, 1996: 44). That is, countries such as the United States that dominate the world economy control the economies of low-income countries because their workers depend on external markets for jobs. High-income countries can extract raw materials with little cost. They can also set prices, regardless of market values, for agricultural products that low-income countries export. Doing so forces many small farmers to abandon their fields because they cannot pay for labor, fertilizer, and other costs.

93. Answers will vary. Conflict theorists maintain that social stratification is dysfunctional because it hurts individuals and societies. Karl Marx was aware that diversity of classes can exist at any one time, but he predicted that capitalist societies would ultimately be reduced to two social classes: the capitalist class, or bourgeoisie; and the working class, or proletariat. The bourgeoisie, those who own and control capital and the means of production, can amass wealth and power. The proletariat, workers who sell their labor for wages, earn barely enough to survive. For conflict theorists, the economic struggles of the U.S. middle and working classes since the late 1970s were not primarily the result of globalization and technological changes but, instead, a long series of government policies that overwhelmingly favored the rich. This policy of corporate welfare consists of an array of subsidies, tax breaks, and assistance that the government has created for businesses.

94. Answers will vary. The poverty line (also called the poverty threshold) is the minimal income level that the federal government considers necessary for basic subsistence. To determine the poverty line, the Department of Agriculture (DOA) estimates the annual cost of food that meets minimum nutritional guidelines and then multiplies this figure by three to cover the minimum cost of clothing, housing, health care, and other necessities. If a family makes more than the poverty line, it is usually not eligible for public assistance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_08_SOC6 95. Answers will vary. Modernization theory claims that low-income countries are poor because their leaders do not have the attitudes and values that lead to experimentation and using modern technology. Instead, policy makers adhere to traditional customs that isolate and prevent them from competing in a global economy. It blames poor nations for their poverty and other problems. After the key foundations of modernity and capitalism are in place, this perspective maintains, low-income countries will prosper. Dependency theory contends that the main reason why low-income countries are poor is because they are pawns that high-income countries exploit and dominate. Rich nations wield an enormous amount of power by exporting jobs overseas, manipulating foreign aid, draining less powerful countries of their resources, penetrating other countries with multinational corporations, and coercing national governments to comply with their interests.

96. Answers will vary. Income and wealth differ in several important ways. Wealth is cumulative. It increases over time, especially through investment, whereas income is usually spent on everyday expenses. Because wealth is accumulated over time, much of it can be passed on to the next generation. Inheritances and other monetary gifts offer opportunities to start a business, buy a first (or vacation) home, pursue college without debt, and increase assets (like savings and stocks). Passing on wealth to the next generation preserves privilege. Wealthy people tend to have the greatest amount of economic capital (income and other monetary assets such as property), cultural capital (advanced degrees and assets such as style of speech, table manners, and physical appearance), and social capital (networks comprised of influential people). Differential access to all three types of capital reinforces and reproduces the existing class structure and inequality.

97. Answers will vary. Symbolic interactionists focus on how people create, change, and reproduce social classes. They address micro-level issues such as how people learn their social positions in everyday life and how such learning affects their attitudes, behavior, and lifestyles.

People across social classes interact with and socialize their children differently. By age 2, children from higherincome homes know 30 percent more words than those from low-income homes. Early vocabularies increase reading comprehension and proficiency as early as kindergarten. Social contexts also affect mobility. The social classes into which children are born affect their aspirations, the skills they value and to which they have access, and the networks and resources on which they can draw.

U.S. income inequality is at its highest level since the 1930s, yet many Americans are relatively unconcerned. The average American knows very little about economic inequality (whether it’s increasing or decreasing) or about where she or he is on the income spectrum, and believes (incorrectly) that there’s more upward than downward mobility.

Also, what people think they know is often wrong. Thus, and because popular culture reinforces the idea that inequality is normal and inevitable, many people don’t see the connection between structural inequality and their personal situation.

Symbolic interaction theories help us understand the everyday processes that underlie social stratification, but there are several weaknesses. First, interactionism, unlike the other perspectives, does not help in understanding why stratification exists. Second, the theories do not explain why—despite the same family background, resources, and socialization—some siblings are considerably more upwardly mobile than their brothers and sisters. Third, conflict theorists, especially, fault symbolic interactionists for ignoring structural factors—like the economy, government policies, and educational institutions—that create and reinforce inequality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Angie is genderqueer, which means she identifies her gender as falling somewhere on a continuum between female and male. a. True b. False 2. Women are more likely than men to be hired if they earn doctoral degrees in male-dominated STEM (science, technology, engineering, and math) fields. a. True b. False 3. Female genital mutilation/cutting (FGM/C) was an ancient practice which is no longer in effect. a. True b. False 4. There is a lingering sexism, among both men and women, that female politicians are less feminine and compassionate than the average woman. a. True b. False 5. Russia is one of the few liberal nations that support homosexuality. a. True b. False 6. Daniel is conservative in his views on family issues. He is more likely to support gay marriages. a. True b. False 7. George is a job seeker whose education and vocational training are a part of his human capital. a. True b. False 8. Sexual harassment includes only physical contact and not verbal or nonverbal behavior. a. True b. False 9. Most people aren’t exclusively heterosexual or homosexual. a. True b. False 10. Commercializing sex demeans both women and men, but the "products" are usually women. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 11. The United States ranks 101st in women’s political leadership. a. True b. False 12. More Americans describe themselves as "pro-life" than "pro-choice." a. True b. False 13. Teachers' gender bias can affect children's occupational choices and earnings at adulthood. a. True b. False 14. Functionalists usually take a neutral stand on sexual relationships outside of marriage. a. True b. False 15. Intersexuals are those who are attracted to both sexes. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

16. _____ is a product of our sexual identity, sexual orientation, and sexual scripts. a. Sexuality b. Gender identity c. Sexual preference d. Sexual attitude e. Gender inequality 17. Worldwide variation regarding gender inequality and sexual oppression shows that _________. a. behavior is learned, not innate b. genetic mutation is the most significant factor in determining behavior c. social and cultural norms are not strong enough to overcome inherent human tendencies d. gender inequality is widespread in Third World countries e. religion breeds discrimination 18. Which of the following is a characteristic of gender? a. It is an innate trait. b. It is based on physical traits. c. It refers to the biological characteristics with which people are born. d. It determines how people think or feel but does not influence their behavior. e. It is internalized by people in the form of behavior patterns expected of each sex.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 19. The people of a town called Bridgedale look down on women who have multiple sexual partners. However, men can have as many partners as they wish. Some people even expect girls to have sex only after marriage. In this scenario, people of Bridgedale display _____. a. radical feminism b. heterosexism c. the hypersexualization of women d. the sexual double standard e. occupational sex segregation 20. Which of the following is true of why we have sex? a. Everyone has sex for the same reason. b. Sex is strictly procreative. c. People do not have sex to experience physical pleasure. d. There are hundreds of reasons that people have sex. e. Sex is purely for affectionate reasons.

21. _____ is any unwanted sexual advance, request for sexual favors, or other conduct of a sexual nature that makes a person uncomfortable and interferes with her or his work. a. Sexual identity b. Sexual harassment c. Gender stalking d. Physical attraction e. Gender stratification 22. Teenagers are more likely to engage in sex at any early age if they _______. a. grow up in nuclear families b. achieve good grades and are popular c. use alcohol or other drugs or experience domestic violence d. are orthodox in their views and beliefs e. believe that it will not lead to the commitments of a serious relationship 23. Rahul is a husband and father. He is competitive and works hard to earn for his family. According to functionalists, Rahul plays a(n) _____. a. communicative role b. expressive role c. submissive role d. instrumental role e. emotional role

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 24. Katie does not like wearing baggy pants because she thinks they do not look feminine. Katie's opinion is based on her perception of _____. a. sex b. sexual orientation c. sexual script d. gender e. gender stratification 25. On a physical level, a legal abortion in the first trimester (up to 12 weeks) _________. a. can cause minor discomfort for several months b. can endanger the mother's life c. causes infertility d. does not require the mother's informed consent e. is safer than continuing a pregnancy 26. Identify a key point stated by symbolic interactionists about gender and sexuality. a. Gender roles are complementary, equally important for a society's survival, and affect human capital. b. Women and men have distinct roles that ensure a family's and society's survival. c. Gender roles give men power to control women’s lives. d. Gender is a social construction that emerges and is reinforced through everyday interactions. e. Many men use violence—including sexual harassment, rape, and global sex trafficking—to control women's sexuality.

27. Angela is a medical student. Her views on abortion are the same as most Americans. This implies that _______. a. she wants to keep it legal b. she wants it to be made illegal in all cases c. she believes the choice should be left with the mother d. she supports it only if the reason is a health issue e. she supports it only if it is carried out in the first trimester 28. _____ are the characteristics, attitudes, feelings, and behaviors that society expects of females and males. a. Gender identities b. Sexual orientations c. Sexualities d. Gender roles e. Sexual proclivities 29. Which of the following statements is true of the gender pay gap? a. The average woman must work almost nine extra weeks every year to make the same wages as a man. b. Women receive half the pay men receive for the same work. c. Beyond a certain designation, men and women receive equal pay for equal work. d. Women are paid less than men because they are generally less qualified than men in almost all fields. e. The gender pay gap continues to increase even as women on average work for more hours than men.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 30. Marie is a preschool teacher. Ninety-three percent of her colleagues are female. This stark imbalance in gender ratio is an example of _____. a. sexual orientation b. gender expression c. individual discrimination d. occupational sex segregation e. gender pay gap 31. Which of the following is a key point of the conflict theory on gender and sexuality? a. Agreed-on sexual norms contribute to a society's order and stability. b. Most societies regulate women's, but not men's, sexual behavior. c. Women's inequality reflects their historical and current domination by men, especially in the workplace. d. Gender is a social construction that emerges and is reinforced through everyday interactions. e. The social construction of sexuality varies across cultures because of societal norms and values.

32. In the context of gender and sexuality, which of the following is a perspective presented by symbolic interactionists? a. Agreed-on sexual norms contribute to a society's order and stability. b. Women and men have distinct roles that ensure a family's and society's survival. c. The social construction of sexuality varies across cultures because of societal norms and values. d. Gender roles give men power to control women's lives. e. Women's inequality reflects their historical and current domination by men, especially in the workplace.

33. Aditi, a 22-year-old, marries a boy chosen by her parents. She had never met the boy before but agrees to the marriage out of respect for her parents' wishes. This scenario is an example of a(n) _____. a. outdated marriage b. child marriage c. arranged marriage d. religious marriage e. forced marriage 34. Philip and Roger have decided to get married. However, their decision has received a mixed response from the society. Who among the following is most likely to support their marriage? a. Martha, a 55-year-old white mother b. Aaron, a Republican c. Ricardo, who is homophobic d. Chris, a 20-year-old black woman e. Peter, an evangelical Christian

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 35. The gender pay gap is larger for black and Latina women than white or Asian women. This illustrates which of the following contentions of feminist theories of gender and sexuality? a. Gender, race, and social class intersect to form a hierarchical stratification system that shapes people’s experiences and behavior. b. Men assert their power and control through rape, intimate partner violence, sexual harassment, and other violent acts. c. Women often experience harsher sanctions than men for workplace offenses. d. Sex is increasingly commercialized. e. Women’s subordination includes their daily vulnerability to male violence.

36. Mirembe, a 20-year-old Ethiopian villager, was delivering her first child. She developed complications and died while trying to give birth. The doctor later informed her family that the complications were due to a procedure that Mirembe underwent in childhood, which restricted the baby from emerging. Mirembe's complications were most likely a result of _____. a. cosmetic surgery b. female genital mutilation c. a miscarriage d. an abortion e. vaginal reconstruction surgery 37. According to conflict theorists, which of the following can help explain why occupational sex segregation and gender pay gaps persist? a. Complimentary gender roles b. Women’s underrepresentation in political institutions c. Control of women’s sexual behavior d. The prevalence of sexual violence towards women e. The social construction of sexuality 38. Victor, a college graduate, believes that as a man, he is entitled to female attention. He also feels highly attracted to most women. This scenario illustrates Victor's _____. a. sexual identity b. sexism c. gender identity d. sexual double standard e. homosexuality 39. Identify a measure that U.S. state governments have taken to restrict abortion. a. Penalizing women with a fine of $5,000 b. Suspending the licenses of doctors who agree to carry out the procedure c. Cutting public funding for abortions for low-income women d. Evicting women from public housing if they get an abortion e. Incarcerating abortion providers

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 40. Lakshmi is amazed at the choice of clothes for her four-year-old daughter, Hiya. Stores are selling clothing for children Hiya’s age that says things like “Sexy”, “My Daddy Won’t Let Me Date”, and “Bombshell”. These are the clothes that Hiya wants, because she sees her friends wearing them. This is an example of _____. a. sexual double standard by men b. women’s increasing hypersexualization c. sexual orientation d. heterosexism e. feminization of society 41. In all countries and regions, the greatest gender gaps are in _________. a. political awareness b. educational attainment c. economic opportunity and participation d. health and survival e. legal expertise 42. Claudia resigned from her job when she was expecting a child. She now stays at home looking after her baby and provides moral support to her husband. According to functionalists, Claudia plays a(n) _____. a. influential role b. contributory role c. expressive role d. dominant role e. instrumental role 43. Identify a key point about gender and sexuality made by feminists. a. Women's inequality reflects their historical and current domination by men, especially in the workplace. b. The social construction of sexuality varies across cultures because of societal norms and values. c. Agreed-on sexual norms contribute to a society's order and stability. d. Gender is a social construction that emerges and is reinforced through everyday interactions. e. Women and men have distinct roles that ensure a family's and society's survival.

44. Which of the following statements best illustrates a gender stereotype? a. He is handsome; she is beautiful. b. He is smart; she is intelligent. c. He is careless; she is inattentive. d. He is firm; she is stubborn. e. He is fair; she is honest.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 45. Jonathan's parents suspect that he is gay, and they decide to have a discussion with him about it. They want Jonathan to conform to the societal norms of heterosexuality. In this scenario, Jonathan's parents are apprehensive of his _____. a. asexuality b. sexual orientation c. gender identity d. sexist attitude e. gender stereotype 46. Which of the following is a major reason for the decrease in abortion rates? a. Legalizing the age for sexual relationships b. Increasing the religious inclination of people c. Greater access to emergency contraception d. Changing the youth's views on sex and raising children e. Government's declaration of increasing child welfare benefits 47. Which of the following countries’ parliaments recently banned lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) relationships and forbade distributing material on gay rights? a. Russia b. China c. Saudi Arabia d. Indonesia e. Afghanistan 48. Which of the following is a common characteristic of women who get abortions? a. They have not had children before. b. They have incomes near or below the poverty level. c. They enjoy a good relationship with their partners. d. They are usually divorced or widowed. e. They are rich and want to maintain a lifestyle free from responsibilities.

49. _____ are social structures that enable and reinforce people's unequal access to wealth, power, status, prestige, opportunity, and other valuable resources because of their sex. a. Political action committees b. Booster clubs c. Gendered institutions d. Total institutions e. Virtual organizations

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 50. Two of the most controversial and politically contested issues continue to be abortion and _____. a. casual sex b. same-sex marriage c. the use of contraceptives d. the legal age for sexual intercourse e. morality of live-in relations 51. Which of the following is true of the functionalist perspective on gender and sexuality? a. Gender roles give men power to control women’s lives. b. Gender roles are complimentary. c. Gender roles do nothing for a society’s survival chances. d. Gender is a social construction that emerges through everyday interaction. e. Gender is innate and biological.

52. Florence liked her job profile and salary. However, when she returned from a four-month maternity leave she found that her profile had been altered and she was not eligible for a promotion that year. Functionalists would view this as a detrition of Florence's _____. a. human capital b. health c. charisma d. instrumental role e. expressive role 53. A(n) ______ is when parents or relatives choose their child’s future mate. a. open marriage b. sexually promiscuous relationship c. romantic relationship d. arranged marriage e. hook up 54. Smith was born male and identifies as a man. However, he wears makeup, earrings, skirts, tops, and heels even though these are not associated with his sex. From the information given in this scenario, we can conclude that Smith is most likely a(n) ________. a. genderqueer b. lesbian c. transsexual d. intersexual e. cross-dresser

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 55. Worldwide, what is the percentage of women who have endured physical and/or sexual violence by an intimate partner or another male? a. 10 b. 68 c. 22 d. 35 e. 99 56. Our _____ is an awareness of ourselves as male or female and how we express our sexual values, attitudes, and feelings. a. gender identity b. sexuality c. sexual identity d. sexual orientation e. gender orientation 57. Maria delivered her baby in a city hospital. Although the baby was born healthy, the doctors were not able to determine the baby's sex as the baby's internal reproductive organs were not fully developed. In this scenario, the baby would be classified as a(n) _____. a. heterosexual b. homosexual c. intersexual d. bisexual e. asexual 58. David, during a tour of Asian countries, witnessed honor killing in a village in Pakistan. Which of the following statements describes this term? a. The killing of an animal, as sacrifice, for a religious ritual b. The offering of a child, as sacrifice, as part of a religious ritual to ensure continued prosperity of the family c. The killing of a woman after her husband's death d. The murder of a girl child because she is considered a financial burden e. The murder of a family member who has shamed the family by being a rape victim 59. Which of the following is an issue that both anti-abortion and abortion rights groups agree upon? a. Abortion is immoral. b. There is no evidence abortion causes breast cancer. c. The patient’s informed consent is required for a medical abortion. d. Abortion is safer than many everyday activities. e. Medical abortion should remain legal and accessible.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 60. People develop a _____, a perception of themselves as either masculine or feminine, early in life. a. sex b. gender identity c. gender expression d. gender role e. sexual orientation 61. Which of the following is a key point of the feminist theory on gender and sexuality? a. Gender roles are complementary, equally important for a society's survival, and affect human capital. b. Agreed-on sexual norms contribute to a society's order and stability. c. The social construction of sexuality varies across cultures because of societal norms and values. d. Gender is a social construction that emerges and is reinforced through everyday interactions. e. Many men use violence—including sexual harassment, rape, and global sex trafficking—to control women's sexuality.

62. In the context of contemporary sexual attitudes and practices, a majority of adults aged 45 and older agree that _________. a. marital sexual frequency increases with age b. staying single is better than getting married or being in a relationship c. oral sex is more satisfying than vaginal sex d. having a satisfying sexual relationship is important, but it is not their top priority e. casual sex proves to be less satisfying with age 63. Lisa has a number of close friends of both sexes. However, she is not attracted to either sex. In this scenario, Lisa is _____. a. homosexual b. bisexual c. heterosexual d. intersexual e. asexual 64. When they got married, Sofiya and Brandon planned to equally share all household duties, from laundry to dishes.

However, because Sofiya worked from 3 pm until midnight, and Brandon worked from 9 am to 5 pm, the duties wound up split unevenly. Sofiya wound up doing more of the grocery shopping, while Brandon did more food preparation and clean-up. Which criticism of symbolic interactionist theories of gender and sexuality does this illustrate? a. Symbolic interactionists ignore the relationship between biological factors and sexual orientation. b. The theories are overly inclusive and can lead to muddled priorities. c. People don’t have as much ability to shape their lives as interactionists claim. d. They don’t explain why women around the world are more likely to be controlled and sexually exploited. e. They ignore working class, immigrant, and minority women.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 65. _____ is a fear and hatred of lesbians and gay men. a. Androphobia b. Xenophobia c. Homophobia d. Gynophobia e. Pedophobia 66. The United States ranks _____ in women's political leadership, out of 193 countries. a. 2nd b. 101st c. 23rd d. 64th e. 10th 67. Which of the following statements is true in the context of gender and family life? a. Mothers are four times more likely to do home repairs and maintenance than fathers. b. Women do more housework than they used to. c. There are gender differences in parenting tasks. d. Mothers tend to do more of the enjoyable child care tasks than fathers. e. Fathers do most of the daily tasks like picking children up from school or day care and feeding, bathing, and putting them to bed than mothers.

68. _____ refers to the biological characteristics with which people are born—chromosomes, anatomy, hormones, and other physical and physiological attributes. a. Gender b. Sex c. Intellect d. Physique e. Figure 69. Which of the following statements describes the phenomenon of "the feminization of higher education"? a. Women are more likely than are men to be selected for higher management positions. b. Women across all racial and ethnic groups are more likely than men to finish college. c. Women outnumber men by far in college admissions. d. Colleges increasingly focus on educating people about feminism and its effects. e. Students prefer female professors to male professors, which has led to an increase in their numbers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 70. Alexis has a doctorate in physics. Despite being highly qualified, she earns much less than her male counterparts.

Among the countries in the European Union, her pay gap is largest in _____. a. Croatia b. Spain c. Austria d. Germany e. Poland 71. Which of the following is an argument used for the legalization of gay marriages? a. Children raised by gay parents are worse off than those raised by heterosexual parents. b. People should have the same rights regardless of sexual orientation. c. Gay marriages are not stable and do not last. d. An economy fails to gain from gay marriages because they have a negative impact on businesses. e. People can love each other without getting married.

72. Which of the following is true of countries that have closed education gaps and have high levels of women’s economic participation? a. Sexual violence against women has been eliminated. b. Gender gaps no longer exist. c. They have strong economic growth. d. Their political leadership is gender balanced. e. Sexual violence against males is prevalent.

73. _____is the array of competencies that have economic value and increase productivity. a. Social capital b. Economic capital c. Human capital d. Cultural capital e. Venture capital 74. _____ believe that gender stratification benefits men and capitalism, but emphasize that women's subordination also includes their daily vulnerability to male violence. a. Conflict theorists b. Symbolic interactionists c. Feminists d. Postmodernists e. Functionalists

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 75. _____ refers to learned attitudes and behaviors that characterize women and men. a. Sex b. Identity c. Sexuality d. Stereotypes e. Gender 76. Which of the following countries has the highest percentage of women in high-level political positions? a. Rwanda b. Chile c. Peru d. Jordan e. Egypt 77. Which of the following illustrates one of the disadvantages of hooking up? a. Rolf pays attention to what his sexual partners find pleasurable, and tries to make sure they enjoy their encounters with him. b. Jamie likes to hook up because they don’t interfere with her work as much as a relationship would. c. Lashaun has never regretted having casual sex. d. After hooking up with two different guys at her school, Cylee got a reputation for being “fast” and “a slut.” e. Conall prefers hooking up because it’s less expensive than dinner and a movie.

78. Which of the following is true of sexual scripts? a. They are unchangeable. b. They are ungendered. c. They are highly gendered. d. They do not vary across groups. e. They are external.

79. Which of the following is a theoretical perspective that analyzes gender and sexuality at both macro and micro levels? a. Feminist perspective b. Structuralist perspective c. Conflict theorist perspective d. Symbolic interactionist perspective e. Functionalist perspective

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 80. A _____ specifies the formal and informal norms for acceptable and unacceptable sexual behavior. a. double standard b. gender script c. gender role d. sexual script e. sexuality 81. Describe the difference in sexuality as people age.

82. Explain gender stratification in family life.

83. Briefly describe the role of women in U.S. politics.

84. In the context of gender and sexuality, what are the limitations of the functionalist theory?

85. Define gender.

86. Define same-sex marriages, and state the benefits to which same-sex couples are entitled.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 87. Briefly explain the four basic types of sexual orientations.

88. What are the reasons for the decrease in abortion rates?

89. Comment on the greater acceptance of lesbians, gay men, bisexuals, and transgender people in current times.

90. Elaborate on the gender pay gap.

91. Discuss the views in favor of and against abortion.

92. Describe occupational sex segregation.

93. Describe the common transgender categories.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 94. Briefly explain the factors that shape one's sexual orientation.

95. Summarize the critical evaluation of symbolic interactionist perspectives on gender and sexuality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. False 6. False 7. True 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. True 12. False 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. a 17. a 18. e 19. d 20. d 21. b 22. c 23. d 24. d 25. e 26. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 27. a 28. d 29. a 30. d 31. b 32. c 33. c 34. d 35. a 36. b 37. b 38. a 39. c 40. b 41. c 42. c 43. a 44. d 45. b 46. c 47. a 48. b 49. c 50. b 51. b 52. a 53. d 54. e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 55. d 56. c 57. c 58. e 59. c 60. b 61. a 62. d 63. a 64. c 65. c 66. b 67. c 68. b 69. b 70. d 71. b 72. c 73. c 74. c 75. e 76. a 77. d 78. c 79. a 80. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 81. Answers will vary. As people age, they experience lower levels of sexual desire and some sexual activities, but many couples in their seventies and eighties emphasize emotional intimacy and companionship, and are satisfied with kissing, cuddling, and caressing (Heiman et al., 2011; Lodge and Umberson, 2012). Poor health and inability to find a partner, rather than just advancing age, are more closely linked to declining sexual activity (Lee et al., 2015).

82. Answers will vary. Among parents with children under age 18, fathers spend more hours each week in paid work than do mothers, do less child care and housework, and have more leisure time. Many household chores are still gendered.

On average, men are three times more likely to do home repairs and maintenance (e.g., repairing cars, lawn care); women are three times more likely to do the never-ending jobs like cooking, cleaning, and laundry (Wang, 2013; "American Time Use Survey…," 2015).

Women do less housework than they used to but devote twice as much time to child care as men, and there are gender differences in parenting tasks. Fathers tend to do more of the enjoyable tasks (e.g., reading to children, playing with them, taking them to games) and are much more likely to "join in" with child care than to "take over" from mothers. In contrast, mothers do most of the daily, never-ending tasks like picking children up from school or day care and feeding, bathing, and putting them to bed (Parker and Wang, 2013; Craig, 2015).

Every year, the media feature and applaud stay-at-home dads, but their numbers are negligible. In 2016, 209,000 fathers (0.2 percent of all fathers) cared for children while their wives worked outside the home. Being a stay-athome dad is usually a temporary role that's due to unemployment or health problems. The greatest increase, however, has been among white, college-educated, middle-upper class men who choose to be stay-at-home dads because their partners or wives have high incomes ("Father's Day . . .," 2015; Kane, 2015).

83. Answers will vary. Unlike a number of other countries (including Great Britain, Germany, India, Israel, Pakistan, Argentina, Chile, and Philippines), the United States has never had a woman serving as president or even vice president. In the U.S. Congress, 81 percent of the members are men. In other important elective offices (governor, mayor, state legislator), only a handful of the decision makers are women. These numbers have not changed much since the early 1990s.

84. Answers will vary. Critics fault functionalist perspectives on four counts: First, even during the 1950s, white middle-class male sociologists ignored almost a third of the labor force that was composed of working-class, immigrant, and minority women who played both instrumental and expressive roles.

Second, functionalists tend to overlook the fact that many people do not have a choice of playing only instrumental or expressive roles because most families rely on two incomes for economic survival. Third, the human capital model assumes that women have lower earnings than men because they choose lower paying occupations.

Functionalists tend to reject sexual relationships outside of marriage. Compared with married couples, for example, those who cohabit have poorer quality relationships and lower happiness levels.

Antigay discrimination is dysfunctional. Companies don’t attract young and talented LGBT workers, and forbidding transgender people from using a bathroom that corresponds to their gender identity has sparked considerable interpersonal and group conflict (Green, 2016; McCarthy, 2017).

85. Answers will vary. Gender refers to learned attitudes and behaviors that characterize women and men. Gender is based on social and cultural expectations rather than on physical traits. Thus, most people are born either male or female, but people learn to be women or men because people internalize behavior patterns expected of each sex.

86. Answers will vary. Same-sex marriage is a legally recognized marriage between two people of the same biological sex and/or gender identity.

In 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a landmark ruling (Obergefell v. Hodges) granting same-sex couples a constitutional right to marry. The 5-4 decision gave married gay couples nationwide the same legal rights and benefits as married heterosexual couples. With the Supreme Court's decision, the United States joined 21 other countries (so far) that allow same-sex marriage.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 87. Answers will vary. The four basic types of sexual orientations are as follows: 1. Homosexuals are sexually attracted to people of the same sex.

2. Heterosexuals, often called straight, are attracted to people of the opposite sex.

3. Bisexuals, sometimes called bias, are attracted to both sexes.

4. Asexuals lack any interest in or desire for sex.

88. Answers will vary. At least half of the states have restricted access to abortion, but most of the decline has been due to an overall drop in pregnancy rates, delaying childbearing, a more effective usage of contraceptives, and greater access to emergency contraception that prevents pregnancy (Jones and Jerman, 2014).

89. Answers will vary. Australian passports and birth certificates designate male, female, and transgender. In India, the 2011 national census for the first time offered three options: male, female, or a “third sex” that includes LGBT people.

Numerous municipal jurisdictions, corporations, and small companies now extend more health care and other benefits to gay employees and their partners than to unmarried heterosexuals who live together. The U.S. Supreme Court and a growing number of states have legalized same-sex marriages, and large numbers of Americans support policies that give lesbians and gays equal rights in the workplace and elsewhere (Von Drehle, 2014). In 2012, the Army promoted the first openly gay female officer to brigadier general. In 2013, the Pentagon added benefits for same-sex partners.

Federal workers and Medicare recipients are now eligible for sex-change operations. Since the mid-1990s, many LGBT characters have appeared in leading and supporting roles in popular TV programs.

90. Answers will vary. The overall earnings difference between women and men is the gender pay gap. The average woman must work almost nine extra weeks every year to make the same wages as a man.

Lower wages and salaries reduce women's savings, purchasing power, and quality of life, and bring them lower Social Security benefits after retirement.

Not only do women earn less than men at all educational levels, the higher the education level, the bigger the gender pay gap. There’s a pay gap after controlling for a number of variables—including college major, occupation, hours worked, GPA, age, experience, and marital status.

91. Answers will vary. Abortion has been one of the most persistently contentious issues in U.S. politics and culture.

Antiabortion groups believe that the embryo or fetus is not just a mass of cells but a human being from the time of conception and, therefore, has a right to life. In contrast, abortion rights advocates point out that, at the moment of conception, the organism lacks a brain and other specifically and uniquely human attributes, such as consciousness and reasoning, and that a pregnant woman—not legislators—should decide whether or not to bear children.

Antiabortion groups maintain that abortion is immoral and endangers a woman's physical, mental, and emotional health. However, national studies have found no such risks linked to abortion. Whether abortion is immoral is a religious and philosophical question. On a physical level, a legal abortion in the first trimester (up to 12 weeks) is safer than driving a car, playing football, motorcycling, getting a penicillin shot, or continuing a pregnancy. There is also no evidence, that having an abortion increases the risk of breast cancer or causes infertility (Sheppard, 2013; Pazol et al., 2014; Holloway, 2015).

92. Answers will vary. Occupational sex segregation is the process of channeling women and men into different types of jobs. As a result, a number of U.S. occupations are filled almost entirely by either women or men. Between 95 and 98 percent of all child care workers, secretaries, dental hygienists, and preschool and kindergarten teachers are women.

Between 96 to 99 percent of all pilots, mechanics, plumbers, and firefighters are men. Women have made progress in a number of the higher-paying occupations, but 74 percent of chief executives, 80 percent of software developers, and 90 percent of engineers are men (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2017). The issue is not women and men working in different spaces or locations, but that male-dominated occupations usually pay higher wages. And, as in education, women are much less likely than men to move up the occupational ladder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_09_SOC6 93. Answers will vary. Because transgender is independent of sexual orientation, people may identify as heterosexual, gay, bisexual, or asexual. The three most common categories (American Psychological Association, 2014) are the following: Transsexuals are people whose gender identity differs from their assigned sex. Some, but not all, undergo hormone treatment or surgery to change their physical sex to resemble their gender identity.

Cross-dressers wear clothing that is traditionally or stereotypically worn by another gender in their culture. People who cross-dress are usually comfortable with their assigned sex and do not wish to change it.

Genderqueer are people who identify their gender as falling somewhere on a continuum between female and male, or a combination of gender identities and sexual orientations.

94. Answers will vary. Culture shapes people's sexual attitudes and behavior, but no one knows why people are straight, gay, bisexual, or asexual. Sexual orientation must have biological roots, according to some researchers, because homosexuality exists in all societies and, across cultures, the gay population is roughly the same—about 5 percent (Barash, 2012). There is also growing scientific consensus that biological factors, particularly the early influence of sex hormones after conception and around childbirth, have a strong effect on sexual orientation.

95. Answers will vary. Despite their contributions, interactionists have been criticized for ignoring the social structures that create maintain, or change gender roles or gender inequality. A large majority of childless 18- to 32-year-olds hope to share earnings and household/caregiving responsibilities equally with their future partners. An equal division of labor is unlikely, however, because current U.S. workplace and government policies do not support women's and men's balancing work and family life. Interactionists emphasize that language, erotic images, and other symbols evoke sexual interest or desire, but they neglect the relationship between biological factors and sexual orientation. Interactionism does not explain why siblings, even identical twins—who are socialized similarly—may have different sexual orientations. A related weakness is that interactionists do not explain why, historically and currently, women around the world are considerably more likely than men to be subjected to sexual control and exploitation. Such analyses require macro-level analyses that examine family, religious, political, and economic institutions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Discrimination, both individual and institutional, occurs within racial-ethnic groups. a. True b. False 2. In the context of sociological explanations of racial-ethnic inequality, feminist scholars are criticized because they overemphasize women's participation in gendered racism. a. True b. False 3. De facto, or informal, segregation has replaced de jure segregation in the United States and many other countries. a. True b. False 4. Prejudiced discriminators are unwilling to defy laws to express their beliefs. a. True b. False 5. Once established, stereotypes are difficult to change because people often dismiss any evidence to the contrary as an exception. a. True b. False 6. Prejudiced nondiscriminators do not hire minorities and are disrespectful toward minorities in everyday interactions. a. True b. False 7. Minorities may be smaller in number than a dominant group, but they have more power, privilege, and social status. a. True b. False 8. In the context of sociological explanations of racial-ethnic inequality, feminist scholars believe segregation of minority women is due to cultural relativism. a. True b. False 9. A characteristic of dominant groups is that they are always the largest in number. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 10. Contrary to the popular belief that race is socially constructed, it is determined biologically. a. True b. False 11. A weakness of the symbolic interactionist view of racial-ethnic relations is that it does not clearly explain why labeling, selective perception, and racial bias are more common among some people than others, especially when they are similar on a number of variables, such as social class and gender. a. True b. False 12. Children of immigrants are less likely than their U.S.-born peers to live in a two-parent household. a. True b. False 13. While whites see racism as continuing, in fact, it is a problem that has been pretty much solved. a. True b. False 14. Conflict theorists state that capitalism eliminates racial-ethnic inequality. a. True b. False 15. Unprejudiced nondiscriminators believe in the American creed of freedom and equality for all and cherish egalitarian values. a. True b. False 16. Immigrants and their children—both legal and undocumented—outperform native-born Americans on a number of measures. a. True b. False 17. The United States is the least multicultural country in the world. a. True b. False 18. In absolute numbers, poor Latinos outnumber those of other racial-ethnic groups. a. True b. False 19. The increase in intermarriage is due to many interrelated factors—both micro and macro level—that include everyday contact and changing attitudes. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 20. In the context of racial-ethnic inequality, one of the criticisms of functionalism is that many whites—particularly middle-to-upper class men—assume that their privileged experiences are universal. a. True b. False 21. People of various skin colors and cultures always experience the same social standing. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

22. Which of the following statements best defines discrimination? a. It is the process of maintaining many aspects of one's original culture while living peacefully with the host culture. b. It is the process of adopting the language, values, and beliefs of the host culture. c. It is a set of beliefs that one's own racial group is inherently superior to other groups. d. It is behavior that treats people unequally or unfairly because of their group membership. e. It is the systematic effort to kill all members of a particular ethnic, religious, political, racial, or national group.

23. _____ was a formal system of racial segregation against black people in South Africa that was prevalent from the seventeenth century until 1994. a. Pluralism b. Acculturation c. Apartheid d. Self-fulfilling prophecy e. Meritocracy 24. In _____, minority groups maintain many aspects of their original culture while living peacefully with the host culture. a. assimilation b. pluralism c. racism d. monoculture e. segregation 25. Which of the following scenarios exemplifies stereotypes? a. Eric, a white man, makes a generalization that all Asians have strong academic backgrounds. b. Jamal, an African American man, marries his white girlfriend. c. Mia, a Puerto Rican woman, prefers to live among other Puerto Ricans in the United States. d. Nina, an Asian American woman, adopts the values and beliefs of the U.S. culture. e. Fred, a white man, believes that his race is superior to all other races.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 26. Which of the following statements is true of scapegoats? a. It is difficult to treat people from minorities as scapegoats because they have strong community ties. b. Scapegoating arises as a result of acculturation. c. In times of economic hardship, the dominant groups are the first to become scapegoats. d. Minorities are easy targets of scapegoating because they typically differ in physical appearance. e. Minorities usually strike back against scapegoating.

27. Which of the following statements best describes assimilation? a. It is behavior that treats people unequally or unfairly because of their group membership. b. It involves conforming to the dominant group's culture, adopting its language and values, and intermarrying with that group. c. It is the physical and social separation of dominant and minority groups. d. It refers to the systematic effort to kill all members of a particular ethnic, religious, political, racial, or national group. e. It is the process of making oversimplified or exaggerated generalization about a group of people.

28. Scapegoats are individuals or groups whom people __________. a. treat differently because of their high social status b. hold responsible for paying taxes c. blame for their own shortcomings d. look up to for personal support e. emulate during the process of resocialization 29. Which of the following statements is true of white Anglo-Saxon Protestants (WASPs)? a. They generally looked down on later waves of immigrants from southern and eastern Europe. b. They viewed later waves of European immigrants as superior, hard-working, and civilized. c. They had the same language and religion as that of later waves of European immigrants. d. They were all affluent and had no criminal backgrounds. e. They included immigrants from Australia and New Zealand.

30. In the dominant-minority group relations continuum, which of the following has the highest level of intolerance? a. Genocide b. Acculturation c. Segregation d. Assimilation e. Pluralism 31. Which of the following statements is true of African Americans? a. African Americans are the largest minority group in the United States. b. The term African American refers to American residents with solely African ancestry. c. African Americans have higher education levels than Asians. d. The median family income of African Americans is the lowest of all racial-ethnic groups. e. African Americans are members of the only group ever brought to the United States voluntarily.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 32. Which of the following statements is true of Asian Americans? a. Asian Indians are the largest Asian American group. b. Asian Americans have the lowest education levels. c. More than half of Asian Americans are employed in low-paying jobs. d. Asian Americans have the highest median household income. e. Asian Americans are the largest minority group in the United States.

33. Santiago believes that social class does not always protect minorities from economic inequality, and Gary believes that minority women suffer from a double dose of inequality. In the context of sociological explanations of racial-ethnic inequality, which of the following statements is most likely to be true? a. Both Santiago and Gary are functionalists. b. Santiago is a conflict theorist, whereas Gary is a functionalist. c. Santiago is a symbolic interactionist, whereas Gary is a feminist theorist. d. Santiago is a conflict theorist, whereas Gary is a feminist theorist. e. Both Santiago and Gary are symbolic interactionists.

34. The _____ posits that the more people get to know minority group members personally, the less likely they are to be prejudiced against that group. a. gender theory b. contact hypothesis c. racial-ethnic relations hypothesis d. relational theory of racism e. Davis-Moore hypothesis 35. In 1851, the governor of California officially called for the extermination of all Indians in the state. This is an example of _____. a. segregation b. acculturation c. pluralism d. diaspora e. genocide 36. In _____, minority group members experience unequal treatment because of a society’s everyday laws, policies, practices, and customs. a. individual discrimination b. personal racism c. unprejudiced societies d. institutional discrimination e. pluralism

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 37. Which of the following statements is true of de facto segregation? a. It has been replaced by de jure segregation. b. It is always voluntary in nature. c. It is due to discrimination in most cases. d. It is a formal form of separation. e. It was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court in 1954.

38. _____ refers to the overlapping and cumulative effects of inequality due to racism and sexism. a. Meritocracy b. Gendered racism c. Capitalism d. Labeling e. Coexistence 39. A(n) _____ refers to people who share visible physical characteristics, such as skin color and facial features. a. ethnic group b. minority group c. dominant group d. racial group e. subgroup 40. In the context of the sociological explanations of racial-ethnic inequality, _____ see ongoing strife between dominant and minority groups. a. functionalists b. conflict theorists c. symbolic interactionists d. feminist theorists e. exchange theorists 41. Izzy, a white teenager, thinks that her friend, Lisa, has a low level of intelligence because Lisa is not white. In this case, Izzy's belief illustrates _____. a. pluralism b. acculturation c. assimilation d. apartheid e. prejudice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 42. Anil, a professor of Indian origin, went to a community bank to apply for a home loan. The banker told Anil that he does not qualify for a loan. According to the bank's policy, it is risky to offer loans to minority group members because they are not likely to hold a steady job. This scenario illustrates _____. a. cultural relativism b. institutional discrimination c. acculturation d. assimilation e. pluralism 43. A(n) _____ is any group that may be treated differently and unequally because of their physical, cultural, or other characteristics. a. elite group b. dominant group c. race d. primary group e. minority 44. Which of the following is true of immigrants regardless of legal status? a. Every immigrant, both legal and undocumented, generates local jobs. b. Immigrants are purely a drain on government budgets. c. Immigrants do not pay any type of taxes. d. Immigrants are less willing to take on grueling, low-paying jobs. e. Undocumented immigrants do not generate jobs.

45. Which of the following statements is true of Middle Eastern Americans? a. Middle Eastern Americans tend to be better educated and wealthier than other Americans. b. The median income of Arab American households is lower than that of all other U.S households. c. Lebanese have lower median family incomes than Iraqis. d. Middle Eastern Americans are a homogenous group. e. Lebanese and Syrians have the highest poverty rates.

46. Which of the following statements best describes miscegenation? a. It refers to a set of beliefs that one's own racial group is inherently superior to other groups. b. It is an attitude that prejudges people, usually in a negative way. c. It refers to an oversimplified or exaggerated generalization about a group of people. d. It refers to marriage or sexual relations between a man and a woman of different races. e. It refers to the physical and social separation of dominant and minority groups.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 47. Which of the following statements is true of the presence of foreign-born people in the United States? a. Today, the foreign born in the United States come primarily from Australia. b. The United States has one of the lowest foreign-born rates in the world. c. The United States admits more immigrants every year than any other nation. d. Today, the number of undocumented immigrants in the United States has decreased drastically. e. Today, the foreign born in the United States come primarily from Europe.

48. Laura disapproves of Sofia, a recent immigrant, because she cannot speak English fluently. Laura criticizes Sofia for not adopting the U.S. culture yet. In this case, Laura's attitude toward Sofia reflects a _____ view of racial-ethnic relations. a. functionalist b. radical c. symbolic interactionist d. fundamentalist e. capitalist 49. When Malakai, a black athlete, was on a vacation, he went to a local restaurant for lunch. Before he could sit down, the owner of the restaurant, a white man, asked Malakai to leave because of Malakai's skin color. This scenario is an example of _____. a. institutionalized discrimination b. individual discrimination c. reverse discrimination d. structural discrimination e. systemic discrimination 50. In the context of racial and ethnic identity, which of the following illustrates a difference between how Native Americans and white people identify themselves? a. Native Americans prefer their tribal identities, whereas white Americans often don’t know their ethnic roots. b. White Americans always use their ethnic identity, whereas Native Americans only use “Native American” or “American Indian.” c. There is no difference; both groups prefer to be included in umbrella terms, such as “Native American” or “white.” d. Native Americans prefer to use their tribal identity, while white Americans prefer to use their country of origin. e. Native Americans are often unsure of their tribal origins, whereas white Americans consistently know their ethnic origins.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 51. Alan and Katie both have pale skin, rounded eyes, and fine-textured straight hair. In this case, they most likely belong to the same _____. a. racial group b. fusion group c. secondary group d. reference group e. centric group 52. Which of the following statements is true of American Indians and Alaska Natives (AIANs)? a. They are a homogeneous group. b. They immigrated to the United States in the seventeenth century. c. Their median household income is lower than that of African Americans. d. Their education levels are lower than those of any other group. e. They have been in what is now the United States longer than any other group.

53. Jocelyn recently applied for an internship. When she did not get selected, Jocelyn complained to her friend, "They probably gave the internship to a student belonging to a minority group to fill a racial quota." Jocelyn's comment exemplifies _____. a. ethnocentrism b. pluralism c. tracking d. scapegoating e. stereotyping 54. Which of the following terms refers to informal segregation? a. De dato segregation b. De facto segregation c. De jure segregation d. De fideli segregation e. De integro segregation 55. A(n) _____ is any physically or culturally distinctive group that has the most economic and political power. a. minority group b. racial group c. ethnic group d. majority group e. dominant group

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 56. Which of the following statements about immigrants and jobs is true? a. Immigrants have displaced Americans from jobs at all levels of society. b. Legal immigrants are less likely than undocumented immigrants to have technology and science skills. c. Most immigrants in the U.S. labor force are unauthorized. d. There’s little evidence that immigration has had a negative impact on the majority of native-born workers’ wages or employment levels. e. Immigration depresses wages across all sectors.

57. Which of the following is true of the descendants of European immigrants to the United States? a. They face the most hardships in assimilating to American culture. b. They generally fare much better financially than most other groups. c. They are all rich and powerful. d. Their numbers are expected to double within the next 20 years. e. They are the second largest minority group in the United States.

58. Which of the following statements is true of stereotypes? a. They are always positive. b. They are always negative. c. They distort reality. d. They reinforce individualism. e. They are easy to change once established.

59. A(n) _____ refers to people who identify with a common national origin or cultural heritage. a. racial group b. social group c. cultural group d. reference group e. ethnic group 60. Pam organized a birthday party for her sister. She invited all of her neighbors except the new family, the Chos, because they were from South Korea. Which of the following did Pam exhibit by not inviting the Cho family? a. Xenocentrism b. Assimilation c. Acculturation d. Cultural relativism e. Discrimination

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 61. U.S. minorities have numerous ethnic newspapers and radio stations, and the same constitutional rights as the dominant group. This is an example of _____. a. ethnocentrism b. imperialism c. segregation d. pluralism e. genocide 62. Which of the following statements is true about intermarriage between different racial or ethnic groups? a. It is unaffected by proximity and education. b. It is solely due to micro-level factors. c. The rate of racial-ethnic intermarriages has increased rapidly. d. The higher the education level, the lower the possibility of intermarriage. e. People often intermarry because of a shortage of potential spouses within their own racial-ethnic group.

63. Danielle, the owner of an apartment, wants to rent out one of the rooms. She disregarded the application of Rita, an Asian woman, because Danielle wanted to rent her apartment only to whites. In this scenario, Danielle's action is an example of _____. a. institutionalized discrimination b. individual discrimination c. reverse discrimination d. structural discrimination e. systemic discrimination 64. Children of immigrants are more likely than their U.S.-born peers to __________. a. be obese b. have a parent with a secure job c. have nonmarital children d. be disabled e. suffer from chronic illnesses 65. Which of the following statements is true of dominant groups? a. They can treat other groups as subordinates. b. They are not culturally distinctive. c. They are physically indistinguishable. d. They have a lower social status than minority groups. e. They have less political power than minority groups.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 66. Which of the following statements is true of race? a. It is determined biologically. b. It is a social construction. c. It labels people based on religion. d. It describes cultural characteristics that one learns. e. It is conceptually similar to ethnicity.

67. Which of the following statements is true about racial and ethnic self-identification? a. It is consistent across time and cultures. b. People have varying preferences for self-identification. c. Labels have a biological basis. d. There is no overlap between racial and ethnic categories. e. Very few people self-identify by a racial category.

68. Children of immigrants are less likely than their U.S.-born peers to __________. a. attend religious services regularly b. live in a two-parent household c. have a parent with a secure job d. earn a college degree e. suffer from chronic illnesses 69. _____ is an attitude that involves forming an opinion about people beforehand, usually in a negative way. a. Prejudice b. Acculturation c. Genocide d. Pluralism e. Ethnocentrism 70. Which of the following statements is true of Latinos? a. The Latino population is increasing this century due to recent immigration. b. The median household income of Latinos is higher than the national median. c. Latinos have the highest education levels in the United States. d. The median household income of Latinos is lower than that of American Indians. e. The median household income of Latinos is higher than that of African Americans.

71. Which of the following statements is true of U.S. racial and ethnic diversity? a. The number of persons who identify themselves as being of two or more races is projected to decrease. b. The foreign-born population in the United States is expected to shrink by 2050. c. By 2025, more than 70 percent of the U.S. population is projected to be white. d. By 2044, Latino and Asian populations are expected to double in size. e. The United States is the least multicultural country in the world.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 72. In the United States, Puerto Ricans, Chinese, Serbs, Arabs, Swedes, and Hungarians are some examples of _____. a. fusion groups b. ethnic groups c. majority groups d. dysphoric groups e. dominant groups 73. People who have distinctive physical and cultural characteristics are a(n) _____. a. racial group b. ethnic group c. racial-ethnic group d. societal group e. primary group 74. The term African American __________. a. refers to a homogenous minority group in the United States b. solely refers to descendants of slaves in the United States c. refers only to recent immigrants from African countries d. encompasses tremendous diversity e. is not commonly used for self-identification 75. In the dominant-minority group relations continuum, which of the following has the highest level of equality? a. Genocide b. Acculturation c. Segregation d. Assimilation e. Pluralism 76. Which of the following statements is true of acculturation? a. It does not include learning the language of the host culture. b. It does not include adopting the values of the host culture. c. It does not include adopting the beliefs of the host culture. d. It does not include blending into the host culture. e. It does not include intermarriage with a member of the host culture.

77. In the context of sociological explanations of racial-ethnic inequality, which of the following perspectives argues that people learn attitudes toward dominant and minority groups through labeling and selective perception? a. Functionalist perspectives b. Conflict perspectives c. Feminist perspectives d. Symbolic interactionist perspectives e. Radical perspectives Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 78. Which of the following statements is true of pluralism? a. It has the lowest level of equality in the dominant-minority group continuum. b. It has the highest level of intolerance in the dominant-minority group continuum. c. It is especially evident in urban areas with large racial and ethnic communities. d. It creates a lot of friction between minority groups and the host culture. e. It involves the complete replacement of a minority group's language and customs with the host culture's language and customs.

79. Which of the following terms refers to legal segregation? a. De dato segregation b. De facto segregation c. De jure segregation d. De fideli segregation e. De integro segregation 80. _____ is the systematic effort to kill all members of a particular ethnic, religious, political, racial, or national group. a. Reunification b. Segregation c. Genocide d. Assimilation e. Acculturation 81. In the context of racial-ethnic inequality, which of the following is most likely to be stated by a functionalist? a. Racial-ethnic inequality persists because it benefits minority groups. b. If a society aims to eliminate racial-ethnic inequality, newcomers must retain their original cultural heritage and values in the host country. c. Racial-ethnic inequality is dysfunctional, but much of the inequity can be attributed to individual failings and a lack of acculturation. d. In a meritocratic society, people should be rewarded for their ethnicity rather than their accomplishments to minimize racial-ethnic inequality. e. Immigration is dysfunctional for the host nation as it leads to racial-ethnic inequality.

82. Which of the following are factors affecting the socioeconomic status of Latino and other immigrants? a. Education b. Recency of immigration c. English language proficiency d. All of these are correct e. None of these are correct

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 83. Which of the following statements is true of U.S. reactions to immigration? a. American attitudes toward immigrants have grown more negative since the mid-1990s. b. All residents of places with hostile immigrant laws believe that newcomers cause problems. c. Americans unanimously support the tightening of immigration rules. d. American attitudes toward immigrants are still mixed. e. Americans unanimously support the increasing current immigration levels in the United States.

84. A(n) _____ is an oversimplified or exaggerated generalization about a group of people. a. prejudice b. preconceived notion c. stereotype d. racist attitude e. evaluation 85. _____ refers to beliefs that one's own racial group is inherently superior to other groups. a. Racial acculturation b. Racial socialization c. Racism d. Pluralism e. Racial assimilation 86. Which of the following statements best defines acculturation? a. It is the process of adopting the language, values, beliefs, and other characteristics of the host culture by minority groups. b. It is behavior that treats people unequally or unfairly because of their group membership. c. It is the physical and social separation of dominant and minority groups. d. It is the process of conforming to a dominant group's culture, adopting its language and values, and intermarrying with that group. e. It is the process of making oversimplified or exaggerated generalization about a group of people.

87. In the context of dominant-minority group relations, which of the following statements best defines segregation? a. It is the systematic effort to kill all members of a particular ethnic, religious, political, racial, or national group. b. It is the process of adopting the language, values, beliefs, and other characteristics of the host culture. c. It is the physical and social separation of dominant and minority groups. d. It is the process of conforming to a dominant group's culture, adopting its language and values, and intermarrying with that group. e. It is the process of maintaining many aspects of one's original culture while living peacefully with the host culture.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 88. Discuss the conflict theorist view of racial-ethnic inequality.

89. Briefly discuss pluralism.

90. What is a minority? Discuss the characteristics of a minority.

91. Discuss the contact hypothesis.

92. Explain a racial-ethnic group.

93. Discuss the relationship between prejudice and discrimination.

94. What is individual discrimination? Provide an example.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 95. What is genocide? Provide historical examples of genocide.

96. Describe institutional discrimination. Provide an example.

97. Discuss the factors responsible for the increase in interracial marriages.

98. Discuss gendered racism.

99. Briefly discuss prejudice with an example.

100. Discuss de facto segregation.

101. Discuss the functionalist perspective on racial-ethnic inequality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 102. Discuss the symbolic interactionist view of racial-ethnic inequality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. True 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. False 10. False 11. True 12. False 13. False 14. False 15. True 16. True 17. False 18. False 19. True 20. True 21. False 22. d 23. c 24. b 25. a 26. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 27. b 28. c 29. a 30. a 31. d 32. d 33. d 34. b 35. e 36. d 37. c 38. b 39. d 40. b 41. e 42. b 43. e 44. a 45. a 46. d 47. c 48. a 49. b 50. a 51. a 52. e 53. d 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 55. e 56. d 57. b 58. c 59. e 60. e 61. d 62. e 63. b 64. b 65. a 66. b 67. b 68. e 69. a 70. e 71. d 72. b 73. c 74. d 75. e 76. e 77. d 78. c 79. c 80. c 81. c 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 83. d 84. c 85. c 86. a 87. c 88. Answers will vary. Conflict theorists see ongoing strife between dominant and minority groups. Dominant groups try to protect their power and privilege, whereas subordinate groups struggle to gain a larger share of societal resources.

For most conflict theorists, capitalism creates and sustains racial-ethnic inequality. According to a classic explanation, there is a "split labor market." Jobs in the primary labor market, held primarily by white workers, provide better wages, health and pension benefits, and some measure of job security. In contrast, workers in the secondary labor market (e.g., fast-food employees) are largely minorities and easily replaced. Their wages are low, there are few fringe benefits, and working conditions are generally poor. Such economic stratification pits minorities against each other and low-income whites. Because these groups compete with each other instead of uniting against exploitation, capitalists do not have to worry about increasing wages or providing safer work environments. Social class does not always protect minorities from economic inequality. Because of residential segregation, for instance, middle-income black and Latino households are much more likely than white ones to live in poor neighborhoods, exposing children to weaker schools, more crime, and bad influences. Conflict theories have several drawbacks. First, large majorities of blacks and Latinos say that immigration and income, not race or ethnicity, are the primary sources of social conflict in the United States. Second, discrimination isn’t always as conscious and deliberate as some conflict theorists claim.

Third, conflict theories are better at explaining racial-ethnic competition than cooperation.

89. Answers will vary. In pluralism, sometimes called multiculturalism, minority groups maintain many aspects of their original culture—including using their own language and marrying within their own racial or ethnic group—while living peacefully with the host culture. Pluralism is especially evident in urban areas with large racial and ethnic communities (e.g., "Little Italy," "Greek Town," "Little Korea," and "Spanish Harlem"). U.S. minorities have numerous ethnic newspapers and radio stations, and the same constitutional rights (such as freedom of speech) as the dominant group. Nonetheless, people of various skin colors and cultures don’t always experience the same social standing, and there can be considerable racial-ethnic friction.

90. Answers will vary. A minority is any group that may be treated differently and unequally because of their physical, cultural, or other characteristics. The characteristics include gender, age, sexual orientation, religion, ethnicity, or skin color. Minorities may be larger in number than a dominant group, but they have less power, privilege, and social status.

91. Answers will vary. Negative images create and reinforce racial and ethnic stereotypes, but people can decrease labeling and selective perception. The contact hypothesis posits that the more people get to know members of a minority group personally, the less likely they are to be prejudiced against that group. Such contacts are most effective when dominant and minority group members have approximately the same ability and status (e.g., both are coworkers or bosses), when they share common goals (e.g., work on a project), when they cooperate rather than compete, and if an authority figure supports intergroup interaction (e.g., an employer requires white supervisors to mentor minority workers).

92. Answers will vary. People who have distinctive physical and cultural characteristics are a racial-ethnic group. Race refers to physical characteristics with which one is born, whereas ethnicity describes cultural characteristics that one learns. The term racial-ethnic includes both physical and cultural traits.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 93. Answers will vary. Sociologist Robert Merton (1949) created a model showing how the relationship between prejudice and discrimination can vary. His model includes four types of people and their possible response patterns.

Unprejudiced nondiscriminators are not prejudiced and do not discriminate. They believe in the American creed of freedom and equality for all and cherish egalitarian values. They may not do much, however, individually or collectively, to change discrimination. In contrast, but equally consistent in attitude and action, are prejudiced discriminators who are both prejudiced and discriminate. They are willing to defy laws, such as not renting to minorities, to express their beliefs. Unprejudiced discriminators are not prejudiced, but they discriminate because it is expedient or in their own self-interest to do so. Prejudiced nondiscriminators are prejudiced, but do not discriminate.

Despite their negative attitudes, they hire minorities and are civil in everyday interactions because they believe they must conform to antidiscrimination laws or situational norms.

94. Answers will vary. Individual discrimination is unequal treatment on a one-to-one basis, usually by a dominant group member against someone in a minority group. Nationally, 60 percent of blacks, 52 percent of Latinos, and 30 percent of whites report experiencing discrimination because of their race or ethnicity.

95. Answers will vary. Genocide is the systematic effort to kill all members of a particular ethnic, religious, political, racial, or national group. By 1710, the colonists in America had killed thousands of Indians in skirmishes, poisoned others, and promoted scalp bounties. In 1851, the governor of California officially called for the extermination of all Indians in the state.

96. Answers will vary. In institutional discrimination, minority group members experience unequal treatment because of a society's everyday laws, rules, policies, practices, and customs. Institutional discrimination is widespread.

97. Answers will vary. The increase in intermarriage is due to many interrelated factors—both micro and macro level— that include everyday contact and changing attitudes. For example, individuals tend to date and marry people they see on a regular basis. The higher the educational level, the greater the potential for intermarriage, because educated minority group members often attend integrated colleges, and their workplaces and neighborhoods are more racially mixed than in the past. People often marry outside of their racial-ethnic groups because of a shortage of potential spouses within their own group. Acculturation also affects intermarriage rates. Intermarriage is more common among second-generation immigrants than those in the first generation.

98. Answers will vary. Gendered racism refers to the overlapping and cumulative effects of inequality due to racism and sexism. Many white women encounter discrimination on a daily basis. Minority women, however, are also members of a racial-ethnic group, bringing them a double dose of inequality. If social class is included, some minority women experience triple oppression. Many affluent women, in particular, have no qualms about exploiting recent immigrants, especially Latinas, who perform demanding housework at very low wages.

99. Answers will vary. Prejudice is an attitude that prejudges people, usually in a negative way, who are different from "us" in race, ethnicity, or religion. For example, if an employer assumes that white workers will be more productive than blacks or Latinos, she or he is prejudiced. Prejudice is not one-sided because anyone can be prejudiced. Prejudice is most evident in stereotypes and scapegoating.

100. Answers will vary. De facto, or informal, segregation has replaced de jure segregation in the United States and many other countries. Some de facto segregation may be voluntary, as when minorities prefer to live among their own racial or ethnic group. In most cases, however, de facto segregation is due to discrimination.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_10_SOC6 101. Answers will vary. Those who criticize immigrants for not becoming Americanized quickly enough reflect a functionalist view of racial-ethnic relations. That is, if a society is to work harmoniously, newcomers must adopt the dominant group's values, goals, and particularly, language. Doing so increases a society's cultural solidarity.

Immigration is functional for the host nation if it gains needed workers. Highly educated and skilled immigrants fill important positions in medicine, science, and business. Many employers also rely on immigrants to work in fields, orchards, and vineyards at low wages; others are actively recruiting immigrants for decent-paying but dirty jobs at meat and fish factories that native-born Americans avoid. Functionalists view racial-ethnic inequality as dysfunctional but attribute much of the inequity to individual failings and a lack of acculturation. In a meritocratic society, people should be rewarded for their accomplishments rather than ethnicity or skin color. There are incentives for not acculturating, however. For example, hundreds of Puerto Ricans get federal disability benefits, regardless of work experience or level of education, because they are considered less employable if they cannot speak English.

Functionalist explanations are limited in several ways. First, acculturation and assimilation increase social solidarity but can also have negative outcomes. Second, by focusing on order and stability, functionalists ignore racial-ethnic inequalities that often spawn tension and discord. Third, functionalism doesn’t explain why, despite acculturation and assimilation, minorities experience exclusion. Fourth, many whites—particularly middle-to-upper class men—assume that their privileged experiences are universal. Functionalists acknowledge that inequality is dysfunctional, but this is not their major focus. Thus, they seem to accept discrimination as inevitable.

102. Answers will vary. According to symbolic interactionists, we learn attitudes, norms, and values throughout the life course. Because race and ethnicity are constructed socially by thoughts and conversations, labeling, selective perception, and social contact can have powerful effects on everyday intergroup relations. Labeling can increase racial tension and conflict because people attach meaning to symbols and act according to their subjective interpretation of the symbols. Selective perception also affects racial attitudes and behavior. Negative images create and reinforce racial and ethnic stereotypes, but people can decrease labeling and selective perception. The contact hypothesis posits that the more people get to know minority group members personally, the less likely they are to be prejudiced against that group. Interactionism is limited for three reasons. First, it is not clear why labeling, selective perception, and racial bias are more common among some people than others, especially when they are similar on a number of variables, such as social class, gender, age, religion, race, and ethnicity. Another weakness is that symbolic interaction tells us little about the social structures that create and maintain racial-ethnic inequality. For instance, people who are not prejudiced can foster discrimination by simply going along with the inequitable policies that have been institutionalized in education, the workplace, and other settings. A third criticism is that contact between and among racial-ethnic groups doesn’t necessarily increase acceptance and understanding.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. According to C. Wright Mills, the power elite is made up of two dominant groups of people at the top level who run the country. a. True b. False 2. For functionalists, low wages alienate employees rather than motivate them to work harder. a. True b. False 3. In a democracy, individuals participate in governmental decisions and select leaders who are responsive to the wishes of the majority of the people. a. True b. False 4. Deindustrialization, globalization, and offshoring have strengthened labor unions. a. True b. False 5. Conflict theorists argue that capitalism leads to wealth disparities. a. True b. False 6. Feminist scholars disagree with conflict theorists on all aspects of work and the economy. a. True b. False 7. A major reason for deindustrialization is that, beginning in the early 1960s, employers easily replaced workers with the highest skill levels with automation. a. True b. False 8. The two-party system that the United States has is typical of democracies around the world. a. True b. False 9. Critics argue that globalization creates jobs and makes goods and services affordable for people around the world. a. True b. False 10. Totalitarianism is an ideology that rejects state control over private lives. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 11. In socialism, the state is responsible for all economic planning and programs. a. True b. False 12. Discouraged workers are people who have part-time jobs but want full-time work or whose jobs are below their experience, skill, and education levels. a. True b. False 13. Conglomerates are subjected to greater market risk as they operate in a single market. a. True b. False 14. Interlocking directorates have become more influential than ever because of the proliferation of transnational corporations. a. True b. False 15. Offshoring increases a company's costs at home. a. True b. False 16. Conflict theorists contend that the United States is ruled by pluralism. a. True b. False 17. Symbolic interactionists rely on macro-level approaches to explain the day-to-day meaning of work. a. True b. False 18. Interactionists study how people are socialized into their jobs. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

19. _____ refers to the growth and spread of investment, trade, production, communication, and new technology around the world. a. Conglomeration b. Globalization c. Deindustrialization d. Gentrification e. Retrofitting

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 20. Jennifer, a waitress at a local café, was fired during the recession. She has spent eight months looking for a new job. Jennifer is an example of _____. a. the working poor b. the long-term unemployed c. blue-collar workers d. discouraged workers e. offshore workers 21. In a(n) _____, a member of a royal family, usually a king or queen, reigns over a kingdom. a. totalitarian regime b. monarchy c. oligarchy d. capitalist system e. democracy 22. Which of the following is a key characteristic of ideal socialism? a. It is based on private ownership of property. b. It highly recommends market competition. c. It encourages people to accumulate individual profits. d. It encourages private investments. e. It is based on collective goals.

23. Which of the following factors has contributed to the surge in women's employment? a. The growth in the number of college-educated women b. A decrease in the number of working single mothers c. Lower costs of homeownership d. Women earning more than men in the highest paying occupations e. Higher unemployment rates among men 24. For functionalists, the people rule through _____. a. anarchism b. authoritarianism c. totalitarianism d. monarchism e. pluralism

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 25. A difference between capitalism and socialism is that_____. a. socialism is based on private ownership of property; capitalism is based on collective ownership of property b. in capitalism, profits are accumulated by the state; in socialism, individuals accumulate profits c. in capitalism, the state is responsible for economic planning; in socialism, the state is not involved in economic planning d. capitalism focuses on providing social services to people; socialism places more importance on competition than providing social services e. socialism forbids private profits that are fueled by greed and exploitation of workers; exploitation of workers is common in the capitalist system 26. Which of the following statements is true of labor unions? a. Offshoring has weakened labor unions. b. Labor unions are in favor of the cessation of paid holidays. c. Union membership has increased sharply in recent years. d. Deindustrialization has strengthened labor unions. e. Globalization has strengthened labor unions.

27. Ultimate Edge Inc. owns companies that manufacture cars, sell car accessories to retailers, and provide maintenance services for cars. It also has ties with banks that provide car loans. Ultimate Edge is an example of a(n) _____. a. oligopoly b. monopoly c. cohort d. conglomerate e. entrepreneurial venture 28. Identify a true statement about deindustrialization. a. Deindustrialization involves the replacement of highly skilled workers. b. A major reason for deindustrialization is that employers easily replaced workers with the lowest skill levels with automation. c. A major reason for deindustrialization is globalization, which has led to the increase in the number of manufacturing jobs. d. Deindustrialization has been slowed down by globalization. e. Communists support deindustrialization.

29. Which of the following is a true statement about corporations? a. They do not have any liability. b. They do not have privileges apart from those of their members. c. They are all owned by state governments. d. They have their own legal rights apart from those of their members. e. They are owned by the federal government.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 30. The motherhood penalty refers to _____. a. a lower employment rate of women with children b. a difference in wages between men and women with children c. a pay gap between women who are and aren't mothers d. the plight of women with children who cannot work full-time e. the resentment faced by working mothers in the work environment 31. Which of the following is a benefit corporations enjoy when they move production abroad? a. Higher trade tariffs b. Paying lower wages c. Stricter environmental regulations d. Paying higher wages e. Less influence in government 32. In a(n) _____, the same people serve on the boards of directors of several companies or corporations. a. private cartel b. interlocking directorate c. monopoly d. ad hoc committee e. subsidiary board 33. Which of the following statements is true of globalization? a. It gives unprecedented political power to consumers. b. It slows down the process of deindustrialization. c. It eliminates income inequality between workers and the global elite. d. It increases the number of workers in Western economies. e. It exploits poor people in developing countries.

34. A similarity between traditional authority and charismatic authority is that _____. a. both are based on the belief that appointed or elected political leaders are divine beings b. both are based on false claims made by individuals c. both are personal d. both pertain to an office e. both come from rules and regulations 35. A(n) _____ is the domination of a particular market or industry by one person or company. a. monarchy b. monopoly c. oligopoly d. duopoly e. anarchy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 36. Which of the following statements is true of the pluralist model? a. Individuals have little direct power over political decision making. b. Individuals have no authority to influence government policies. c. People have a single leader. d. People have no power beyond their special-interest groups. e. There are no checks and balances.

37. Identify a true statement about symbolic interactionists with respect to the work and economy. a. They focus exclusively on formal rules that shape people's behavior. b. They provide insights on how people define and experience work. c. They focus on the widespread workplace inequality. d. They rely on macro-level approaches to explain the day-to-day meaning of work. e. They fail to explain how work shapes people's self-identity.

38. _____ is an economic system based on private ownership of property and the means of production. a. Communism b. Anarchism c. Totalitarianism d. Socialism e. Capitalism 39. Which of the following statements is true about voting in the United States? a. In every presidential election since 1996, women have voted at lower rates than men. b. Historically, and across all elections, voting rates decrease with age. c. At each successive level of educational attainment, the voting rate increases. d. Young people have high voting registration rates and are more likely to reregister. e. Low-income people are more likely to vote than high-income people.

40. Rubicon owns three pasta companies in the United States and Mexico, six packaging companies in Canada and China, marketing companies in the EU, and several large corporate farms around the world. Rubicon is an example of a(n) _____. a. anarcho-capitalist commune b. transnational conglomerate c. interlocking directorate d. deindustrialized company e. socialist business 41. _____ is the legitimate use of power. a. Authority b. Coercive power c. Legality d. Charisma e. Fairness Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 42. A(n) _____ is the domination of a market by a few large producers or suppliers. a. conglomerate b. monopoly c. autocracy d. oligopoly e. oligarchy 43. Unlike traditional and charismatic authority, rational-legal authority _____. a. is most common in nonindustrialized societies where power resides in kinship groups b. is based on customs that justify a ruler's position c. is personal and reflects extraordinary deeds or even a belief that a leader has been chosen by God d. is power based on exceptional individual abilities and characteristics that inspire devotion e. is based on rules and regulations that pertain to an office 44. Which of the following is NOT something that governments are expected to do? a. Create armed forces to discourage attacks by other countries b. Ensure their residents’ safety c. Create chaos and uncertainty d. Establish educational systems e. Regulate the economy 45. Which of the following statements is true of rational-legal authority? a. It does not pertain to any particular individual. b. It arises from rules and protocols that relate to a person. c. It is personal and is based on customs, traditions, and religious beliefs. d. It is passed on from father to son. e. It fails to inspire loyalty and passion in others.

46. Currently, six companies control 90 percent of all U.S. media. This is an example of a(n) _____. a. monarchy b. monopoly c. oligopoly d. anarchy e. autocracy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 47. Which of the following statements is true of crony capitalism? a. In this system, private profits that are fueled by greed and exploitation of workers are forbidden. b. In this system, the government gives preferential treatment to minority groups. c. In this system, the government taxes wealthy people and large corporations excessively. d. In this system, the government gives wealthy people and large corporations preferential treatment through direct payment or loans. e. In this system, the government provides wealthy people and large corporations with grants that require extreme competition in an open market.

48. _____ is also referred to as state capitalism. a. Crony capitalism b. Mercantilism c. Welfare capitalism d. Totalitarianism e. Corporate capitalism 49. A(n) _____ is a large company that’s based in one country but operates across international boundaries. a. non-governmental organization b. corporation c. conglomerate d. transnational corporation e. globalized company 50. Which of the following statements is most likely to be supported by a Democrat in the United States? a. Marriage and adoption should be limited to heterosexuals. b. The unborn should be protected in all cases; there should be no public money for abortions. c. The government should raise taxes on the wealthy and corporations, and expand programs for the poor. d. The government should increase state and local control of schools. e. The government should use tax dollars to fund students to attend private schools of their choice if their local school is underperforming.

51. The transfer of manufacturing jobs overseas that has been going on since at least the 1970s is referred to as _____. a. offshoring b. insourcing c. telecommuting d. gentrification e. conglomeration

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 52. _____ is a political system in which the state controls the lives of citizens but permits some degree of individual freedom. a. Democracy b. Totalitarianism c. Monasticism d. Authoritarianism e. Kleptocracy 53. Which of the following best illustrates the feminist perspective on work and the economy? a. Gender roles structure women's and men's work experiences differently and inequitably. b. Capitalism enables the rich to exploit other groups; most jobs are low-paying, monotonous, and alienating; productivity isn't always rewarded. c. Capitalism benefits society; work provides an income, structures people's lives, and gives them a sense of accomplishment. d. How people define and experience work in their everyday lives affects their workplace behavior and relationships with coworkers and employers. e. Capitalism brings prosperity to society as a whole; work is necessary for a society's survival and defining its members' roles.

54. Yuksom, an IT firm based in the United States, has its branches in India and China. Yuksom is a(n) _____. a. interlocking directorate b. transnational conglomerate c. transnational corporation d. special-interest group e. subsidiary unit 55. _____ are people who stop looking for work because they believe that job hunting is futile. a. Discouraged workers b. Engaged workers c. Disengaged workers d. Hopelessly unemployed e. Gig workers 56. Which of the following statements is true of oligopolies? a. They stifle competition. b. They lower prices. c. They are considered illegal. d. They offer many product options for consumers. e. They lead to a free market.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 57. Nadiya has a very critical view of politics in the United States. She has noticed that Muslims like her are not often elected to political office and are not often listened to by the white, Anglo-Saxon, and Protestant men who do typically hold those offices. She notes that in many cases, her elected officials don’t vote in her interests, but in their own, choosing to increase their own wealth and power. Which theoretical perspective most closely matches Nadiya’s views? a. Functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Feminist theory d. Symbolic interactionist theory e. Structural strain theory 58. Which of the following statements best describes the functionalist perspective on work and the economy? a. Gender roles structure women's and men's work experiences differently and inequitably. b. Capitalism enables the rich to exploit other groups; most jobs are low-paying, monotonous, and alienating; productivity isn't always rewarded. c. Capitalism benefits society; work provides an income, structures people's lives, and gives them a sense of accomplishment. d. How people define and experience work in their everyday lives affects their workplace behavior and relationships with coworkers and employers. e. Capitalism creates social problems; globalization has led to job insecurity, and a handful of transnational conglomerates have enormous power.

59. A(n) _____ is a political system in which, ideally, citizens have control over the state and its actions. a. monarchy b. oligarchy c. dictatorship d. democracy e. autocracy 60. A(n) _____ is a small group of influential people who make the nation’s major political decisions. a. oligopoly b. monarchy c. pluralist faction d. parliament e. power elite

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 61. In order to choose its new leader, the island nation of Tega requires every citizen to indicate their preference by secret ballot every five years. Interference in the process is strictly prohibited. Citizens also have the right to dissent when they disapprove of the leader’s choices. Tega is an example of which type of political system? a. Monarchy b. Authoritarianism c. Democracy d. Totalitarianism e. Autocracy 62. Which of the following is a political system in which the government controls almost every aspect of people's lives? a. Totalitarianism b. Authoritarianism c. Capitalism d. Communism e. Democracy 63. In the Indian political system, suffrage is universal and the people choose their own leaders by casting votes. This is an example of a(n) _____. a. totalitarian government b. authoritarian government c. monarchy d. communist system e. democracy 64. _____ is the ability of a person or group to influence others, even if they resist. a. Personality b. Competency c. Charisma d. Power e. Rationality 65. Capitalism is an economic system in which _____. a. property belongs to the state rather than individuals b. the state decides what goods and services should be produced c. competition among the owners of production is discouraged d. selling something for more than it costs to produce is forbidden and the government monitors business transactions among companies e. owners of production compete in setting prices that offer consumers the greatest value in price and quality

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 66. In the context of political systems, a _____ is a group of people that seeks or receives benefits or favorable treatment from the government. a. special-interest group b. social group c. diversity group d. self-help group e. traditional group 67. _____ is an economic system based on the public ownership of the production of goods and services. a. Socialism b. Capitalism c. Communism d. Anarcho-capitalism e. Collectivism 68. The source of _____ is personal as a ruler inherits authority on the basis of long-standing customs, traditions, or religious beliefs. a. traditional authority b. downward authority c. charismatic authority d. upward authority e. rational-legal authority 69. Which of the following statements is true of a gig economy? a. It is characterized by near-universal in-person, full-time work. b. It does not rely on technology. c. Benefits include flexibility and autonomy for workers. d. It includes universal healthcare that is not tied to employment. e. It is declining in prevalence in the United States.

70. Which of the following is a reason historians cite for the failure of communism? a. Widespread corruption b. Intense competition c. Excessive focus on profit d. Private ownership of means of production e. Presence of oligopolies 71. A(n) _____ is an organization that has legal rights, privileges, and liabilities apart from those of its members. a. oligopoly b. aid society c. corporation d. directorate e. industry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 72. Octavia, a member of the United Socialist Families, is running for the office of governor in her state. The members of her organization are organizing rallies in her support and fundraising for her campaign. The United Socialist Families is an example of a _____. a. conglomerate b. corporation c. bureaucracy d. social group e. political party 73. Identify a key characteristic of ideal capitalism. a. Property belongs to the state rather than individuals. b. The state decides what goods and services should be produced. c. All workers are expected to work for the common good. d. By investing profits, capitalists can increase their own wealth. e. In capitalism, the means of production belong to the community.

74. Which of the following statements best describes the perspective of conflict theorists on work and the economy? a. Gender roles structure women's and men's work experiences differently and inequitably. b. Capitalism enables the rich to exploit other groups; most jobs are low-paying, monotonous, and alienating; productivity isn't always rewarded. c. Capitalism benefits society; work provides an income, structures people's lives, and gives them a sense of accomplishment. d. How people define and experience work in their everyday lives affects their workplace behavior and relationships with coworkers and employers. e. Capitalism brings prosperity to society as a whole; work is necessary for a society's survival and defining its members' roles.

75. Which of the following is one of the reasons that a majority of American workers report being “not engaged” or “actively disengaged” with their jobs? a. Generous vacation and paid sick time policies are common in the United States. b. They believe that their jobs don’t allow them to use their talents and strengths. c. American workers are more productive than any other nation in the world. d. Americans work shorter hours than their counterparts in other industrialized nations. e. Employer policies in the United States are actively concerned with worker well-being.

76. In the 2008 U.S. Presidential election, the Dealers Election Action Committee of the National Automobile Dealers Association raised funds that were then donated to their chosen candidates. This is an example of a(n) _____. a. election committee b. non-governmental organization c. political action committee d. political party e. conglomeration Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 77. Which of the following best defines communism? a. A political and economic system in which there is common ownership of property and all people are considered equal b. An economic system based on private ownership of property and competition in producing and selling goods and services c. An economic system that combines private ownership of property and market competition d. A political and economic system in which the state controls the lives of citizens but permits some degree of individual freedom e. A political system in which the government controls almost every aspect of people's lives 78. Which of the following statements is true of legitimate power? a. It relies on force or the threat of force. b. It comes solely from an individual’s personality. c. It is never found outside of democracy. d. It comes from having a role, position, or title that people accept as legal and appropriate. e. It is not relational in any way.

79. A criticism of the symbolic interactionist perspective of work and the economy is that _____. a. it does not provide insights on how people define and experience work b. it overlooks information on how people are socialized into their jobs c. it disregards the informal rules that shape people's behavior d. it neglects micro-level social forces that affect people's work and choices e. it provides in-depth analyses but sacrifices scope 80. Which of the following is one of the principles of democracy? a. The government can denounce the right of individuals to organize political parties whose members compete for public office. b. The state controls people's public and private lives. c. Secret police and the military can intimidate people into conformity and punish dissenters. d. The government has total control over religious and educational institutions. e. The government recognizes individual rights, such as freedom of speech.

81. Florin has been a country for thousands of years, and its economy is largely agricultural. The current heir to the throne of Florin is Prince Humperdinck. He will assume power when his father dies. Florin is an example of what type of political system? a. Monarchy b. Democracy c. Parliamentarism d. Totalitarianism e. Dictatorship

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 82. Which of the following statements best characterizes feminist theories on power and politics? a. Political leaders speak for a majority of the people. b. Wealthy people in government, business, the military, and the media have the most political power. c. Political power is distributed very broadly; no one group or person has the most power. d. Women are generally shut out of the most important political positions because men rule. e. Political leaders are often women who are concerned with economic parity.

83. A special-interest group has hired George Pappas to speak to Congress members about H1-B visa legislation.

The corporation wants to relax restrictions on who can receive these visas and wants to influence legislation in its favor. George is an example of a(n)_____. a. activist b. angel investor c. lobbyist d. marketer e. publicist 84. Discuss the two-party system in the United States.

85. Briefly describe totalitarianism.

86. Discuss the criticisms of feminist theories of power and politics.

87. Critically evaluate the perspective of conflict theorists on the power elite.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 88. Discuss the factors that have contributed to the surge in women's employment.

89. Discuss the various demographic factors that influence voting in America.

90. Describe the functionalists' perspective on the economy and its impact on society.

91. Discuss the effects of globalization on the economy.

92. How does a transnational corporation differ from a transnational conglomerate?

93. Define capitalism. List the characteristics of a capitalistic economy.

94. Define authority. Briefly discuss the various forms of authority.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 95. Define socialism and communism. List the ways in which they differ from each other

96. Describe the key characteristics of a pluralist model.

97. Briefly discuss rational-legal authority.

98. Discuss the feminist perspective on the economy and its impact on society.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. True 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. False 10. False 11. True 12. False 13. False 14. True 15. False 16. False 17. False 18. True 19. b 20. b 21. b 22. e 23. a 24. e 25. e 26. a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 27. d 28. b 29. d 30. c 31. b 32. b 33. e 34. c 35. b 36. a 37. b 38. e 39. c 40. c 41. a 42. d 43. e 44. c 45. a 46. c 47. d 48. c 49. d 50. c 51. a 52. d 53. a 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 55. a 56. a 57. b 58. c 59. d 60. e 61. c 62. a 63. e 64. d 65. e 66. a 67. a 68. a 69. c 70. a 71. c 72. e 73. d 74. b 75. b 76. c 77. a 78. d 79. e 80. e 81. a 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 83. c 84. Answers will vary. Many democracies around the world have a number of major political parties: 3 in Canada, 5 in Germany, 9 in Italy and Holland, 34 in Israel, and more than 1,000 in India. Thus, compared with many other countries, the two-party system of Democrats and Republicans in the United States is uncommon. Political parties base their activities on an ideology, a set of ideas that constitute a person's or group's beliefs, goals, expectations, and actions.

Until the late 1980s, about equal percentages of Americans identified themselves as either Republicans or Democrats.

85. Answers will vary. Totalitarianism is a political system in which the government controls almost every aspect of people's lives. It is a pervasive ideology that legitimizes state control and instructs people how to act in their public and private lives.

It has a single political party controlled by one person, a dictator—a supreme, sometimes idolized leader—who stays in office indefinitely. It is a system of terror that relies on secret police and the military to intimidate people into conformity and to punish dissenters. The government has total control over other institutions, including the military, education, family, religion, economy, media, and all cultural activities, including the arts and sports.

86. Answers will vary. Feminist theorists maintain that women are generally shut out of the most important political positions because, in a patriarchal society, men rule. Critics fault feminist explanations for several reasons. First, there are powerful women on some of the most influential congressional committees. Also, women have attained top leadership posts in more than 70 countries. Second, a large number of female officeholders don’t guarantee greater gender equality. One might also question whether patriarchy is the root of political power differences between women and men. Some of the world’s most patriarchal societies have more women in high-ranking political positions than does the United States, which professes gender equality. Women have the fewest rights in societies where male political leaders are religious zealots who don’t believe in gender equality. Thus, religion may be more important than patriarchy in quashing women’s political leadership.

87. Answers will vary. Conflict theorists contend that the United States is ruled not by pluralism but a power elite, a small group of influential people who make the nation's major political decisions. According to critics, the power elite perspective assumes, incorrectly, that the wealthy people at the top have the same interests and goals. Because the Democratic and Republican parties and their top officials endorse very different agendas, the power elite are rarely unified. Also, functionalists accuse conflict theorists of exaggerating the power elite’s influence. They point out that “the masses” aren’t just puppets but vote, mobilize, support particular interest groups, and protest current political and corporate policies. Some also question whether elites are always as self-serving and self-interested as conflict theorists contend.

88. Answers will vary. One of the most dramatic changes in the United States during the twentieth century was the increase of women in the labor force. Many factors have contributed to the surge in women's employment, especially since the 1970s, including the growth in the number of college-educated women, an increase in the number of working single mothers, and the higher costs of homeownership that require two incomes. As a group, however, women have lower earnings than men in both the highest and lowest paying occupations, and the wage gaps are greater in highincome jobs.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 89. Answers will vary. Many demographic factors affect registration and voting. The most important, however, are sex, age, social class, and race and ethnicity.

In every presidential election since 1996, women—and across all racial or ethnic groups—have voted at higher rates than men. The reasons for these differences are unclear but may reflect higher turnouts by women who believe that social services, abortion rights, and health care coverage are threatened.

Historically, and across all elections, voting rates increase with age. Young people have lower registration rates because they are more geographically mobile than older people and are less likely to reregister after a move.

Moreover, they often feel uninformed about politics, believe that elections aren't relevant in their lives, and may also be preoccupied with major life events such as going to college and finding jobs. In effect, young people's low voting rates mean that they have little effect on political processes.

Social class has a significant impact on voting behavior. At each successive level of educational attainment, the voting rate increases, and those with advanced degrees are the most likely to vote. People with higher educational levels are usually more informed about and interested in the political process and more likely to believe that their vote counts.

Voting rates also increase with income levels. People with higher incomes are more likely to be employed and to have assets and, therefore, are more likely to vote to protect or increase their resources. In contrast, low-income people usually have few assets and may be too disillusioned with the political system to vote.

Across all racial-ethnic groups—including both native-born and naturalized citizens—the higher the voter registration, the higher the voting rate.

90. Answers will vary. Functionalists typically emphasize the benefits of work and the economy. They also see capitalism as bringing prosperity to society as a whole. For functionalists, work is necessary for a society's survival and defining its members' roles. Work is also important because it connects people to each other: As jobs become more specialized, a small group of workers is responsible for getting the work done, and coworkers can get to know one another. Such networks increase workplace solidarity and enhance a sense of belonging to a group where people listen to each other's ideas, interact, and share a vision for the work they do together.

91. Answers will vary. Globalization refers to the growth and spread of investment, trade, production, communication, and new technology around the world. Proponents argue that everyone benefits from globalization because it creates millions of jobs and brings affordable goods and services to millions of people around the world. Critics contend that while globalization has improved the living standards of millions of workers in developing countries, it has reduced the number of workers in Western economies. They also maintain that, by and large, globalization benefits only the world's most powerful transnational corporations: It increases their profits by expanding their worldwide base of consumers, exploits poor people in developing countries, creates greater income inequality between workers and the global elite, and gives corporations unprecedented political power.

92. Answers will vary. A transnational corporation (also called a multinational corporation or an international corporation) is a large company that is based in one country but operates across international boundaries. On the other hand, a transnational conglomerate (also called a multinational conglomerate) is a corporation that owns a collection of different companies in various industries in a number of countries.

93. Answers will vary. Capitalism is an economic system based on private ownership of property and competition in producing and selling goods and services. Ideally, capitalism has four essential characteristics: 1. Property (e.g., real estate, banks, utilities) belongs to individuals or organizations rather than the state or the community.

2. Owners of production compete in deciding what goods and services to produce and setting prices that offer consumers the greatest value in price and quality.

3. Selling something for more than it costs to produce generates profits and an accumulation of wealth for individuals and companies.

4. By investing profits, capitalists can increase their own wealth. Workers, too, can save and invest their money.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 94. Answers will vary. Authority is the legitimate use of power. It has three characteristics. First, people consent to authority because they believe that their obedience is for the greater good. Second, people see the authority as legitimate—valid, justifiable, and necessary. Third, people accept authority because it's institutionalized, accepted by a large number of people, in organizations.

Traditional authority is power based on customs that justify the ruler's position. The source of power is personal because the ruler inherits authority on the basis of long-standing customs, traditions, or religious beliefs.

Charismatic authority is power based on exceptional individual abilities and characteristics that inspire devotion, trust, and obedience. Like traditional authority, charismatic authority is personal and reflects extraordinary deeds or even a belief that a leader has been chosen by God, but the leaders don't pass their power down to their offspring.

Rational-legal authority is power based on the belief that laws and appointed or elected political leaders are legitimate.

Unlike traditional and charismatic authority, rational-legal authority comes from rules and regulations that pertain to an office rather than to a person.

95. Answers will vary. Socialism is an economic system based on the public ownership of the production of goods and services. There have been many socialist governments during the last 150 years, but none has reflected pure socialism. Competition and individual profits are officially forbidden, but government officials, top athletes, and highranking party members enjoy more freedom, larger apartments, higher incomes, and greater access to education and other resources than the rank and file.

Communism is a political and economic system in which property is communally owned and all people are considered equal. Whereas socialism allows some free market economy, and people receive resources according to how hard they work, communism demands that all production be owned by the public, and that people receive resources according to their need. In contrast to its principles, communism has failed, according to historians, because of widespread corruption and mismanagement, oppression, imprisonment or execution of people who questioned coercive policies, economic inefficiency that resulted in shortages of food and other goods, and few rewards for working hard.

96. Answers will vary. In the pluralist model, individuals have little direct power over political decision making but can influence government policies through special-interest groups—unions, professional organizations, and so on. The various groups rarely join ranks because they concentrate on single issues such as health care, pollution, or education.

This focus on different issues fragments groups, but also results in a broad representation of interests and a distribution of power.

97. Answers will vary. Rational-legal authority is power based on the belief that laws and appointed or elected political leaders are legitimate. Unlike traditional and charismatic authority, rational-legal authority comes from rules and regulations that pertain to an office rather than to a person. For example, anyone running for mayor must have specific qualifications. When a new mayor (or governor or other politicians) is elected, the rules don't change because power is vested in the office rather than the person currently holding the office.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_11_SOC6 98. Answers will vary. Feminist scholars agree with conflict theorists that there is widespread workplace inequality. They emphasize, however, that gender is a critical factor in explaining the inequity. Nationally, women and men are equally satisfied with job security and relations with coworkers. Pay is the primary exception, and women are much more dissatisfied than men.

Employment rates increased after the recession, but the gains for women have been largely in low-paying jobs, particularly waitressing, in-home health care, food preparation, and housekeeping.

Many women's earnings suffer from a motherhood penalty (also called motherhood wage penalty or mommy penalty), a pay gap between women who are and aren't mothers.

Critics note that men don't always dominate women in the workplace. There are many situations where female supervisors have power and authority over women and men, and top female managers aren't always concerned about gender wage gaps or support qualified women's promotions. Second, many feminist scholars maintain that capitalism exploits women by crowding them into lower paying occupations. According to critics, however, there's considerable economic gender inequality in socialist, communist, and mixed economies in both industrialized and developing nations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. A common aspect of all kinds of monogamy is that one person is married exclusively to another person throughout his or her lifetime. a. True b. False 2. Polyandry is an extinct cultural practice. a. True b. False 3. Although not as common as in some regions of Africa, South America, and the Middle East, polygyny is practiced in isolated groups in the United States. a. True b. False 4. The incest taboo forbids sexual activities among unmarried individuals. a. True b. False 5. In a patriarchy, one woman is married to two or more men. a. True b. False 6. Both functionalism and symbolic interaction theories are micro-level perspectives of family and aging. a. True b. False 7. In the United States, unlike most other nations, women control men's decisions about reproduction and access to abortion that, in turn, decreases unwanted pregnancies and nonmarital birth rates. a. True b. False 8. Educated women are less likely than less-educated women to postpone parenthood. a. True b. False 9. In the context of the conflict perspective of family and aging, an inheritance increases the likelihood that all families can compete for resources that include education, decent housing, and health care. a. True b. False 10. In industrialized societies, married couples are typically neolocal. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 11. The social class of an individual is constant throughout his or her lifetime. a. True b. False 12. In the context of sociological explanations of family and aging, functionalists are criticized for failing to recognize that families differ in structure. a. True b. False 13. According to exchange theory, people seek through their social interactions to minimize their rewards and maximize their costs. a. True b. False 14. There are significant differences between the young-old, the old-old, and the oldest-old in their ability to live independently, to work, and in their health. a. True b. False 15. Marrying one's first cousins or second cousins is an example of homogamy. a. True b. False 16. In an egalitarian family system, both partners share power and authority fairly equally. a. True b. False 17. Intimate partner violence (IPV) occurs exclusively among current spouses. a. True b. False 18. In matriarchy, one man is married to two or more women. a. True b. False 19. Members of a family need to be in a committed relationship. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

20. James was married to Charlotte for two years. Recently, he married another woman, Jane, without divorcing Charlotte. He has sexual relationships with both his wives. This is an example of _____. a. polyandry b. polygyny c. exogamy d. heterogamy e. homogamy 21. A _____ is defined as a courtship process in which prospective spouses compare the assets and liabilities of eligible partners, and choose the best available mate. a. neolocalization b. polygamy c. marriage market d. cohabitation e. monogamy 22. In the context of the sociological explanations of family and aging, which of the following is a limitation of conflict theories? a. Conflict theory links family inequality to capitalism and social class, but there is also considerable family inequality in countries that are not capitalist. b. Conflict theory discusses high-income brackets, but it does not consider the inheritance of property by the next generation. c. Conflict theory focuses more on young people and their lives, and it seldom discusses the issues of older people. d. Conflict theory tends to gloss over data that show that intimate partner violence (IPV) is often mutual and not one-sided. e. Conflict theory is a micro-level perspective, and it fails to address macro-level constraints, such as structural factors.

23. Which of the following is a common micro-level reason for divorce in the United States? a. Better education opportunities b. Changed U.S. values c. Premarital doubts d. Economic factors e. Demographic factors

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 24. _____ is the average expected number of years of life remaining at a given age. a. Life chances b. Life expectancy c. Age ratio d. Aging rate e. Life dependency 25. According to feminist scholars, families both mirror and perpetuate gender inequality and _____. a. patriarchy b. matriarchy c. endogamy d. exogamy e. androgyny 26. Which of the following is a macro-level risk factor for elder abuse? a. An elder diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease b. Abuse of alcohol or other drugs by a caregiver c. Poor family relationships in the past d. An elder sharing a residence with the caregiver e. A childhood history of family violence 27. Christina, a 29-year-old woman, joined a company in Texas in 2007 and worked there for a year. She got laid off due to recession. She moved back into her parents' home in California as she did not have enough money to cover her expenses. Christina's situation is characteristic of the __________. a. lost generation b. silent generation c. boomerang generation d. baby boomer generation e. sandwich generation 28. On a micro level, which of the following is more than twice as likely among family caregivers who mistreat elders as among those who do not? a. Shared residence b. Abuse of alcohol and other drugs c. High socioeconomic status d. Economic hardship e. Unemployment

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 29. Which of the following statements is true of courtship and mate selection in the United States? a. Parents or relatives choose spouses for their children. b. Mate selection is a family rather than an individual decision. c. Open dating is discouraged and is considered a socially unacceptable way of pursuing love. d. Sociologists often describe the U.S. dating process as a marriage market. e. Arranged marriages are encouraged.

30. Martha is in love with her first cousin Daniel, and they decide to get married. Their families are not happy with their decision because, traditionally, nobody in the family has married within the group. This cultural practice followed by Martha's and Daniel's families is known as _____. a. exogamy b. homogamy c. polygamy d. trigamy e. bigamy 31. The cultural practice of marrying outside one's group is known as _____. a. endogamy b. polyamory c. exogamy d. homogamy e. polygyny 32. Which of the following statements is true of polyandry? a. Polyandry is common in many societies, especially in some regions of Africa, South America, and the Middle East. b. Polyandry serves no function or purpose. c. Polyandry is legalized in Western and industrialized societies. d. The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints supports polyandry, but not polygyny. e. Although rare, there are pockets of polyandry in some remote and isolated parts of India.

33. Daniel and Emily, a married couple, share equal power and authority in resolving family issues. They are both employed, and they take turns doing household chores. This is an example of a(n) _____. a. patriarchal family system b. matriarchal family system c. neolocal family system d. interlocal family system e. egalitarian family system

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 34. In the context of family functions, children acquire language and absorb the accumulated knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, and values of their culture through _____. a. social stratification b. socialization c. social class placement d. social security e. procreation 35. The cultural practice of marrying within one's group is known as _____. a. exogamy b. polyamory c. endogamy d. hierogamy e. monogamy 36. Which of the following is a difference between polygyny and polyandry? a. In polygyny, newly married couples live with the husband's family, whereas in polyandry, newly married couples live with the wife's family. b. In polygyny, a newly married couple sets up their own residence, whereas in polyandry, a newly married couple moves into one of their parents' houses. c. In polygyny, people marry those from the same sex, whereas in polyandry, people marry those from the opposite sex. d. In polygyny, men have more power and authority than women, whereas in polyandry, women have more power and authority than men. e. In polygyny, one man is married to two or more women, whereas in polyandry, one woman is married to two or more men.

37. Which of the following is a consequence of longer life expectancies? a. Shorter retirements for workers b. Fewer multigenerational households c. The need to finance more years of retirement d. Earlier retirements e. Fewer older people in the workforce 38. The phenomenon where individuals marry several people, but one at a time, is known as _____. a. serial monogamy b. polygamy c. serial androgyny d. exogamy e. endogamy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 39. Which of the following family functions involves the supply of nurturance and love that people need to be happy, healthy, and secure? a. Sexual activity b. Socialization c. Procreation d. Emotional support e. Economic security 40. Josephine is 60 and was born in the 1950s. As she’s aged, she’s seen more and more of her friends being diagnosed with a disability. Josephine is a member of which generation? a. The silent generation b. Baby boomers c. Generation X d. Millennials e. The lost generation 41. It is a custom in Nina's family for newly married female members to continue living with their families, along with their husbands. Declan, who recently got married to Nina, moves into Nina's house to live with her and her family. In the context of residence patterns, this is an example of a(n) _____. a. patrilocal residence pattern b. matrilocal residence pattern c. neolocal residence pattern d. egalitarian residence pattern e. patriarchal residence pattern 42. Which of the following is true of women's cohabitation? a. Women's cohabitation rates have decreased. b. The likelihood of women cohabiting increases as their educational levels increase. c. College-educated women are more likely than those without college degrees to transition from cohabitation to marriage. d. Asian women have high cohabitation rates, whereas Hispanics from Latin and Central America have low cohabitation rates. e. Women who cohabit are more likely to divorce than those who did not cohabit.

43. The _____ refers to the number of working-age adults for every person aged 65 and older. a. elderly ratio b. worker replacement rate c. aging ratio d. life expectancy rate e. old-age dependency ratio

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 44. Helen and Eric are in an intimate sexual relationship. They are loyal to each other and are living together but have no immediate plans to marry. Helen and Eric are _____. a. cohabiting b. monogamous c. in an open relationship d. polyandrous e. in a familial relationship 45. _____ is any knowing, intentional, or negligent act by a caregiver or other person that causes harm to people age 65 or older. a. Child abuse b. Partner abuse c. Elder abuse d. Societal abuse e. Caregiver abuse 46. In a(n) _____, the oldest males (grandfathers, fathers, and uncles) control cultural, political, and economic resources and, consequently, have power over females. a. patriarchal family system b. matriarchal family system c. neolocal family system d. interlocal family system e. egalitarian family system 47. Which of the following is preserved by arranged marriages? a. Endogamy b. Exogamy c. Androgeny d. Heterogamy e. Gynandry 48. Victoria and Patrick have been married for ten years. Victoria recently got married to Joshua while still being married to Patrick. She has romantic relationships with both her husbands. This is an example of _____. a. polyandry b. polygyny c. exogamy d. endogamy e. homogamy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 49. Which of the following is true of premarital cohabitation? a. Couples in premarital cohabitation must be engaged for at least six months before cohabiting. b. Couples in premarital cohabitation have a better quality of relationship and higher levels of happiness and satisfaction compared with married couples. c. Premarital cohabitation may be attractive to partners who wonder if they can deal successfully with problems that arise from differences. d. U.S. laws specify rights and responsibilities for cohabitants in premarital cohabitation. e. Premarital cohabitation is legal only for same-sex partners.

50. Around the world, the most common residence pattern is _____. a. patrilocal b. matrilocal c. neolocal d. matriarchal e. egalitarian 51. Who among the following lives in an extended family? a. Kaira, who lives with her married parents and siblings b. Martha, who lives with her single mother c. Joshua, who lives with his married parents, cousins, and grandparents d. Jake, who lives with his biological father, stepmother, and stepbrother e. Jamal, who lives with his foster parents 52. Which of the following statements is true of child maltreatment? a. U.S. child maltreatment rates have decreased since 2011. b. Sexual abuse is the most common type of child maltreatment. c. Physical abuse is the most common type of child maltreatment. d. Child maltreatment is most common in two-parent households. e. Child maltreatment differs significantly from child abuse.

53. Which of the following statements is true about marriage and divorce in the United States? a. The marriage rate has been steadily increasing since the 1800s. b. The United States has one of the lowest divorce rates in the world. c. Many Americans are disillusioned about marriage. d. Nearly 85 percent of Americans who divorce remarry, half of them within 4 years. e. Divorce is no longer publicly acceptable.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 54. Mikki and Jeremiah both have PhDs. They got married in their late thirties, after they finished their educations.

While their marriage hasn’t been perfect and they have had some fights over money and other issues, they have worked things out and stayed married. In the context of factors that affect marriage and divorce in the United States, which of the following most likely influenced their marriage? a. Demographic variables b. Micro-level factors c. Individual factors d. Macro-level factors e. Societal factors 55. _____ proposes that many older people remain engaged in numerous roles and activities, including work. a. Interaction theory b. Durkheim’s theory c. Activity theory d. Role theory e. Aging theory 56. Which of the following is true of social class in the context of a family? a. One's social class is always higher than that of one's parents. b. Social class affects all aspects of family life. c. The social class of an individual is constant throughout his or her life. d. Only families with biological children have a social class. e. Same-sex couples do not have a social class.

57. _____ is abuse that occurs between people in a close relationship. a. Family violence b. Intimate partner violence c. Stranger danger d. Child abuse e. Elder abuse 58. Mary, a Catholic, is in a romantic relationship with Aaron, a Protestant. They plan on getting married. Mary's family is not happy about her relationship with Aaron because her family has a cultural practice of marrying only Catholics. This cultural practice followed by Mary's family is an example of _____. a. exogamy b. endogamy c. polyandry d. misandry e. bigamy

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 59. Which of the following is a macro-level factor affecting U.S. marriage and divorce rates? a. Race b. The economy c. Religion d. Infidelity e. Individual educational attainment 60. Which of the following is NOT one of the five functions fulfilled by families worldwide? a. Procreation b. Economic security c. Recreation d. Sexual activity e. Emotional support 61. Which of the following is a macro-level reason for declining marriage and divorce rates in the United States? a. Changes in U.S. values b. The effect of spousal abuse c. Financial problems d. Communication problems e. Premarital doubts 62. The fundamental premise of _____ is that people seek through their social interactions to maximize their rewards and minimize their costs. a. interaction theory b. exchange theory c. activity theory d. relationship theory e. conflict theory 63. In the context of families, which of the following is a criticism of feminist theories? a. Social class affects but doesn’t determine whether a child will succeed economically. b. They tend to gloss over data that show that intimate partner violence is often mutual. c. Theories about why people continue working as they age overlook the fact that people cannot afford to retire. d. It’s questionable whether some family functions are as universal as they claim. e. People don’t always calculate the potential costs and rewards of every decision.

64. _____ refers to nonrelatives who are accepted as part of the family. a. Extended kin b. Fictive kin c. Imaginary kin d. Financial kin e. Nonrelational kin Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 65. Which of the following functions is open dating most likely to fulfill in the United States? a. Sexual experimentation b. Sexual infidelity c. Economic equality d. Polyamory e. Polygamy 66. People are considered young-old if they are _____ years old. a. 45–54 b. 55–64 c. 65–74 d. 75–84 e. 85–94 67. On a micro level, child mistreatment is most common in _____. a. two-parent households and extended families b. single-parent and stepparent households c. households with a matrilocal residence pattern d. an egalitarian family system e. two-parent households with a matriarchal family system 68. Which of the following statements is true of marriage and divorce rates in the United States? a. Those with a high school diploma or less are more likely to marry than cohabit. b. Increasingly, the highly educated are marrying those with a high school diploma or less. c. The median age at first marriage is 21 for men and almost 23 for women, down from 27 for men and 30 for women in 1970. d. Americans with a bachelor's degree or higher have lower divorce rates than those without college degrees. e. College graduates have high divorce rates because they marry early.

69. In Western societies, the typical family form is __________. a. the nuclear family b. composed of parents, children, and other kin c. the extended family d. composed of husband, wife, and the husband's family e. composed of husband, wife, and the wife's family

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 70. Martha, a 53-year-old working woman, financially supports her daughter, who is in college, and her aging mother. In this case, Martha most likely belongs to the _____. a. sandwich generation b. lost generation c. baby boomer generation d. millennial generation e. silent generation 71. Which of the following statements best describes cohabitation? a. It is an arrangement in which two unrelated people are not married but live together and are in a sexual relationship. b. It is a marital union of a man and a woman who decide to be childless by choice. c. It is an arrangement in which a married couple and their respective families stay together in the same house. d. It is a relationship where a man or woman has more than one sexual partner and all of them live in the same house. e. It is an arrangement in which two related people live together.

72. _____ refers to living with different unmarried sexual partners over time. a. Serial cohabitation b. Homogenous cohabitation c. Premarital cohabitation d. Polygyny e. Polyandry 73. In the context of sociological explanations of family and aging, which of the following is a similarity between conflict theorists and feminist scholars? a. Both emphasize the inequality of gender roles in families. b. Both see marriage as critical in promoting social order and cohesion. c. Both emphasize that families construct their everyday lives through interaction and subjective interpretations of family roles. d. Both agree that there is considerable inequality between low-income and wealthy families in accessing necessary resources. e. Both provide sociological explanations of families and aging at a micro-level.

74. In a(n) _____, a couple sets up their own residence. a. patrilocal residence pattern b. matrilocal residence pattern c. neolocal residence pattern d. ambilocal residence pattern e. matriarchal residence pattern

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 75. Which of the following perspectives uses exchange theory to explain mate selection and family roles? a. Functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic Interaction d. Feminism e. Activity theory 76. Jamal believes that families are important in maintaining societal stability, whereas Gina believes that families promote social inequality because of social class differences. In the context of sociological explanations of family and aging, which of the following statements is most likely to be true in this case? a. Both Jamal and Gina are functionalists. b. Both Jamal and Gina are feminists. c. Jamal is a functionalist, whereas Gina is a conflict theorist. d. Both Jamal and Gina are conflict theorists. e. Jamal is a symbolic interactionist, whereas Gina is a feminist.

77. Shaina and Ian, who recently got married, bought a new house in Florida and moved in together. In the context of residence patterns, this is an example of the _____. a. patrilocal residence pattern b. matrilocal residence pattern c. neolocal residence pattern d. virilocal residence pattern e. patriarchal residence pattern 78. Which of the following family functions involves providing food, shelter, and clothing for family members? a. Sexual activity b. Socialization c. Procreation d. Social class placement e. Economic security 79. Which of the following is one of the factors affecting the increased rates of nonmarital childbearing in the United States? a. Most Americans aged 15 to 44 now believe that it’s okay for an unmarried woman to have and raise a child. b. Most teens and young adults consistently use contraception correctly. c. Educated women are more likely to have more children and to have them earlier. d. Most Americans still stigmatize and shame unmarried women who bear a child. e. Government policies have emphasized comprehensive contraception access and education.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 80. Which of the following increases the risk of intimate partner violence? a. Stable employment b. A partner with a controlling personality c. Total agreement on family roles d. A very high income e. A society that provides clear sanctions for violence 81. Michael, a 62-year-old man, applied for a job at the local department store. When the manager called him about his application, he asked how old Michael was. When Michael told him, the manager laughed and called him an “old coot” and mocked him for even trying to apply, then slammed the phone down. The manager’s behavior is an example of __________. a. racism b. sexism c. ableism d. ageism e. homophobia 82. _____ includes a broad range of behaviors that can result in serious harm to children. a. Elder abuse b. Intimate partner violence c. Child rearing d. Infant activity e. Child maltreatment 83. Which of the following forbids sexual intercourse between a brother and a sister? a. Social epidemiology b. Incest taboo c. Social class placement d. Misogyny e. Exogamy 84. Jai lives in an extended family consisting of his parents, brothers, and his sisters-in-law. Newly married male members in Jai's family are expected to continue to live in the same family along with their spouses and children. Jai, who recently got married, is expected to uphold this tradition. In the context of residence patterns, this is an example of a(n) _____. a. patrilocal residence pattern b. matrilocal residence pattern c. neolocal residence pattern d. egalitarian residence pattern e. matriarchal residence pattern

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 85. In the context of families and aging, which of the following is a criticism of symbolic interactionist theories? a. Social class affects but doesn’t determine whether a child will succeed economically. b. They tend to gloss over data that show that intimate partner violence is often mutual. c. Theories about why people continue working as they age overlook the fact that people cannot afford to retire. d. It’s questionable whether some family functions are as universal as they claim. e. People don’t always calculate the potential costs and rewards of every decision.

86. Outline the importance of procreation and socialization.

87. What are the three residence patterns for married couples?

88. Describe the sandwich generation.

89. Compare and contrast dating cohabitation and premarital cohabitation.

90. Briefly explain endogamy with an example.

91. Discuss the drawbacks of functionalism in the context of family and aging.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 92. Enumerate the costs and benefits of cohabitation.

93. Discuss the changes that the sandwich generation is most likely to face.

94. How do symbolic interactionists use exchange theory to explain mate selection and family roles?

95. Critically evaluate feminist theories in the context of family and aging.

96. Give a brief definition of family.

97. Discuss the various forms in which family conflict and violence occur.

98. Explain exogamy with an example.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 99. Briefly discuss the risk factors for elder abuse and neglect.

100. Briefly describe marriage.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. False 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. False 10. True 11. False 12. False 13. False 14. True 15. True 16. True 17. False 18. False 19. True 20. c 21. c 22. a 23. c 24. b 25. a 26. d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 27. c 28. b 29. d 30. a 31. c 32. e 33. e 34. b 35. c 36. e 37. c 38. a 39. d 40. b 41. b 42. c 43. e 44. a 45. c 46. a 47. a 48. a 49. c 50. a 51. c 52. a 53. d 54. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 55. c 56. b 57. b 58. b 59. b 60. c 61. a 62. b 63. b 64. b 65. a 66. c 67. b 68. d 69. a 70. a 71. a 72. a 73. d 74. c 75. c 76. c 77. c 78. e 79. a 80. b 81. d 82. e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 83. b 84. a 85. e 86. Answers will vary. Procreation is an essential family function because it replenishes a country's population. Through socialization, children acquire language; absorb the accumulated knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, and values of their culture; and learn the social and interpersonal skills they need to function effectively in society.

87. Answers will vary. In a patrilocal residence pattern, newly married couples live with the husband's family. In a matrilocal residence pattern, the couple lives with the wife's family. In a neolocal residence pattern, the couple sets up their own residence. Around the world, the most common residence pattern is patrilocal. In industrialized societies, married couples are typically neolocal. Since the early 1990s, however, the tendency for young married adults to live with the parents of either the wife or the husband—or sometimes with the grandparents of one of the partners—has increased. Such "doubled-up" U.S. households have always existed but escalated during the 2007– 2009 recession for economic reasons.

88. Answers will vary. The sandwich generation is composed of midlife people who care for aging parents, are raising a child under age 18, or supporting a grown child. About 71 percent who do so are ages 40 to 59 (Parker and Patten, 2013). The sandwich generation experiences considerable stress because older people usually need assistance at a time when their adult children's and grandchildren's lives are complicated and demanding.

89. Answers will vary. Cohabitation is an arrangement in which two unrelated and unmarried people live together and are in a sexual relationship. Some people drift gradually into dating cohabitation, a living arrangement in which a couple that spends a great deal of time together decides to move in together. Dating cohabitation is essentially an alternative to singlehood because the decision may be based on a combination of reasons (e.g., convenience, finances, companionship, and sexual accessibility), but there is no long-term commitment. In this type of cohabitation, and especially among young adults, there is considerable serial cohabitation, living with different sexual partners over time. Even if there is an unplanned pregnancy, the man, especially, may decide to move on to another cohabiting arrangement. In premarital cohabitation, a couple lives together before getting married. They may or may not be engaged but plan to marry. Such "almost-married" cohabitation may be especially attractive to partners who wonder if they can deal successfully with problems that arise from differences in personalities, interests, finances, ethnicity, religion, or other issues. Both types of cohabitation have benefits, including economic advantages, and costs, including poorer quality of relationship than married people.

90. Answers will vary. Endogamy (often used interchangeably with homogamy) is a cultural practice of marrying within one's group. The partners are similar in religion (e.g., Catholics marrying Catholics), race or ethnicity (e.g., blacks marrying blacks), social class (e.g., college-educated marrying college-educated), and/or age (e.g., young people marrying young people). For example, Brooke, a college-educated, upper-middle-class white woman, is married to Aaron, a college-educated, upper-middle-class white man. This is an example of endogamy. Across the Middle East and Africa, marrying a first or second cousin is not only common but desirable. The benefits include knowing a lot about one’s relatives and ensuring that property stays in the family.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 91. Answers will vary. Functionalism has several weaknesses. First, it is questionable whether some family functions are as universal or necessary as functionalists claim. Procreation often occurs outside of marriage, and the government has assumed some of the family's functions, including caring for some children (as in foster homes) and the aged (through Medicare, for example).

Second, there is some doubt over whether activity theory is as representative of older people as some functionalists claim. Many people continue to work even in their 80s, but usually not by choice. They cannot afford to retire, even though they are in poor health and unhappy in their low-income jobs. As health deteriorates, many older people become less active and more isolated.

Third, 10 percent of the huge wave of baby boomers say that they will never retire, primarily because they have saved very little and carry too much debt. This means that there is not always an orderly progression to retirement and opening up job slots to the younger generation.

92. Answers will vary. Some costs associated with the arrangement of cohabitation are as follows: 1. U.S. laws don't specify a cohabitant's rights and responsibilities. For example, there's no automatic inheritance if a partner dies without a will.

2. Cohabiting couples have a poorer quality of relationship and lower levels of happiness and satisfaction compared with couples who are married.

3. Cohabitation dilutes intergenerational ties. Compared with their married peers, the longer people live together, the less likely they are to give or receive help from their parents.

4. Children in cohabiting households are at risk of increased academic, emotional, behavioral, and financial problems because cohabiting parents are more than twice as likely as married parents to break up.

However, cohabitation has its own benefits. Some of them are: 1. Couples can pool their resources instead of paying for separate housing, utilities, and so on.

2. Couples have the emotional security of an intimate relationship but maintain their independence.

3. Couples who postpone marriage have a lower likelihood of divorce because being older is one of the best predictors of a stable marriage.

4. Couples find out how much they really care about each other when they have to cope with unpleasant realities.

5. Children in cohabiting households reap economic advantages by living with two adult earners instead of a single mother.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 93. Answers will vary. The sandwich generation experiences considerable stress because older people usually need assistance at a time when their adult children's and grandchildren's lives are complicated and demanding. In an aging society, the sandwich generation and older people experience many changes, including: 1. The rise of multigenerational households—The effects of multigenerational households are mixed. Grandparents who live with their adult children and grandchildren may provide crucial economic and childcare support. On the other hand, if the multigenerational household is struggling financially, if the grandparents are also raising their own children, and if there's mother–grandmother conflict, grandparents experience emotional problems, including unhappiness, stress, worry, and anger.

2. Work and retirement options—Many older Americans are postponing retirement. Most work out of necessity. For older women, particularly, working is often a necessity, rather than a choice. A consequence of longer life expectancy is the need to finance more years of retirement, but almost a third of people with retirement savings of $10,000 or more give financial assistance to an adult child, a parent, or both. Since the early 1990s, many large companies have greatly reduced or eliminated employee pension plans, but only about half of private-sector workers participate in a retirement savings program.

3. The right to die—Living longer and with more years of chronic diseases and disabilities raises questions about later-life choices. Both historically and currently, one of the most controversial issues is regarding end-of-life decisions. Physician-assisted suicide is gaining acceptance.

4. Competition for scarce resources—Younger generations cannot count on federally financed health care and retirement benefits in the future. Medicare funds are supposed to last until 2026, and Social Security through 2033 (The Board of Trustees . . . , 2013), but there are no guarantees. As baby boomers age, the costs of these programs will mushroom.

94. Answers will vary. Symbolic interactionists often use exchange theory to explain mate selection and family roles. The fundamental premise of exchange theory is that people seek through their social interactions to maximize their rewards and minimize their costs. In mate selection, people trade their resources (e.g., wealth, good looks, youth, or status) for more, better, or different assets. People may stay in unhappy marriages and other intimate relationships because the rewards seem equal to the costs. Many women tolerate abuse because they fear loneliness or losing the economic benefits that a man provides.

95. Answers will vary. Feminist explanations of families and aging have several limitations. First, according to critics, feminist scholars overstate women's oppression. A second criticism is that feminist theories tend to gloss over data that show that intimate partner violence is often mutual.

Third, the poorest older adults are most likely to be minority women, but social class and marital status are important factors. Older married women and those in higher socioeconomic levels are less likely to experience poverty in later life than those who are single (never married, divorced, or widowed) and from lower socioeconomic levels. Thus, social class may be more significant than patriarchy in shaping women’s later-life outcomes.

96. Answers will vary. A family is an intimate group consisting of two or more people who (1) have a committed relationship, (2) care for one another and any children, and (3) share activities and close emotional ties. This definition includes households (e.g., foster families, and same-sex couples) whose members are not related by birth, marriage, or adoption.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_12_SOC6 97. Answers will vary. Conflict is a normal part of family life, but violence is not normal. The various forms of violence that can occur in a family are as follows: 1. Intimate partner violence (IPV) is abuse that occurs between people in a close relationship. The term intimate partner refers to current and former spouses, couples who live together, and current and former boyfriends or girlfriends.

2. Child maltreatment (also called child abuse) includes a broad range of behaviors that place a child at serious risk or result in serious harm, including physical and sexual abuse, neglect, and emotional mistreatment.

3. Elder abuse (sometimes called elder mistreatment) is any knowing, intentional, or negligent act by a caregiver or other person that causes harm to people age 65 or older. This term includes physical, psychological, and sexual abuse; neglect; isolation from family and friends; deprivation of basic necessities such as food and heat; not providing needed medications; and financial exploitation.

98. Answers will vary. Exogamy (often used interchangeably with heterogamy) is a cultural practice of marrying outside one's group, such as not marrying one's relatives. In the United States, 25 states prohibit marriage between first cousins, but violations are rarely prosecuted (National Conference of State Legislatures, 2014). U.S. exogamy is growing. A Caucasian man marrying a Hispanic woman is an example of exogamy.

99. Answers will vary. On a micro level, abuse of alcohol and other drugs is more than twice as likely among family caregivers who abuse elders as among those who do not. Both victims and offenders often report a childhood history of witnessing or experiencing family violence, poor family relationships in the past and currently, and communication problems. In addition, older people with cognitive impairment—due to dementia (deteriorated mental condition) after a stroke, or the onset of Alzheimer's disease—are abused at higher rates than those without such disabilities. On a macro level, a shared residence is a major risk factor for elder mistreatment because the caregiver(s) may depend on the older person for housing, whereas the elder is dependent on the caregiver(s) for physical help. These situations compound the likelihood of everyday tensions and conflict. Financial stress may also increase the risk of experiencing or inflicting abuse. Unlike low-income families, those in the middle class are not eligible for admission to public facilities, yet a few can pay for the in-home nursing care, high-quality nursing homes, and other services that upper-class families can afford.

100. Answers will vary. Marriage, a socially approved mating relationship that people expect to be stable and enduring, is universal. Countries vary in their specific norms and laws dictating who can marry whom and at what age, but marriage everywhere is an important rite of passage that marks adulthood and its related responsibilities, especially providing for a family.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. According to a multi-year study published by Cantrell and Kane in 2013, the most accurate way to evaluate elementary school teachers is through the assessment of the methods used by them for instructional delivery. a. True b. False 2. In higher education, affirmative action refers to the financial aid provided to students from high-income families. a. True b. False 3. Worldwide, the largest religious group is Buddhists. a. True b. False 4. A charismatic leader is someone that followers see as having exceptional or superhuman powers and qualities. a. True b. False 5. Conflict theorists maintain that education promotes upward mobility because of a hidden curriculum, credentialism, and privilege. a. True b. False 6. A sanction is a formal and repeated behavior that unites people. a. True b. False 7. A criticism of feminist theorists with respect to education is that they are more interested in women's than men's gender gaps. a. True b. False 8. Children who read proficiently by the end of the third grade are more likely to do well in other subjects. a. True b. False 9. Civil religion refers to the belief that hard work, diligence, self-denial, frugality, and economic success would lead to salvation in the afterlife. a. True b. False 10. Compared with teachers in top-performing countries, a higher number of U.S. teachers do not have a bachelor's degree or higher in the subjects they teach. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 11. To increase a high school's prestige, superintendents and principals may pressure teachers to offer Advanced Placement (AP) courses and students to take them. a. True b. False 12. The effects of tracking are usually short-lived. a. True b. False 13. A symbol is anything that stands for or represents something else to which people attach meaning. a. True b. False 14. Education can be formal or informal and can occur in a variety of settings. a. True b. False 15. A common criticism is that interactionists ignore the ways that religion promotes social inequality at the micro level. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

16. In the context of the U.S. education system, which of the following statements is true of elementary education? a. The SAT is becoming an increasingly controversial issue in elementary schools. b. Incompletion of homework does not affect a student's test score. c. Test scores are valid and reliable measures of teacher effectiveness. d. A teacher's quality of undergraduate education affects test scores. e. Test scores are not affected by school funding.

17. In higher education, _____ refers to admission policies that provide equal access for groups that have been historically excluded or underrepresented. a. tracking b. school choice c. vouchers d. meritocracy e. affirmative action 18. _____ refers to unconscious prejudices or stereotypes that affect our attitudes, actions, and decisions. a. Tracking b. Affirmative action c. Grade inflation d. Implicit bias e. Labeling Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 19. In the context of religion, which of the following is a criticism of feminist scholars? a. Many feminist scholars view religion as an opiate of the people. b. Feminist scholars imply that religion is indispensable to leading a good life. c. The progress of women in organized religion is overemphasized by many feminist scholars. d. Feminist scholars attach too much credence to Marx's concept of false consciousness. e. Religious women are not as oppressed as many feminist scholars claim.

20. _____ are people who say it’s impossible to know whether there’s a God. a. Spiritualists b. Atheists c. Deists d. Agnostics e. Religionists 21. Which of the following statements reflects feminist theories on education? a. Education teaches roles and values through everyday behavior. b. Education contributes to a society’s stability and cohesion. c. Education reinforces social class inequality. d. Education is unimportant for a society’s survival. e. Education produces inequality based on gender.

22. A(n) _____ is a persistent and significant disparity in academic performance between different groups of students. a. educational canyon b. achievement confluence c. achievement gap d. hidden curriculum e. schooling inequity 23. Double segregation refers to __________. a. separating students not only by race but also by income b. separating schools not only by neighborhoods but also by funding c. separating students not only by ability but also by grades d. separating people not only by their sects but also by their leaders e. separating religions not only by population but also by impact 24. _____ transmits attitudes, knowledge, beliefs, values, norms, and skills to a society’s members. a. Functionalism b. Education c. Curricula d. Credentialism e. Religion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 25. In the context of high schools in the United States, which of the following statements is true of Advanced Placement (AP) courses? a. They are as demanding as college courses. b. They offer the same content as college courses. c. They are gatekeeping tools that exclude lower socioeconomic students from higher education. d. They are typically offered in high-income and predominantly white areas. e. All public high schools offer AP courses.

26. According to functionalists, a manifest function of education is that it __________. a. decreases job competition b. brings unmarried people together c. increases societal cohesion d. creates social networks e. offers business opportunities 27. In the context of education, which of the following is a criticism of conflict theorists? a. They exaggerate the benefits of education. b. They ignore achievement gaps that are a result of social class. c. They gloss over rising college costs and student loan debt. d. They overlook the fact that people can gain skills on the job with a few weeks of training. e. They overstate the importance of social class achievement gaps.

28. According to conflict theorists' perspective on education, which of the following statements is true of legacies? a. They include students who belong to low-income families. b. They do not include students with inferior academic records. c. They are always given seats on the basis of their accomplishments. d. They include students whose parents studied in a different university. e. They are given privilege in selective colleges and universities.

29. Which of the following statements is true of conflict theorists' view on education and social control? a. Conflict theorists maintain that credentialism rewards people for their accomplishments. b. Conflict theorists overlook the importance of social class achievement gaps. c. Conflict theorists maintain that the hidden curriculum reproduces the existing class structure. d. Conflict theorists maintain that credentialism sorts out those who are the most qualified for jobs. e. Conflict theorists believe that education contributes to society's stability, solidarity, and well-being.

30. Conflict theorists maintain that education __________. a. reduces achievement gaps b. creates and perpetuates social inequality c. provides people with an opportunity for upward mobility d. contributes to society's stability, solidarity, and well-being e. makes a big difference in lifetime earnings Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 31. _____ is a process in which religion loses its social and cultural influence. a. Agnostification b. Secularization c. Fundamentalism d. Consciousness e. Diversity 32. Which of the following is true of religious participation in the United States? a. Non-Christians have the highest rates of religious participation. b. Men are more likely to be religious than women. c. Many people are more likely to believe in a religion than to practice it by attending services regularly. d. Mormons have the lowest rates of attending worship services regularly. e. White people are more religious than any other group in the United States.

33. Which of the following is one of the reasons that U.S. teachers aren’t as effective as they could be? a. U.S. teachers are recruited from the top third of their classes. b. U.S. educational policies are student-focused and egalitarian. c. Teachers in the United States are paid well and have considerable job security. d. U.S. teachers have more advanced degrees than their counterparts in other countries. e. In the United States, average class size is considerably higher than in countries ranking at the top of academic performance.

34. Many practitioners of Pagan religions have an altar upon which they place highly meaningful objects that are important to the practice of their faith. These may include statues of the gods or goddesses they worship, ritual knives, or offerings. The altars and objects are __________. a. profane b. normal c. plain d. sacred e. charismatic 35. Travis is a high school graduate. When he applied for a job at a fast food restaurant, the employers at the restaurant rejected his application because they were hiring only college graduates for the current vacancy. This scenario illustrates the process of _____. a. streaming b. grade inflation c. credential inflation d. tracking e. secularization

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 36. Emily was always considered a bright student. As a result, she was assigned to classes that involved critical thinking and complex problem solving, while other students were assigned to classes that involved simple skills.

She was allotted large quantities of homework that was conceptually complicated. Moreover, she was provided with better quality instruction than other students. In this case, Emily's separation from average students is a result of _____. a. a hidden curriculum b. tracking c. credentialism d. meritocracy e. an achievement gap 37. Which of the following is a reason for the presence of grade inflation in many colleges and universities? a. It increases the chances of students' challenging a grade. b. It increases the credibility of colleges and universities. c. It reduces the chances of students' cheating in an exam. d. It decreases student complaints. e. It increases student attrition.

38. How do symbolic interactionists view religion? a. For symbolic interactionists, religion promotes and reinforces social inequality. b. For symbolic interactionists, religion is not innate but socially constructed. c. Symbolic interactionists recognize that religion can be dysfunctional when it harms individuals. d. Symbolic interactionists see religion as a tool that dominant groups use to control society. e. Symbolic interactionists imply that religion is indispensable to leading a good life.

39. In which of the following ways does religion promote social control? a. Many religious organizations help the poor and sick. b. Religion helps people cope with the daily struggles of survival. c. Many religious people try to follow societal rules for fear of punishment in the afterlife. d. Communal worship and rituals increase social contacts and help people develop a sense of identity. e. Religion provides meaning in life and offers hope for the future.

40. According to functionalists, which of the following is a latent function of education? a. It is good for business. b. It is a source of knowledge. c. It increases cultural integration. d. It promotes cultural innovation. e. It benefits taxpayers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 41. Tracking often leads to __________. a. meritocracy b. cultural innovation c. socialization d. labeling e. credentialism 42. _____ is a popular term for the religiously unaffiliated. a. Folk religionists b. Nones c. Aborigines d. Theists e. Deists 43. _____ refers to the ways people demonstrate their religious beliefs. a. Tracking b. Spirituality c. Secularization d. Religiosity e. Credentialism 44. _____ allow(s) parents to use taxpayer money to pay for all or some of a child’s private school fees. a. Coupons b. Educational funding c. Vouchers d. Credentials e. Test scores 45. _____ refers to assigning students to specific education programs and classes on the basis of test scores, previous grades, or perceived ability. a. Tracking b. Grouping c. Biasing d. Affirmative action e. Achievement 46. _____ is a belief in the literal meaning of a sacred text. a. Atheism b. Creationism c. Secularization d. Fundamentalism e. Religiosity Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 47. Stanley is the founder of a new religious movement (NRM). His followers believe that he is the reincarnation of a Christian prophet, and they have devoted their lives to him. He is viewed as a supernatural being who serves as a mediator between them and God. In this case, Stanley is most likely a(n) _____. a. charismatic leader b. transactional leader c. permanent deacon d. authoritarian leader e. secular leader 48. Aadav belongs to a Hindu subgroup that was formed recently. The subgroup acknowledges the presence of other religious groups and agrees that other groups also possess the truth. In this case, the religious subgroup that Aadav belongs to can be classified as a _____ of Hinduism. a. cult b. sect c. denomination d. symbol e. faction 49. Which of the following statements is true of tracking? a. It allows teachers to develop curricula for students with similar ability. b. It creates and reinforces equality among students. c. It involves sorting students based on their racial or ethnic group. d. The effects of tracking decrease over time. e. Teachers tend to have high expectations for low-track students.

50. According to functionalists, which of the following is a manifest function of education? a. Education is good for business. b. Schools provide childcare for two-income families. c. Education decreases job competition. d. Education promotes cultural innovation. e. High schools are matchmaking institutions.

51. Imogen is part of a group that rejects all conventional beliefs in society and religion. The group promotes vegetarianism, celibacy, and abstinence from drugs, alcohol, and technology. Its activities are aimed at preparation for the apocalypse and comprise bizarre rituals. In this scenario, Imogen is a member of a _____. a. consortium b. cult c. sect d. clique e. faction

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 52. Which of the following is a common criticism of feminist theories of education? a. They devote too much attention to issues such as why boys are more disruptive in elementary school. b. They overstate the importance of social class achievement gaps. c. They overstate the importance of credentialism and credential inflation. d. They address women's education barriers but not their choices. e. They are more interested in men's than in women's gender gaps.

53. Which of the following is a criticism of the functionalists' perspective on religion? a. It implies that religion is indispensable to leading a good life. b. It ignores religion's role in challenging homophobia and uniting people. c. It attaches too much credence to Marx's concept of false consciousness. d. It overlooks the progress and variation of women's leadership in organized religion. e. It focuses on the micro-level behavior of religion and ignores social inequality at the macro level.

54. Which of the following best illustrates civil religion? a. George breaking away from the Catholic Church to form his own sect b. Zach taking a solemn oath before providing testimony in court c. Jessica teaching creationism in her science class d. Edward permitting students to leave classes for religious instruction e. John committing violent crimes against religious minorities 55. Which of the following statements is true of spiritual people? a. They believe that there is no God. b. They demonstrate their religious beliefs through religious ways. c. They are not necessarily religious. d. They do not perform the ordinary and everyday activities of life. e. They have reserved seats in selective universities regardless of their ability.

56. In the context of social class, which of the following statements is true of religion? a. People with higher educational levels are more religious than those with less education. b. As education increases, the importance of religion generally decreases. c. As income increases, the importance of religion also increases. d. People with less education are generally nonreligious. e. Education and religion are not correlated.

57. Rebecca is a middle school student. In addition to emphasizing academic excellence, her school also stresses the importance of conforming to school rules, dressing appropriately, and being respectful to all authority figures on campus. Which of the following terms best describes the nonacademic requirements of the school? a. Streaming b. Tracking c. Credentialism d. Self-fulfilling prophecy e. Hidden curriculum Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 58. _____ refers to anything that people see as awe-inspiring, supernatural, holy, and not part of the physical world. a. Religious b. Spiritual c. Sacred d. Profane e. Cultish 59. Which of the following is NOT one of the five major world religions? a. Buddhism b. Judaism c. Hinduism d. Confucianism e. Islam 60. Jaysen is not a member of any church although he does believe in reincarnation. When asked, he adamantly insists that there is no God nor any other deity in existence. Jaysen is an example of a(n) __________. a. agnostic b. religious c. Christian d. secular practitioner e. atheist 61. According to functionalists, which of the following is a latent function of education? a. Schools are socialization agencies that teach children how to get along with others. b. Education transmits knowledge and culture. c. Education promotes cultural innovation. d. Education benefits taxpayers. e. Schools provide childcare for the growing number of single-parent families.

62. Which of the following statements best describes the difference between the views of functionalists and conflict theorists on credentialism? a. Functionalists maintain that credentialism gives rise to achievement gaps, while conflict theorists contend that credentialism reduces achievement gaps. b. Functionalists maintain that for many positions, people succeed because of ability or other factors, while conflict theorists contend that credentialism stimulates upward social mobility. c. Functionalists maintain that credentialism rewards people for their accomplishments, while conflict theorists contend that for many positions, people can gain skills on the job with a few weeks of training. d. Functionalists maintain that credentialism does not account for efficiency, while conflict theorists contend that credentialism sorts out those who are the most qualified for jobs. e. Functionalists maintain that credentialism restricts upward social mobility, while conflict theorists contend that credentialism offers a great sense of achievement.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 63. Conflict theorists believe that religion __________. a. promotes and reinforces social inequality b. is not innate but socially constructed c. plays a role in bringing consensus and harmony in society d. is the most common means of learning e. provides meaning in life and offers hope for the future 64. Which of the following statements is true of major world religions? a. The religiously unaffiliated group includes African traditional religions and Chinese folk traditions. b. Worldwide, the largest religious group is Hindus. c. No religious group comes close to being a global majority. d. The third largest religious group is Shintoists. e. Christians outnumber non-Christians 2 to 1.

65. According to functionalists, education benefits taxpayers because more highly educated people are __________. a. less likely to pay higher taxes b. less likely to rely on public assistance programs c. more likely to divert taxable income d. less likely to lead healthier lifestyles e. more likely to incur high federal health care costs 66. _____ refers to integrating religious beliefs into secular life. a. Creationism b. Civil religion c. Protestant ethic d. False consciousness e. Fundamentalism 67. Which of the following is a change undergone by U.S. education and schooling since the beginning of the twentieth century? a. Women and racial-ethnic groups have dropped out of colleges and universities. b. Student diversity in colleges has decreased. c. Community colleges have flourished. d. Cheating has become rare in colleges and graduate schools. e. Student loan debt has significantly decreased since 2004.

68. Identify a true statement about the hidden curriculum at schools in low-income and working-class neighborhoods. a. They only include reading, writing, and learning other skills. b. They prepare students to work in bureaucracies that require deference to authority. c. They encourage leadership, creativity, independence, and people skills. d. They stress obedience, following directions, and punctuality. e. They prepare students to work in high-paid jobs.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 69. _____ is formal training and instruction provided in a classroom setting. a. Schooling b. Knowledge transmission c. Higher education d. Affirmative action e. Tracking 70. A criticism of the symbolic interactionists with respect to religion is that they __________. a. view religion as an opiate of the people b. attach too much credence to Marx's concept of false consciousness c. ignore the positive effect of religion on physical and emotional health d. overlook the ways that religion promotes social inequality at the macro level e. believe that religion is indispensable to leading a good life 71. Leah is a teacher at a public school. She teaches her students that God created humans on the sixth day of the universe’s existence about 10,000 years ago. In this scenario, Leah’s teaching illustrates _____. a. creationism b. grade inflation c. meritocracy d. secularism e. functionalism 72. According to functionalists, in which of the following ways does society benefit from religion? a. Religion decreases gender discrimination and inequality. b. Religion provides equal access for all groups. c. Religion rewards people for their individual accomplishments. d. Religion acts as the opium of the people. e. Religion provides meaning in life and offers hope for the future.

73. At Miskatonic University, a private institution in Massachusetts, tuition and fees total over $40,000 per year. Most students do not receive federal aid for their tuitions and must find a way to pay on their own. The chancellor of the school’s salary is $600,000 per year. This illustrates some of the reasons behind which issue facing U.S. colleges and universities? a. Affirmative action b. Grade inflation c. Cheating d. Low graduation rates e. Rising student loan debt

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 74. Which of the following statements is true of an achievement gap? a. Fifty years ago, the largest achievement gap was between social classes. b. It refers to the difference in earnings that occurs due to age-related differences. c. The achievement gap between children from high- and low-income families has reduced since the 1960s. d. Achievement gaps among minority groups are due to factors like English language proficiency and social class. e. It is overemphasized by functional theorists.

75. Feminist theorists agree with conflict theorists that religion __________. a. can promote social change b. offers hope for the future c. can foster violence and inequality d. is innate, not socially constructed e. provides meaning in life 76. Mathew and Jane met during their first semester at college. They dated throughout the four years of their study and eventually got married. This scenario illustrates a(n) _____ function of education. a. labeling b. manifest c. latent d. tracking e. obligatory 77. _____ refers to an acceptance of a system of beliefs that prevents people from protesting oppression. a. Affirmative action b. Spirituality c. Symbolism d. False consciousness e. Valuation 78. A(n) _____ is an official religious organization that claims everyone in society as its members. a. church b. sect c. denomination d. ecclesia e. new religious movement 79. _____ is a personal quest to feel connected to a reality greater than oneself. a. Spirituality b. Religiosity c. Religion d. Sacred practice e. Joining a new religious movement Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 80. Which of the following is a criticism of the functionalist perspective on education? a. Functionalists disregard the power of individuals to change the course of events. b. Functionalists overlook the fact that a college degree is important. c. Functionalists ignore the fact that education provides people with an opportunity for upward mobility. d. Functionalists gloss over the latent functions of education. e. Functionalists ignore rising college costs and student loan debt.

81. How do religion, religiosity, and spirituality differ from each other?

82. Discuss the issues faced by postsecondary educational institutions.

83. Describe and illustrate some of the major world religions.

84. Critically evaluate the symbolic interactionists' perspective on religion.

85. Discuss the feminist perspective on religion. Critically evaluate it.

86. Critically evaluate feminist theories of education.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 87. Define tracking. What are the consequences of tracking?

88. Illustrate the differences between teachers in the United States and other developed nations.

89. How does education create and perpetuate social inequality? Support your answer with examples.

90. Define religion. Briefly explain the terms sacred and profane.

91. Based on the symbolic interactionists' perspective, identify the most common means of learning and internalizing religion.

92. Discuss the characteristics of a church.

93. Discuss the dysfunctional aspects of religion according to the functionalists' perspective. Support your answer with examples from U.S. history.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 94. Identify the reasons for grade inflation. Briefly discuss the consequences of grade inflation and cheating.

95. In the context of the American population, discuss how age impacts the religious beliefs of people.

96. Discuss the various factors that indicate that religion is flourishing in the United States.

97. Describe two manifest functions and two latent functions of education.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. False 6. False 7. True 8. True 9. False 10. True 11. True 12. False 13. True 14. True 15. False 16. d 17. e 18. d 19. e 20. d 21. e 22. c 23. a 24. b 25. d 26. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 27. e 28. e 29. c 30. b 31. b 32. c 33. e 34. d 35. c 36. b 37. d 38. b 39. c 40. a 41. d 42. b 43. d 44. c 45. a 46. d 47. a 48. c 49. a 50. d 51. b 52. d 53. a 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 55. c 56. b 57. e 58. c 59. d 60. e 61. e 62. c 63. a 64. c 65. b 66. b 67. c 68. d 69. a 70. d 71. a 72. e 73. e 74. d 75. c 76. c 77. d 78. d 79. a 80. e

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 81. Answers will vary. Religion is a social institution that involves shared beliefs, values, and practices related to the supernatural. It unites believers into a community, but customs and practices differ across cultures and groups.

Religion is a belief system, but religious expression can vary. When sociologists examine religiosity, the ways people demonstrate their religious beliefs, they find that religion and religiosity differ. Spirituality is a personal quest to feel connected to a reality greater than oneself. Religious people are spiritual, but spiritual people are not necessarily religious.

82. Answers will vary. Public postsecondary institutions often feel embattled by many constituencies and external pressures. Many colleges and universities are grappling with affirmative action issues, grade inflation and cheating, low graduation rates, and rising student loan debt.

In higher education, affirmative action refers to admission policies that provide equal access for groups—particularly women and minorities—that have been historically excluded or underrepresented. Using race and ethnicity in college admission decisions has been, and continues to be, a hotly debated topic.

Grade inflation is widespread across all education levels, and some children start cheating on tests as early as the third grade. The consequences of grade inflation and cheating in postsecondary education are more serious, however, because someone who cheated her or his way through college or graduate school may be a dentist, lawyer, doctor, or tax accountant.

The United States has one of the lowest college graduation rates in the developed world. Social class and family relationships affect college completion.

Student loan debt, which has tripled since 2004 to more than $1.4 trillion, is now second only to mortgage debt. The rising student loan debt depends on factors like an institution’s endowment, in-state and out-of-state tuition prices, whether the college is public or private, and the growing number and costs of full-time administrators (Chronicle of Higher Education, 2014).

83. Answers will vary. Worldwide, the largest religious group is Christians, followed by Muslims. If the world's population is represented as an imaginary village of 100 people, it has about: 32 Christians 23 Muslims 16 Unaffiliated (people who may or may not believe in God but do not identify with any particular religious group) 15 Hindus 7 Buddhists 6 Folk religionists (includes followers of African traditional religions, Chinese folk traditions, Native American religions, and Australian aboriginal religions) 1 Other (includes Jews, Baha'is, Sikhs, Jains, Shintoists, and many others) (based on Pew Research Center, 2014) No religious group comes close to being a global majority. The third largest group is religiously unaffiliated, and nonChristians outnumber Christians 2 to 1. Five religious groups, in particular, have had a worldwide impact on economic, political, and social issues: Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Judaism.

84. Answers will vary. A common criticism is that symbolic interactionists' focus on micro-level behavior ignores the ways that religion promotes social inequality at the macro level. Conflict theorists and feminist scholars, especially, maintain that people often use religion to justify violence and women's subordination. Some critics also wonder if interactionists paint too rosy a picture of religion even on a micro level because people's beliefs can wreak considerable havoc.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 85. Answers will vary. Feminist theorists agree with conflict theorists that religion can foster violence and inequality. They go further, however, by criticizing organized religions as sexist, patriarchal, and shutting women out of leadership positions. From a feminist perspective, most religions are patriarchal: They emphasize men's experiences and a male point of view and see women as subordinate to men. Many religious teachings and institutions continue to propagate such beliefs. Roman Catholicism, Orthodox Judaism, and the Mormon Church do not allow women to be ordained because "women should serve and not lead."

Feminist perspectives on religion is limited in several ways. First, some feminist Muslim scholars have criticized Western feminists for misreading Islamic and other sacred scriptures, and reducing practically all discussions of gender to the hijab (a veil or scarf that Muslim women wear) instead of focusing on justice for both women and men in marriage, employment, and other areas.

Second, religious women are not as oppressed as many feminist scholars claim. Even in the most conservative religions, women do not blindly submit to religious dogma.

86. Answers will vary. A common criticism is that feminist scholars address women's education barriers but not their choices. Socialization, gender stereotypes, and teachers' expectations affect our behavior, but it is still not clear why many women choose fields of study that they know are on the lower end of the pay scale (e.g., health and education).

Some fault feminist theorists for being more interested in women's than men's educational attainment gaps. There is also the question of why feminist scholars devote little attention to issues such as why boys are more disruptive in elementary school, which leads to suspensions and decreases the chance of attending college by at least 16 percent for each suspension (Bertrand and Pan, 2011).

87. Answers will vary. Tracking involves assigning students to specific educational programs and classes on the basis of test scores, previous grades, or perceived ability. Tracking often leads to labeling, a serious problem because there is a widespread culture of disbelief in the learning capacities of many children, especially children of color and the economically disadvantaged. Labeling, in turn, can result in a self-fulfilling prophecy. That is, students live up or down to teachers' expectations and evaluations that are influenced by a student's social class, skin color, hygiene, accent, and test scores.

88. Answers will vary. A major difference between the United States and other developed nations is teacher preparation and quality.

The top-performing countries accept only the top applicants for education programs. In top-performing countries, 100 percent of teachers are in the top third of their college graduating classes. In the United States, 47 percent of kindergarten through twelfth-grade teachers come from the bottom third.

Compared with teachers in top-performing countries, a higher number of U.S. teachers do not have a bachelor's degree or higher in the subjects they teach.

The top-performing countries offer teachers competitive salaries. In contrast, 40 to 50 percent of new U.S. teachers leave the profession within their first five years on the job.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 89. Answers will vary. From preschool to graduate school, conflict theorists maintain, education creates and perpetuates social inequality based on social class, race, and ethnicity. Schools are also gatekeepers that control and maintain the status quo.

Conflict theorists maintain that education restricts mobility because of a hidden curriculum, credentialism, and privilege. Schools in low-income and working-class neighborhoods tend to stress obedience, following directions, and punctuality so that students can fill low-paid jobs (e.g., restaurants, nursing homes, and hospitals) that require these characteristics (Kozol, 2005). Schools in middle-class neighborhoods emphasize proper behavior and appearance, cooperation, conforming to rules, and deference to authority because many of these students will go to college and work in bureaucracies that require such attributes (Hedges, 2011). In contrast, selective schools encourage leadership, creativity, independence, and people skills—all prized characteristics in elite circles. In effect, then, the hidden curriculum reproduces the existing class structure and provides workers for jobs and occupations in the stratification hierarchy.

90. Answers will vary. Religion is a social institution that involves shared beliefs, values, and practices related to the supernatural. It unites believers into a community, but customs and practices differ across cultures and groups. For example, being Catholic involves confessing (telling one's sins to a priest), a practice not followed by Protestants, Jews, Muslims, and other religious groups. Émile Durkheim (1961) distinguished between the sacred and the profane. Sacred refers to anything that people see as awe-inspiring, supernatural, holy, and not part of the physical world. In contrast, profane refers to the ordinary and everyday elements of life that are not related to religion. Sociologists differentiate religion from religiosity and spirituality.

91. Answers will vary. For symbolic interactionists, religion is not innate but socially constructed. As a result, people can learn and interpret the same religion differently across cultures and over time. Symbols, rituals, and beliefs are three of the most common means of learning and internalizing religion.

A symbol is anything that stands for or represents something else to which people attach meaning. Many religious symbols are objects (a cross, a steeple, and a Bible), but also include behaviors, words, and physical appearance.

Religious symbols, like all symbols, are shorthand communication tools.

A ritual (sometimes called a rite) is a formal and repeated behavior that unites people. Religious rituals, like secular ones, strengthen a participant's self-identity. All religions have rituals like birth and marriage that mark significant life events. Death rituals are probably the most elaborate and sacred worldwide. They vary across religious groups and societies, but all of them comfort the living and show respect for the dead.

Rituals and symbols come from beliefs, convictions about what people think is true. Religious beliefs can be passive or active. Beliefs bind people together into a spiritual community. One of the strongest beliefs worldwide is that prayer is important. Prayer offers psychological and spiritual benefits such as comfort and a sense of unity among those who pray together, but depending on God can also diminish people's motivation to actively shape their own lives.

92. Answers will vary. A church is a large established religious group that has strong ties to mainstream society. Because leadership is attached to an office rather than a specific leader, new generations of believers replace previous ones, and members follow tradition or authority rather than a charismatic leader. As in a denomination, people are usually born into a church, but may later decide to leave it. Churches are typically bureaucratically organized, have formal worship services and trained clergy, and often maintain some degree of control over political or educational institutions. Because churches are an integral part of the social order, they often become dependent on, rather than critical of, the ruling classes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 93. Answers will vary. Functionalists emphasize its benefits but also recognize that religion can be dysfunctional when it harms individuals, communities, and societies. Religious intolerance can spark conflict between groups (including vandalizing churches, mosques, and synagogues) and attacks on religious minorities. The United States has a long history, beginning with the Pilgrims in 1620, of people discriminating against other religious groups even though they themselves sought religious freedom. The Roman Catholic Church and the Vatican protected predator priests for decades. Strong group identity may breed narrowmindedness, ethnocentrism, and bigotry toward nonmembers.

94. Answers will vary. Many faculty give high grades because it decreases student complaints, involves less time and thought in grading exams and papers, and reduces the chances of students' challenging a grade. Some faculty believe that they can get favorable course evaluations from students by handing out high grades, and others accept students' view of high grades as a reward for simply showing up in class. Grade inflation is widespread across all education levels, and some children start cheating on tests as early as the third grade. The consequences of grade inflation and cheating in postsecondary education are more serious, however, because someone who cheated her or his way through college or graduate school may be a dentist, lawyer, doctor, or tax accountant.

95. Answers will vary. Generally, Americans age 65 and older are more likely than younger people to describe themselves as religious, to say that religion is very important in their lives, and to attend services at least weekly. These agerelated differences may reflect several factors: Older Americans grew up decades ago when church attendance was higher, they seek spiritual comfort as elderly friends and relatives die, they want to lessen a sense of isolation or loneliness, and they are preparing for death. Among adults under age 33, 36 percent are “nones,” compared with just 11 percent who are 72 and older. Young adults are also much more likely to be unaffiliated than earlier generations were at a similar stage in their lives. Perhaps millennials are less trusting of major institutions such as religion, the economy, and government (Masci, 2016).

96. Answers will vary. Secularization is a process in which religion loses its social and cultural influence. Many sociologists contend that the prevalence of secularization has been greatly exaggerated. For example: 1. 62 percent of Americans say that it’s important for a U.S. president to have strong religious beliefs (Smith, 2017).

2. 72 percent endorse Christmas displays on government property (Pew Research Center, 2014).

3. Nearly all states allow exemptions if vaccinations conflict with parents’ religious beliefs.

Fundamentalism, the belief in the literal meaning of a sacred text, is widespread in practically all countries except Europe. The U.S. Constitution established a separation of church and state, but over the years, that separation has become fuzzier. One of the most divisive issues has been over which explanations for human origins should be taught in public schools. Creationism, based on a fundamentalist interpretation of the Bible, argues that God created humans in their present form about 10,000 years ago.

Another indicator that religion is booming in the United States and elsewhere is the prevalence of civil religion (sometimes called secular religion), integrating religious beliefs into secular life.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_13_SOC6 97. Answers will vary. The manifest functions are as follows: 1. Schools are socialization agencies that teach children how to get along with others and prepare them for adult economic roles (Durkheim, 1898/1956; Parsons, 1959).

2. Education transmits knowledge and culture. Schools teach skills like reading, writing, and counting; they also instill cultural values that encourage competition, achievement, and democracy.

3. Similar values increase cultural integration, the social bonds that people have with each other and with the community at large, and societal cohesion.

4. Education promotes social innovation. Faculty at research universities receive billions of dollars every year to develop computer technology, treatments for diseases, and programs to address social problems.

5. Education benefits taxpayers because more highly educated people tend to pay higher taxes, are less likely to rely on public assistance programs, and lead healthier lifestyles, reducing state and federal health care costs (Baum et al., 2013).

The latent functions are as follows: 1. Schools provide childcare, particularly after-school programs, for the growing number of single-parent and twoincome families.

2. High schools and colleges are matchmaking institutions that bring together unmarried people.

3. Education decreases job competition; the more time that young adults spend in school, the longer the jobs of older workers are safe.

4. Educational institutions create social networks that can lead to jobs or business opportunities.

5. Education is good for business. Thousands of companies offer services that tutor and test students and produce textbooks and related materials.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. In Parsons' model, sick people are responsible for their condition and have no legitimate reasons for not performing their usual social roles. a. True b. False 2. Both feminist and conflict theorists emphasize that illness is dysfunctional because it prevents people from performing expected roles. a. True b. False 3. Disability rates are higher for women than men. a. True b. False 4. The Affordable Care Act's (ACA's) goal was to give more Americans age 64 and under access to affordable, quality health insurance, and to reduce the growth in health care spending. a. True b. False 5. Smoking is considered a preventable lifestyle health hazard. a. True b. False 6. Epidemiological studies show only small health differences across countries. a. True b. False 7. Functionalists argue that the medical system is often driven by a profit motive rather than a concern for people's well-being. a. True b. False 8. The United States spends far more per capita on health care than other developed countries. a. True b. False 9. Age is the single best predictor of illness and death. a. True b. False 10. Medicaid covers the health insurance costs of people over age 65. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 11. A disability is any physical or mental impairment, temporary or permanent, that limits a person's ability to perform a basic life activity. a. True b. False 12. Men are more likely than women to be taking antidepressant medications. a. True b. False 13. From a functionalist perspective, the sick role is legitimate if it is short-lived. a. True b. False 14. Women of all racial-ethnic groups are more likely than men to be victims of homicide. a. True b. False 15. Incidence is the total number of cases (extent) of an illness or health problem within a population or at a particular point in time. a. True b. False 16. High-income populations have higher infant mortality rates than low-income populations. a. True b. False 17. According to conflict theorists, illness and disease are socially constructed. a. True b. False 18. Acute diseases develop gradually or are present from birth. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

19. In the context of sociological perspectives on health and medicine, _____ believe that medicalization and labeling stigmatize some illnesses and diseases more than others. a. feminists b. symbolic interactionists c. conflict theorists d. functionalists e. fundamentalists

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 20. Rafael gets sick and is hospitalized. His doctor tells him that he has been infected by a very contagious virus; it is the leading cause of outbreaks from contaminated food in the United States. In this case, Rafael most likely got sick by coming in contact with _____. a. human papillomavirus b. human immunodeficiency virus c. coronavirus d. norovirus e. herpes simplex virus 21. Which of the following statements is true of disability? a. Disability increases with age. b. Disability rates are lower for the poor. c. Disability rates are higher for men than women. d. Disability rates are lowest among American Indians. e. Disability is most common among those aged 18 and under.

22. Grecia has been diagnosed with Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome (EDS), a rare genetic connective tissue disorder often characterized by loose joints, stretchy skin, and abnormal scar formation. She has had symptoms since birth, and currently, there is no cure. Grecia has been diagnosed with a(n) _____. a. social determinant of health b. acute illness c. form of dementia d. chronic disease e. disease of wealth 23. According to conflict theory, the health care industry includes many groups, including doctors, lawyers, hospitals, insurance companies, banks, and real estate, among others. The industry can maintain the status quo because of the _____. a. medical-industrial complex b. social-industrial complex c. neo-business complex d. post-medical complex e. paramedical complex 24. Which of the following type of health is NOT usually determined by subjective measures? a. Physical health b. Mental health c. Spiritual health d. Social health e. Relationship health

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 25. Which of the following statements is true of health insurance in the United States? a. The majority of Americans get health insurance from the government. b. More than 40 percent of Americans get their health insurance through Medicaid. c. Medicare pays the medical costs of Americans on the basis of income. d. Employer-based health insurance coverage has deteriorated. e. Medicaid provides medical care exclusively for people aged 45 years and over.

26. Unlike low-income populations, high-income populations _____. a. have a low prevalence of obesity b. have higher incidences of stillbirth c. spend less on health care d. have a low prevalence of diabetes e. live longer 27. Which of the following statements is true of the impact of social class on health? a. The lower the family income, the greater the likelihood of adults experiencing two or more chronic diseases as early as age 45. b. The lower the family income, the lesser the likelihood of a sedentary lifestyle because of limited recreational facilities. c. The lower the family income, the lesser the likelihood of stress. d. The lower the family income, the lesser the likelihood of occupational injuries. e. The lower the family income, the greater the access to health care services.

28. Talcott Parsons (1951) introduced the concept of the _____, a social role that excuses people from normal obligations because of illness. a. gatekeeper role b. sick role c. symbolic role d. institutional role e. fundamental role 29. Which of the following is a difference between other high-income countries and the United States, with respect to health care? a. In the United States, the federal government processes most health care bills. b. In most high-income countries, pharmaceutical companies set whatever prices they like for prescription drugs. c. In most high-income countries, the government and nonprofits have considerable power in setting prices for health care providers and services. d. In the United States, virtually no hospitals make a profit. e. In Canada and other high-income countries, bills are submitted to many different insurance providers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 30. Which of the following is a benefit of the Affordable Care Act (ACA)? a. Pre-existing conditions are covered. b. Some major insurers have dropped out of exchanges. c. People who don’t have any health insurance risk paying a penalty. d. It is impossible to compare health coverage offered by different insurers. e. There are time limits on care.

31. Which of the following factors has most likely increased health care costs in the United States? a. Decrease in the number of chronic ailments b. Increased use of medical technology c. High drug prices fixed by the government d. Increased benefits of Medicaid e. Low disability rates 32. Which of the following statements best describes social epidemiology? a. It examines how societal factors affect the distribution of disease within a population. b. It refers to the prevention, management, and treatment of illness within a society. c. It refers to any physical or mental impairment that limits a person's ability to perform a basic life activity and function well in a society. d. It is the study of long-term or lifelong illnesses that develop gradually or are present from birth. e. It examines how a society ranks people based on their access to valued resources such as wealth, power, and prestige.

33. Philip argues that the medical system's main goal is to make profits and not to benefit people who need help. He says that medical care is not equally accessible to all individuals and that it benefits only certain groups of people.

Philip's ideas represent the _____ perspective. a. functionalist b. conflict c. symbolic interactionist d. constructivist e. sexist 34. Which of the following statements best characterizes the symbolic interactionist perspective on health and illness? a. Illness and medicine are social constructions that can change over time. b. Women are less likely than men to receive high-quality health care. c. Sick people are expected to seek professional help and get well. d. A drive for profits ignores people’s health needs. e. Men control women’s health.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 35. Which of the following groups of countries has the highest life expectancy at birth? a. High-income countries b. Low-income countries c. Lower-middle-income countries d. Middle-income countries e. Upper-middle-income countries 36. Which of the following statements is true about global health disparities? a. High-income populations have lower infant mortality rates than low-income populations. b. Chronic malnutrition is more prevalent in high-income countries than in low-income countries. c. High-income populations spend less on health care than do low-income populations. d. Low-income populations live longer than high-income populations. e. Death rate due to chronic malnutrition has decreased in low-income countries, but it has increased in highincome countries.

37. The 80 high-income countries make up only 13 percent of the world’s population but have the greatest access to _____. a. clean water b. sanitation c. food d. all of these are correct e. none of these are correct 38. Which of the following best describes prevalence? a. It is a ranking of various countries by health outcomes. b. It is a disorder that impacts a person’s normal condition. c. It is the total number of cases of an illness or health problem within a population at a particular point in time. d. It is the prevention, management, and treatment of illness. e. It is the number of new cases of a health problem that occurs in a given population during a given time period.

39. In the context of global health disparities, which of the following statements is true of the United States? a. It ranks first in the world on a number of health measures. b. It spends the least amount on health care of all developed nations. c. It ranks last or near-last on key health areas compared with 16 other high-income countries. d. It is considered a low-income country by the World Bank. e. Other countries have a “health disadvantage” compared to the United States.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 40. Which of the following ethnic groups has the highest life expectancy rates? a. Latinos b. Asians c. African Americans d. Native Americans e. Indian Americans 41. _____ refers to a harmful overindulgence in or dependence on a drug or other chemical. a. Substance abuse b. Substance control c. Substance intake d. Substance intolerance e. Substance withdrawal 42. Which of the following statements is true of the impact of demographic factors on health and illness? a. Social class is the single best predictor of illness and death. b. After age 65, acute rather than chronic diseases comprise the majority of health problems. c. The gender gap in life expectancy has increased since 1975. d. Women, on average, live longer than men. e. Access to nourishing food guarantees healthier eaters.

43. According to _____, the medical establishment is a powerful social control agent. a. constructivist theory b. symbolic interactionist theory c. functionalist theory d. feminist theory e. conflict theory 44. Which of the following statements is true about hospitals in the United States? a. They are all nonprofit. b. They are the most expensive part of the health system. c. Hospital executives are poorly compensated. d. They are government owned and operated. e. Nonprofits especially do not bring in any revenue.

45. Identify an accurate statement about health insurance in the United States. a. Medicare is designed for people below the poverty line. b. Individuals of all ages are eligible for Medicare. c. Billionaires are not considered eligible for Medicare. d. Medicaid provides medical care for people of all ages who are living below the poverty level. e. Medicaid pays most of the medical costs of Americans age 65 and over, regardless of income.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 46. Who among the following suffers from an acute disease? a. Katie, who has high blood pressure b. Jeremy, who has asthma c. Syed, who has dementia d. Mia, who has chicken pox e. Gina, who has diabetes 47. _____is a process that defines a nonmedical condition or behavior as an illness, disorder, or disease that requires medical treatment. a. Industrialization b. Medicalization c. Declassification d. Evaluation e. Diagnosis 48. A(n) _____ is any physical or mental impairment, temporary or permanent, that limits a person’s ability to perform a basic life activity. a. illness b. health crisis c. injury d. disability e. disease 49. Which of the following is the most debilitating form of dementia? a. Persecutory delusion b. Catatonic schizophrenia c. Parkinson's disease d. Cotard delusion e. Alzheimer's disease 50. Which of the following is a similarity between the assertions of feminist and conflict theorists? a. Both emphasize that the medical system has concern for people. b. Both emphasize that illness is dysfunctional. c. Both emphasize the concept of the sick role. d. Both emphasize that men control women's health. e. Both emphasize the connection between health and inequality.

51. Which of the following is true about suicide in the United States? a. Nationally, men are about ten times more likely than women to die by suicide. b. Suicide rates have decreased since 2007, particularly for young females aged 10 to 14. c. Among high school students, females are twice as likely as males to attempt suicide. d. Nationally, women are about four times more likely than men to die by suicide. e. Among high school students, males are four times as likely as females to attempt suicide.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 52. Which of the following statements is NOT part of Parsons’ model of the sick role? a. Sick people aren’t responsible for their condition. b. The sick role is temporary. c. Individuals must seek medical help to hasten their recovery. d. Sick people do not have a legitimate reason for not fulfilling their social roles. e. The sick role is legitimate if it is short-lived.

53. _____ is the number of new cases of a health problem that occurs in a given population during a given time period. a. Preference b. Frequency c. Incidence d. Epidemic e. Prevalence 54. Which of the following is one of the reasons smoking prevention is difficult in the United States? a. Low availability of cigarettes and cigars b. High spending on tobacco control programs c. Cigarette ads are banned d. The tobacco industry spends billions each year on marketing e. Cigarettes are difficult to acquire 55. Which of the following is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States? a. Mescaline b. Marijuana c. Cocaine d. Heroin e. Ecstasy 56. Which of the following statements best exemplifies conflict theories of health and medicine? a. Labeling people as ill increases their likelihood of being stigmatized. b. A drive for profit ignores people’s health needs. c. Illness is dysfunctional because it prevents people from performing social roles. d. Women are less likely than men to receive quality health care. e. Illness and disease are socially constructed.

57. Which of the following countries spends the most on health care? a. The United States b. India c. China d. Russia e. The United Kingdom Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 58. Per the American Thyroid Association, as of 2017, an estimated 20 million Americans have some form of thyroid disease. This is an example of _____. a. frequency b. incidence c. disability d. medicine e. prevalence 59. Which of the following statements is true of illicit drug use in the United States? a. Illicit drug use is more common among people aged 45 and over than among those aged 16 to 25. b. Illicit drug use is more common among Asian Americans than any other racial or ethnic group. c. Less than 10 percent of Americans aged 12 and older use illicit drugs. d. Illicit drug use is more common among men than women. e. Cocaine is the most commonly used illicit drug.

60. Marlie, an American, has family in the Netherlands and is pregnant. Before her due date, she traveled to the Netherlands and stayed with her family so that she could give birth to her baby in the hospital there. She knew that the costs to her would be much lower. Marlie’s choice to give birth in the Netherlands is an example of _____. a. dissent b. cost inflation c. medical tourism d. the sick role e. the medical-industrial complex 61. The Affordable Care Act (ACA) produced the most significant gains in coverage for _____. a. American Indians b. Whites c. Latinos d. Asians e. African Americans 62. _____ is the prevention, treatment, and management of illness. a. Health care b. Disability c. Social epidemiology d. Health e. Medicine

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 63. According to the _____ perspective, men control women's health. a. functionalist b. fundamentalist c. feminist d. constructivist e. symbolic interactionist 64. Which of the following statements is true of chronic diseases? a. Chronic diseases include chicken pox. b. Chronic diseases strike suddenly. c. Chronic diseases disappear rapidly. d. Chronic diseases are long-term illnesses. e. Chronic diseases decrease as people age.

65. _____ is a social institution that deals with illness, injury, and other health problems. a. Health care b. Medicine c. Insurance d. Politics e. The family 66. Joleesa is a registered nurse. She loves her job at the largest hospital in her city. Recently, she was talking with some colleagues about salaries at their hospital. She found out that Jorge, a male nurse in her department, makes $5,000 more per year than she does, even though she has more experience and her doctorate. This is an example of _____. a. gender stratification b. the fairness doctrine c. the medical-industrial complex d. medicalization e. reverse discrimination 67. Srini works with people who have chronic illnesses. She studies their experiences of their illnesses, including how their relationships change, behavioral changes, and how people conceptualize their illnesses. Srini is most likely working within which sociological theory? a. Functionalism b. Feminism c. Conflict theory d. Disease theory e. Symbolic interactionist theory

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 68. Which of the following groups experiences the highest infant mortality rate in the United States? a. Latinos b. Pacific Islanders c. Whites d. African Americans e. Asian Americans 69. _____ is the single most common mental health problem among adolescents. a. Anxiety b. Bulimia c. Dementia d. Schizophrenia e. Depression 70. According to the _____ perspective, medicalization has increased the power of medical associations, parents, and mental health advocates. a. symbolic interactionist b. feminist c. conflict d. radical accelerationist e. functionalist 71. Jane believes that health care facilities and medicine are very important for a society's well-being and sustenance. Jane often says that people who are ill must seek professional help so that they can resume their social roles quickly. Jane's beliefs represent the _____ perspective on health and illness. a. Marxist b. symbolic interactionist c. feminist d. functionalist e. conflict 72. _____ refers to traveling to another country for medical care. a. Absenteeism b. Medical tourism c. Appropriation d. Health management e. Medicine

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 73. _____ is the state of physical, mental, and social well-being. a. Disease b. Medicine c. Epidemiology d. Health e. Illness 74. _____ are long-term or lifelong illnesses that develop gradually or are present from birth. a. Disabilities b. Acute diseases c. Chronic Diseases d. Demographic diseases e. Diseases of wealth 75. Which of the following is most likely a reason for the United States spending more per capita on health care than other developed countries? a. Low availability of medicines b. Low population growth rate c. High prescription prices d. Low disability rates e. High rate of inflation 76. Which of the following is one of the top three preventable lifestyle health hazards in the United States? a. Smoking b. Epidemic diseases c. Vitamin deficiency d. Dehydration e. Purging 77. Which of the following is an assumption of medical models? a. Illness is anything that deviates from normal biological functioning. b. Illness and medicine are social constructions that can change over time. c. Most illnesses are a result of preventable lifestyle choices. d. Illnesses stem from individuals’ moral character. e. Social class affects social constructions of illness.

78. Which of the following is a criticism of feminist perspectives of health and illness? a. Feminist scholars sometimes gloss over the fact that social class, rather than gender, has a big effect on people's health. b. Feminist scholars overemphasize lifestyle choices that affect people's health. c. Feminists scholars tend to ignore the contributions of medical and health care systems. d. Feminist scholars do not address structural factors such as laws and government policies. e. Feminist scholars overemphasize the social constructions of health and illness.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 79. Unlike functionalists, conflict theorists believe that the medical system _____. a. reinforces social inequality b. is driven by a concern for people's well-being c. is devised against pharmaceutical lobbyists d. is driven by the need to invent new medicines e. ensures a society's survival 80. Which of the following groups is least likely to die from illicit drugs and prescription drug abuse in the United States? a. Native Americans b. Asians c. Alaska Natives d. African Americans e. Latinos 81. Which of the following views is consistent with the medical models? a. Social class affects social constructions of illness. b. Illnesses are social rather than biological problems. c. Illness and medicine are societal constructions. d. An illness has specific features that a doctor can recognize. e. All illnesses stem from preventable lifestyle choices.

82. Which of the following statements best exemplifies the functionalist perspective on health and medicine? a. A drive for profit ignores people’s health needs. b. Illness and disease are socially constructed. c. Men control women’s health. d. Health and medicine are critical for a society’s survival. e. The medical establishment is a powerful social control agent.

83. Which of the following is a difference between chronic and acute diseases? a. Unlike acute diseases, chronic diseases decrease as people age. b. Unlike acute diseases, chronic diseases can cause death and incapacitation. c. Unlike acute diseases, chronic diseases are never present at birth. d. Unlike chronic diseases, acute diseases are lifelong illnesses. e. Unlike chronic diseases, acute diseases strike suddenly and disappear rapidly.

84. Discuss the pricing of drugs in the United States and its effect on health care expenses.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 85. Explain the similarities in the arguments of feminist scholars and conflict theorists in the context of health and illness.

86. Age is the single best predictor of illness and death. Explain illness changes with age.

87. Explain Parsons' concept of the sick role.

88. How are lifestyle choices related to health, disease, and impairment? Provide examples.

89. What is meant by medicalization? Provide examples.

90. Briefly discuss why the number of Americans experiencing one or more disabilities rose from 61 million in 1997 to almost 77 million in 2015.

91. What variables are most frequently used to measure the health status of a given population?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 92. Explain the consequences of excessive alcohol use.

93. Explain the role of a physician as a gatekeeper.

94. Discuss the reasons why prevention of tobacco use is difficult in the United States.

95. Explain how the advent of medical technology has increased health care costs.

96. What are the two factors that epidemiologists consider while trying to answer questions about differences in health among populations?

97. What is the difference between a chronic disease and an acute disease?

98. What is meant by the social construction of illness?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 99. Explain the common criticisms faced by conflict theorists’ perspectives on health and medicine.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. True 6. False 7. False 8. True 9. True 10. False 11. True 12. False 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. False 17. False 18. False 19. b 20. d 21. a 22. d 23. a 24. a 25. d 26. e

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 27. a 28. b 29. c 30. a 31. b 32. a 33. b 34. a 35. a 36. a 37. d 38. c 39. c 40. a 41. a 42. d 43. e 44. b 45. d 46. d 47. b 48. d 49. e 50. e 51. c 52. d 53. c 54. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 55. b 56. b 57. a 58. e 59. d 60. c 61. c 62. a 63. c 64. d 65. b 66. a 67. e 68. d 69. e 70. a 71. d 72. b 73. d 74. c 75. c 76. a 77. a 78. a 79. a 80. e 81. d 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 83. e 84. Answers will vary. Unlike other countries where the government sets a national price for each drug, the United States lets pharmaceutical companies set the prices. Congressional lawmakers—heavily lobbied by the pharmaceutical industry, the American Hospital Association, and other groups—have forbidden Medicare, the nation's largest medical insurer and the world's largest buyer of prescription drugs, to negotiate drug prices or the cost of health products.

Thus, for example, the price of EpiPen, a lifesaving injection for severe allergic reactions, jumped more than 400 percent—from $94 to $609—after a pharmaceutical company acquired the drug. A drug that cures Hepatitis C, a liver disease, costs just $4 a pill in India, compared with $1,000 in the United States (Agorist, 2016; Atwater, 2016).

85. Answers will vary. Both feminist and conflict theorists emphasize the connection between health and inequality.

Feminist scholars go further by addressing the health costs of being a woman, gender stratification in medicine and health care, and men's control over women's choices.

86. Answers will vary. Age is the single best predictor of illness and death. From birth through elementary school, children have health problems over which they have no control. Many adolescents have health problems because of their own choices, like smoking, abusing alcohol and other substances, and texting while driving. Health problems emerge and increase during one's late thirties because of genes, lifestyle choices, and because physical decline is normal and inevitable as one ages. No matter how well tuned one keeps one's body, the parts start wearing down: Reflexes slow, hearing and eyesight dim, and stamina and muscle strength decrease. After age 65, chronic rather than acute diseases comprise the majority of health problems, including disability. Chronic diseases increase as people age. Dementia, a loss of mental abilities, most commonly occurs during one's 70s.

87. Answers will vary. The sick role is a social role that excuses people from normal obligations because of illness. In Parsons' model, sick people are not responsible for their condition and, therefore, have legitimate reasons for not performing their usual social roles. Parsons emphasized that the sick role is temporary, and that individuals must seek medical help to hasten their recovery. Otherwise, people will view them as hypochondriacs, slouchers, and malingerers who are not living up to their responsibilities. Thus, from a functionalist perspective, the sick role is legitimate if it is short-lived, but dysfunctional if people feign illness to shirk their duties long-term in the family, the workplace, or other groups.

88. Answers will vary. People's lifestyle choices can improve or impair their health. The top three preventable lifestyle health hazards, in order of priority, are: a. Smoking: Worldwide and in the United States, tobacco use, primarily cigarette smoking, is the leading cause of preventable disease, disability, and death. Because tobacco harms nearly every human organ, smoking is linked to cancer, heart disease, stroke, Type 2 diabetes, macular degeneration, erectile dysfunction, lung diseases (including emphysema and bronchitis), and birth defects. b. Obesity: Obesity is the second leading and preventable cause of disease, disability, and death. People are getting fatter because of poor eating habits, large food portions, and not exercising, but structural factors also affect obesity rates. c. Substance abuse: The nation's third leading lifestyle-related and preventable cause of death is substance abuse, a harmful overindulgence in or dependence on a drug or other chemical.

89. Answers will vary. Medicalization is a process that defines a nonmedical condition or behavior as an illness, disorder, or disease that requires medical treatment. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders' (DSM's) everchanging diagnoses and labels are an example of medicalization. The American Psychiatric Association (APA) once classified homosexuality as a psychological disorder, but dropped sexual orientation from its roster of mental illnesses in 1973.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 90. Answers will vary. The number of Americans experiencing one or more disabilities rose from 61 million in 1997 to almost 77 million in 2015 because of three reasons. First, behavior previously considered normal has been medicalized.

Second, medical advances help many people survive diseases, car accidents, and wars, but they may have lifelong health ailments. Third, as the proportion of the population age 65 and older increases, so does the proportion living with disabilities.

91. Answers will vary. The three variables that are most frequently used to measure the health status of a given population are life expectancy, infant mortality, and per capita health expenditures. These three variables indicate a population's living standards, people's average socioeconomic status, and the quality and financial resources that a country devotes to health care, the prevention, treatment, and management of illness.

92. Answers will vary. Excessive alcohol use results in myriad short- and long-term health risks that include injuries, violence, risky sexual behaviors, miscarriage and stillbirth, physical and mental birth defects, alcohol poisoning, unemployment, psychiatric problems, heart disease, several types of cancer, and liver disease. For teenagers and young adults under age 25, alcohol consumption can irreversibly damage a part of the brain that involves memory, learning, and social interaction.

93. Answers will vary. From a functionalist perspective, physicians play a key gatekeeping role in limiting the sick role.

They verify a person's condition as sick and provide an excuse for temporarily not performing necessary roles. They also designate a patient as "recovered" and ready to meet societal role expectations again. Doctors' specialized knowledge gives them considerable authority in defining health and illness that is unmatched by other health care providers, such as nurses and pharmacists.

94. Answers will vary. Prevention of tobacco use is difficult because the tobacco industry spends almost $10 billion a year to market its products; the number of smoking scenes among the top-grossing children’s movies rose from 564 in 2010 to 809 in 2016, a 43 percent increase; and 69 percent of middle and high school students are exposed to electronic cigarette ads in retail stores, on the Internet, in magazines or newspapers, on TV, or in the movies (Singh et al., 2016; Tynan et al., 2017). During 2016, states collected almost $26 billion from tobacco taxes and legal settlements, but spent less than 2 percent of the money on tobacco control programs (Jamal et al., 2016).

95. Answers will vary. Medical technology has increased health care costs. U.S. doctors perform 71 percent more CT scans than do doctors in Germany. Technology can save lives, but U.S. doctors, compared with those in many other countries, are more likely to adopt new and expensive machines that are highly profitable for both physicians and hospitals. Technology helps us live longer, but also increases a patient’s, insurer’s, and nation’s medical costs (Brill, 2015; Frakt, 2017).

96. Answers will vary. Epidemiologists consider two factors while determining the reason for the longevity of a certain population and other questions. One is incidence, the number of new cases of a health problem that occurs in a given population during a given time period. The other measure is prevalence, the total number of cases (extent) of an illness or health problem within a population or at a particular point in time.

97. Answers will vary. Chronic diseases (e.g., asthma and high blood pressure) are long-term or lifelong illnesses that develop gradually or are present from birth. In contrast, acute diseases (e.g., chicken pox) are illnesses that strike suddenly and often disappear rapidly but can cause incapacitation and sometimes death. Chronic diseases increase as people age.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_14_SOC6 98. Answers will vary. Symbolic interactionists focus on how one defines and constructs views about health, illness, and medicine and then implement these definitions in everyday life. Social constructions include labeling, stigmatizing behavior, and medicalizing attitudes and behaviors as normal or sick. With or without medical intervention, individuals construct and manage their illnesses differently. Social class also affects social constructions of illness. As educational level rises, people report poorer health, presumably because they are more aware of medical knowledge and evaluate their own physical well-being more critically.

99. Answers will vary. The most common criticism is that conflict theorists often overlook the contributions of medical and health care systems. Without them, people would suffer more, die at a younger age, and have a lower quality of life.

Second, doctors, medical scientists, and some medical associations (e.g., American Academy of Family Physicians) have been among the most vocal critics of unneeded surgery, tests, and procedures. Finally, most people are not simply victims of a malicious medical-industrial complex. Many make unhealthy lifestyle choices (unprotected sex, drug abuse), and complain rather than change their behavior when employers impose health insurance penalties for smoking and obesity. Others join forces with drug companies to lobby the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to decrease current restrictions on potent narcotic painkillers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. Population pyramids give us a snapshot of a country's demographic profile and indicate some of the problems that countries are likely to face in the future. a. True b. False 2. In many countries, clean water is a luxury rather than a basic human right. a. True b. False 3. If Bryan moves from New Zealand to London, he will be an emigrant in London. a. True b. False 4. By 2050, Nigeria will replace the United States as the third largest country. a. True b. False 5. Most water problems are a result of an imbalance in nature. a. True b. False 6. Before the Industrial Revolution, urban settlements developed because people figured out how to use natural resources. a. True b. False 7. China emits almost twice as much carbon dioxide as the next-biggest polluter, the United States. a. True b. False 8. Most violence against women occurs at home instead of public places. a. True b. False 9. Most of the pipes in the United States, especially in cities along the eastern seaboard, are nearly 200 years old. a. True b. False 10. Up to 3.5 million Americans get sick every year from polluted beach water. a. True b. False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 11. A population pyramid is a graphic depiction of a population's total fertility rate over a decade. a. True b. False 12. One of the benefits of suburbanization is more privacy and space. a. True b. False 13. Total fertility rate is the number of people born every day in a country. a. True b. False 14. The growth or decline of population involves three key factors: fertility, mortality, and migration. a. True b. False 15. The world adds about 700,000 people each day. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

16. In the context of functionalism, _____ proposes that a city contains more than one center around which activities revolve. a. multiple nuclei theory b. sector theory c. peripheral theory d. ring theory e. radial theory 17. _____ emphasize gender-related constraints while studying sociological explanations of urbanization. a. Feminist theories b. Symbolic interaction theories c. Functionalist theories d. Economic theories e. Conflict theories 18. _____ refers to people’s moving to communities just outside a city. a. Urbanization b. Modernization c. Migration d. Suburbanization e. Perturbation

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 19. Sustainable development refers to _____. a. an increase in the number of business firms that indulge in greenwashing b. a change in the environment of a species c. reversal of the damage caused by humans in an attempt to save the planet d. a steady increase in the utilization of conventional energy sources e. economic activities that do not threaten the environment 20. At least 95 percent of global warming is due to _____. a. volcanic eruptions b. human activities c. changes in solar radiation d. clean energy resources e. natural forest fires 21. Jameila is the CEO of a construction firm. She requires that every project recycle as much as possible, use ecofriendly building supplies, and follow codes for energy efficiency of buildings even more stringent than required by local law. This is an example of _____. a. sustainable development b. greenwashing c. privatization d. government regulation e. environmental performance 22. _____ is the number of babies born during a specified period in a particular society. a. Infertility b. Fertility c. Birth rate d. Replacement rate e. Population growth 23. _____ is the transferring of some or all of the assets or operations of public systems into private hands. a. Fracturing b. Privatization c. Commoditization d. Environmentalism e. Socialism

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 24. _____ are most interested in the impact of urban life on city residents and state that city residents differ in their types of lifestyles and perceptions of urban life. a. Conflict theorists b. Symbolic interactionists c. Functionalists d. Feminists e. Socialists 25. A(n) _____ is a metropolitan area with at least 10 million inhabitants. a. hypercity b. megacity c. edge city d. exurb e. metropolitan statistical area 26. Which of the following is a primary cause of the greenhouse effect? a. Carbon dioxide emissions b. Hurricanes c. Clean energy sources d. Green marketing e. Afforestation 27. In the context of Malthusian theory, identify a preventive check that affects population size. a. Famine b. Plague c. Drought d. Postponing marriage e. Child marriage 28. A number of environmental problems threaten our ecosystem. Which of the following statements describes one of the environmental problems? a. Less than 10 percent of food gets wasted in the United States. b. Food waste was the highest during the 1970s. c. Up to 1,000 people in the United States get sick each year from polluted beach water. d. Only 0.01 percent of the pesticides used in the United States reach the intended target. e. The average American throws away 20 pounds of solid waste every day.

29. Which of the following causes 7 billion gallons of water to be wasted every day in the United States? a. Residential wastage b. Industry mishaps c. Chemical spills d. Water pipe bursts e. Excessive recycling Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 30. Over the last few decades, suburbanization has generated _____, business centers that are within or close to suburban residential areas. a. shopping malls b. exurbs c. metropolitan areas d. edge cities e. suburbs 31. Winston lives in a small community, Pleasant Valley, far outside of his state’s largest city. Most of his neighbors, like him, are fairly well off, and commute to the city for their jobs, even though a one-way trip is over an hour.

Pleasant Valley is an example of a(n) _____. a. megacity b. edge city c. metropolitan area d. exurb e. rural area 32. Which of the following statements is true of climate change? a. Global warming probably began a decade ago. b. According to the National Climatic Data Center, there will be fewer hurricanes and tornadoes in the future. c. Climate change is having a profound impact on every ecosystem worldwide. d. The years 1998 to 2004 have been the hottest on record. e. Scientists predict that climate change will result in fewer floods and landslides.

33. Cordina is a small country ruled by a royal family. Many of the younger citizens have emigrated to other countries, seeking better job opportunities and cheaper housing. As a result, most of its current citizens are roughly age 50 to 70, giving it a diamond-shaped population pyramid. What implications does this have for Cordina? a. The total fertility rate is high. b. There may be a scarcity of workers to support an aging population. c. There is a great need for children’s social services. d. Cordina is experiencing a population explosion. e. Life expectancy is very low.

34. Sidney came to a city to pursue a career in modeling. She found the city too crowded for her liking and decided to move to a community just outside the city. This is an example of _____. a. modernization b. colonization c. ruralization d. suburbanization e. globalization

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 35. Which of the following is true of the total fertility rate (TFR)? a. TFRs are lower in the least developed nations than in developed nations. b. TFRs below 1.8 mean that a country's population is increasing and getting younger. c. TFRs below 2.1 mean that a country's population is decreasing and getting older. d. High TFRs indicate increased difficulty in supporting the older population. e. The higher the TFRs, the greater the stability of a population.

36. Which of the following is true of demographers? a. They are unscientific. b. They only study small populations, such as the people who live in a small town. c. They are unconcerned with relevant topics such as a person’s probability of moving. d. They have contributed nothing to our understanding of the world. e. They use several measures of population changes, depending on the specificity needed.

37. The total fertility rate is the _____. a. rate at which a population doubles in size b. average number of children born to a woman during her lifetime c. median age at which women have their first child d. total number of children who have lived beyond the age of five years e. number of live births for every 1,000 people in a population in a given year 38. _____ studies the relationships between people and urban environments. a. Sociology b. Urban ecology c. Environmentalism d. Gentrification e. Demography 39. _____is a change in overall temperatures and weather conditions over time. a. Climate change b. Global cooling c. Fossilization d. Atmospheric change e. The greenhouse effect 40. Benjie is studying the relationship between carbon dioxide and the temperature of the earth's atmosphere.

Benjie’s area of study is _____. a. the greenhouse effect b. the clean energy effect c. deforestation d. greenwashing e. solar flares Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 41. Michael and Belinda, an affluent couple, bought an old, very large house at a reasonable price in an urban neighborhood. They renovated the house to include luxurious amenities and converted a tired, neglected structure into an upscale property. This scenario best illustrates _____. a. gentrification b. urban sprawl c. residential segregation d. pocket listing e. population growth 42. Identify the perspective of symbolic interactionist theorists on urbanization. a. In the suburbs, both women's and men's physical mobility is limited because of the scarcity of public transportation systems. b. Cities serve many important social and economic functions, but urbanization can also be dysfunctional. c. Many women fear the city, especially urban public spaces like streets, parks, and public transportation. d. City residents differ in their types of interaction, lifestyles, and perceptions of urban life. e. Urban changes are largely the result of decisions made by powerful capitalists and high-income groups.

43. _____ is the number of deaths in a population during a specified period. a. Funereality b. Mortality c. Morbidity d. Fertility e. Migration 44. _____ refers to the exposure of poor people, especially minorities, to environmental hazards. a. Fracking b. Privatization c. Environmental justice d. Environmental racism e. Environmentalism 45. Which of the following statements is true of water consumption? a. The developing world has more access to fresh water than industrialized nations. b. The world's demand for water has reduced by 10 percent over the last half century. c. The average person in the United States uses about 40 gallons of water a day. d. Industrialized nations use more water and pay less for it. e. Europeans pay five times as much as the developing world for clean water.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 46. _____ refers to the rapid, unplanned, and uncontrolled spread of development into regions adjacent to cities. a. Urbanization b. Gentrification c. Urban sprawl d. Residential segregation e. Urban development 47. Which of the following best represents feminist theorists’ perspective on urbanization? a. Urbanism has negative consequences, including alienation, friction because of physical congestion, impersonal relationships, and a disintegration of kinship and friendship ties. b. Whether they live in cities or suburbs, women generally experience fewer choices and more constraints than men. c. Urbanites are more tolerant than residents of small towns or rural areas of a variety of lifestyles, religious practices, and attitudes. d. Urban space is a commodity that is bought and sold for profit. e. An urbanized environment is where one’s physical contacts are close, but social contacts are distant.

48. Only _____ percent of the earth's water is fresh. a. 27 b. 15 c. 10 d. 9 e. 3 49. Which of the following is a benefit of suburban life that helped contribute to suburbanization? a. More privacy and space b. More pollution c. More noise d. Longer commutes e. Deteriorating schools 50. _____ is the ecosystem’s main source of water. a. Refining b. Precipitation c. Ecology d. Privatization e. Environmentalism

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 51. Of all available water worldwide, 70 percent is consumed _____. a. by industries b. by residential sectors c. by agriculture d. by water parks e. for landscaping 52. A _____ is the proportion of men to women in a population. a. gender calculation b. sex ratio c. gender ratio d. patriarchal ratio e. fertility rate 53. In the context of Malthusian theory, identify a positive check that affects population size. a. Premarital sex b. Extramarital sex c. Famine d. Abortion e. Contraception 54. Which of the following statements is true of crude birth rate? a. It is the rate at which a population of 1,000 people double their number. b. It counts the number of babies who live beyond the age of three for every 1,000 people. c. It is based on the age and marital status of women. d. It is based on the populations of the least developed countries. e. It is based on the total population rather than more specific measures.

55. Identify a true statement about the United States’ environmental performance. a. The United States is ranked higher than all developing countries for its environmental performance. b. Environmental problems are a high priority in the United States. c. Among the world's 23 top energy-consuming economies, the United States ranks below developing countries like China in energy-efficiency policies and programs. d. Many American corporations prioritize environmental protection over economic development. e. About 85 percent of Americans say that they recycle, and 80 percent really do so.

56. _____ is the movement of people into or out of a specific geographic area. a. Geography b. Mortality c. Fertility d. Migration e. Immigration Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 57. _____ is an increase in the average temperature of earth's atmosphere. a. Fracking b. Urbanizing c. Refreezing d. Greenwashing e. Global warming 58. Which of the following theories maintains that population growth changes as societies undergo industrialization, modernization, technological progress, and urbanization? a. Neo-Malthusian theory b. Sector theory c. Malthusian theory d. Demographic transition theory e. Multiple-nuclei theory 59. A(n) _____ is a community of living and non-living organisms that share a physical environment. a. ecology b. environment c. statistical area d. zone e. ecosystem 60. Mr. and Mrs. Gomez live in Brazil with their two children. The infant mortality rate of their city is low, and the decrease in child care responsibilities allows Mrs. Gomez to pursue a career and support her family financially. In the context of the demographic transition theory, the Gomez family is most likely in a(n) _____. a. advanced industrial society b. preindustrial society c. postindustrial society d. early industrial society e. maturing industrial society 61. _____ are people who are forced to leave their country to escape war, persecution, torture, or death. a. Refugees b. International migrants c. Social migrants d. Escapees e. Dreamers

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 62. _____ and farm fertilizers are two of the major water pollution sources. a. Solar panels b. Industrial sites c. Vehicle emissions d. Large livestock farms e. Incinerators 63. The crude death rate is defined as _____. a. the average age at which people die in a population b. the total number of deaths in a population in a given year c. the average number of child mortality per day in a country d. the number of deaths per 1,000 people in a population in a given year e. the number of still births for every 100 people in a population in a given year 64. In the context of the Malthusian theory, which of the following statements is true? a. According to the theory, the population grows at an arithmetic rate. b. It maintains that the population is growing faster than the food supply needed to sustain it. c. It states that resources available to humans will quadruple by 2050. d. Neo-Malthusians are against the old theory and believe the population is under control. e. According to neo-Malthusians, the earth will survive as it is a "striving planet."

65. _____ is a stable population level that occurs when each woman has no more than two children. a. Population explosion b. Aging population c. Zero population growth d. Advanced population e. Industrialization 66. _____ is a process that injects water, sand, and chemicals at high pressure to extract gas and oil from rock that lies deep underground. a. Hydrolysis b. Osmosis c. Fracking d. Earth-shattering e. Refining 67. A population pyramid is a graphic depiction of _____. a. a population's racial and ethnic trends at a given point in time b. a population's emigration and immigration trends at a given point in time c. a population's age and sex distribution at a given point in time d. a population's economic and natural resources at a given point in time e. a population's crude birth and death rates at a given point in time Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 68. Robert is the CEO of a textiles company. His company was recently termed a greenwasher by a leading magazine. This implies that Robert's company _____. a. creates its own raw material by recycling products b. strictly follows environment-friendly methods of manufacturing c. pollutes the planet while presenting a contrary public image d. does not support the government's law banning the production of toxic chemicals e. supports the "go green" initiative and mandates it as a company policy 69. Which of the following is a functionalist view on urbanization? a. Urbanism has negative consequences including alienation and friction. b. An urbanized environment is where one’s physical contacts are close, but social contacts are distant. c. Urbanization is largely the result of decisions made by powerful capitalists and high-income groups. d. Urban space is a commodity that is bought and sold for profit. e. Cities serve many important social and economic functions, but urbanization also has its downsides.

70. Gotham City has a small central business district. Near the central district is an area that contains manufacturing plants. Also near the central district is an area of low-income housing. Upper-class residences are generally farther away from all of these areas, often separated by sectors of offices and shopping radiating outwards.

Which of the urban sociology models of city growth and change best fits the description of Gotham City? a. Concentric zone theory b. Sector theory c. Multiple-nuclei theory d. Peripheral theory e. Minicenter theory 71. The average person in the United States uses about _____ of water per day. a. 413 gallons b. 347 gallons c. 200 gallons d. 163 gallons e. 50 gallons 72. Which of the following is true of world urbanization trends? a. In 1950, the world had only two megacities. b. By 2030, there will be 200 megacities. c. By 2030, there will be 41 megacities in the United States. d. Australia is home to nearly 90 percent of the world's rural population. e. The number of megacities is growing, but they are much smaller than in the past.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 73. A(n) _____ is a central city of at least 50,000 people and urban areas linked to it. a. metropolitan statistical area b. megacity c. edge city d. megalopolis e. exurbanite statistical area 74. Caroline works for a corporation in Oriel, a city with a population of approximately 14 million people. Oriel is an example of a(n) _____. a. suburb b. exurb c. alpha city d. global city e. megacity 75. _____ is people's movement from rural areas to cities, which results in the increased size of cities. a. Modernization b. Localization c. Urbanization d. Globalization e. Colonization 76. According to demographic transition theory, which of the following is a characteristic of an early industrial society? a. The total fertility rate of a population at this stage is between 1.8 and 2.1. b. Couples may have large numbers of children because they fear many of them will die. c. Most couples adopt birth control methods to limit the number of children. d. The decrease in child care responsibilities enables women to work outside the home. e. Women tend to be well educated and have full-time jobs or careers.

77. Which of the following statements best reflects the views of new urban sociology? a. Urban changes are largely the result of decisions made by powerful capitalists and high-income groups. b. individuals living in urban areas have better physical and emotional health than those living in rural areas. c. Women generally experience fewer choices and more constraints than men. d. Cities serve more economic and social functions than rural regions. e. Urban residents differ in their types of interaction, lifestyles, and perceptions of urban life.

78. _____ is the scientific study of human populations. a. Epidemiology b. Physiology c. Geology d. Demography e. Biometrics Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 79. A(n) _____ is a group of people who share a geographic territory. a. tribe b. enclave c. population d. demographic e. citizenry 80. Ralph believes that urban development is a political tactic and is controlled by laws that favor the rich. He notes that CEOs and stockholders profit when private development is subsidized, while public goods like schools and parks remain underfunded and inadequate. Ralph's views most closely align with _____. a. functionalists b. symbolic interactionists c. new urban sociology d. feminist theorists e. fundamentalists 81. Define urban ecology and discuss the various urban ecology theories.

82. Discuss the feminist perspective on gender roles, space, and safety.

83. Define fracking. What is its impact on water supplies?

84. Describe the concept of population pyramids with examples.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 85. Describe the concepts of edge cities and exurbs.

86. Discuss demographic transition theory and its four stages with examples.

87. Define urban sprawl and job sprawl.

88. How did the Industrial Revolution promote urbanization?

89. Explain how the mortality rate helps demographers in understanding the changes in a population.

90. Discuss the causes of air pollution.

91. Describe gentrification and its relationship with urbanization.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 92. In the context of the Malthusian theory, what are positive checks and preventive checks?

93. Define the term ecosystem.

94. Identify and define the three main factors that determine growth or decline in a population.

95. Explain how clean water has depleted due to privatization.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. False 4. True 5. False 6. True 7. True 8. True 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. True 13. False 14. True 15. False 16. a 17. a 18. d 19. e 20. b 21. a 22. b 23. b 24. a 25. b 26. a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 27. d 28. d 29. d 30. d 31. d 32. c 33. b 34. d 35. c 36. e 37. b 38. b 39. a 40. a 41. a 42. d 43. b 44. d 45. d 46. c 47. b 48. a 49. a 50. b 51. c 52. b 53. c 54. e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 55. c 56. d 57. e 58. d 59. e 60. a 61. a 62. b 63. d 64. b 65. c 66. c 67. c 68. c 69. e 70. b 71. d 72. a 73. a 74. e 75. c 76. b 77. a 78. d 79. c 80. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 81. Answers will vary. Urban ecology studies the relationships between people and urban environments. Over the years, social scientists have revised urban ecology theories.

Sociologists Robert Park and Ernest Burgess proposed concentric zone theory. According to this model, a city grows outward from a central point in a series of rings. The innermost ring, the central business district, is surrounded by a zone of transition, which contains industry and poor-quality housing. The third and fourth rings have housing for the working and middle classes. The outermost ring is occupied by people who live in the suburbs and commute daily to work in the central business district.

Economist Homer Hoyt's sector theory refined concentric zone theory. He proposed that cities develop in sectors (instead of rings) that radiate from the central business district depending on various economic and social activities.

Some sectors are predominantly industrial, some contain stores and offices, and others, generally farther away from the central business district, are middle- and upper-class residential areas.

Geographers Chauncey Harris and Edward Ullman developed another influential model, multiple nuclei theory, which proposed that a city contains more than one center around which activities revolve. For example, a “minicenter” often includes an outlying business district with stores and offices that are accessible to middle- and upper-class residential neighborhoods, whereas airports typically attract hotels and warehouses.

As cities grew after World War II, these models no longer described urban spaces. Thus, Harris proposed a peripheral theory of urban growth, which emphasized the development of suburbs around a city but away from its center. As suburbs and edge cities burgeon, highways that link the city's central business district to outlying areas and beltways that loop around the city provide relatively easy access to airports, the downtown, and surrounding areas.

82. Answers will vary. Feminist theories emphasize gender-related constraints. Whether they live in cities or suburbs, women generally experience more problems than men because living spaces are usually designed by men who have tended to ignore women's changing roles.

Many women fear the city, especially urban public spaces like streets, parks, and public transportation (Domosh and Seager, 2001). They see these places as risky for their physical safety, despite the fact that most violence against women occurs at home. A few cities provide public transportation (e.g., minivans that operate seven nights a week) to prevent crimes against women, usually minority women, who must travel to work after 8:00 p.m. and return home before dawn. For the most part, however, such services are rare (Hayden, 2002).

People living below the poverty level are predominantly female, black, single parents, and urban (Proctor et al., 2016).

Because of a lack of affordable housing, many women and their children may be forced to live under the same roof as an aggressor. If public transportation isn’t available or adequate, low-income women are cut off from job opportunities. Low-income mothers are expected to work. However, low-wage jobs, coupled with a lack of affordable child care, create role conflicts, undermine mental health, and increase the likelihood of intimate partner violence (Jacobs et al., 2016; WUNRN, 2017).

83. Answers will vary. Hydraulic fracturing, or fracking, is a process that injects water, sand, and chemicals at high pressure to extract gas and oil from rock that lies deep underground.

Fracking has risks because gases can escape into drinking water. Some of the 750 chemicals injected into the ground contaminate water, increasing the risks of cancer, infertility, and other health problems.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 84. Answers will vary. A population pyramid is a graphic depiction of a population's age and sex distribution at a given point in time. Mexico is a young country: Much of its population is under age 45 (which also means that many women are in their childbearing years), and there are relatively few people 65 years and older. In contrast, Italy is an old country, and the United States is somewhere in the middle.

The shape of the pyramid (a triangle for Mexico, a rectangle for the United States, and a diamond for Italy) has future implications for young and old countries. Italy has a relatively small number of women ages 15 to 44 (in their reproductive years) and a bulge of people ages 45 to 79. This suggests that there will be a scarcity of workers to support an aging population and a greater need for social services for older people than for children and adolescents.

Thus, population pyramids give us a snapshot of a country's demographic profile and indicate some of the problems that countries are likely to face in the future.

85. Answers will vary. Originally, most suburbs were bedroom communities for commuters with jobs in the city. Over the last few decades, suburbanization has generated edge cities, business centers that are within or close to suburban residential areas and include offices, schools, shopping, entertainment, malls, hotels, and medical facilities.

People have also created exurbs, small, usually prosperous communities beyond a city’s suburbs. About 18 percent of Americans live in exurbs, and counties containing far-flung exurbs are growing faster than many urban counties. The average exurbanite is white, middle- or upper-middle class, married with children, and a "super commuter" (who travels two or more hours a day for work) (Berube et al., 2006; Badger, 2015; Frey, 2015).

86. Answers will vary. Demographic transition theory maintains that population growth is kept in check and stabilizes as countries experience economic and technological development, which, in turn, affects birth and death rates. According to this theory, population growth changes as societies undergo industrialization, modernization, technological progress, and urbanization. During these processes, a nation goes through four stages, from high birth and death rates to low birth and death rates. Put simply, the greater the human development, the lower the fertility and death rates.

The first stage is called preindustrial society. In this initial stage, there is little population growth. The birth rate is high because people rarely use birth control: They want as many children as possible to provide unpaid agricultural labor and support parents in old age, but a high death rate offsets the high birth rate. No country exists in this current stage of the demographic transition.

The second stage is called early industrial society. There is significant population growth because the birth rate is higher than the death rate. The birth rate may even increase over what it was in Stage 1 because mothers and their children enjoy improved health care. Couples may still have large numbers of children because they fear that many of them will die, but the death rate declines because of better sanitation, better nutrition, and medical advances (e.g., immunizations and antibiotics). Most of the world's poorest countries—including sub-Saharan Africa, Afghanistan, and Yemen—are currently in Stage 2.

The third stage is called advanced industrial society. As the infant mortality rate declines, parents have fewer children.

Effective birth control reduces family size. The decrease in child care responsibilities, in turn, enables women to work outside the home. Brazil, Mexico, and some Asian countries are currently in Stage 3.

The fourth stage is called postindustrial society. In this stage, the demographic transition is complete, and the society has low birth and death rates. Women tend to be well educated and to have full-time jobs or careers. If there is little immigration, the population may even decrease because the birth rate is low. This is the case today in Canada, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Australia, New Zealand, the United States, and Europe.

87. Answers will vary. Urban sprawl is the rapid, unplanned, and uncontrolled spread of development into regions adjacent to cities and is widespread.

Urban sprawl has created rapid job sprawl, which occurs when companies move jobs from metropolitan areas to suburbs.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 88. Answers will vary. The Industrial Revolution spurred ever-increasing numbers of people to move to cities in search of jobs, schooling, and improved living conditions. As a result, the urban population surged—from 3 percent of the world's population in 1800 to 14 percent in 1900. As industrialization advanced, urbanization increased.

89. Answers will vary. Mortality is the number of deaths in a population during a specified period. Demographers typically measure mortality using the crude death rate (also called the death rate), the number of deaths per 1,000 people in a population in a given year.

A better measure of a population's health is the infant mortality rate, the number of deaths of infants younger than 1 year per 1,000 live births. Generally, as the standard of living improves—access to clean water, adequate sanitation, and medical care—the infant mortality rate decreases.

Lower infant mortality greatly raises life expectancy, the average number of years that people who were born at about the same time can expect to live.

90. Answers will vary. There are many reasons for air pollution, but four are among the most common. First, a major source of air pollution is the burning of fossil fuels, substances obtained from the earth, including coal, petroleum, and natural gas. The exhaust gases of cars, trucks, and buses contain poisons—sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxide, carbon dioxide (CO2), and carbon monoxide. Power plants that produce electricity by burning coal or oil account for nearly 40 percent of U.S. CO2 emissions.

Second, manufacturing plants that produce consumer goods pour pollutants into the air. Formaldehyde-based vapors that can lead to cancer and respiratory problems are emitted by many household and personal care products: pressed wood (often used in furniture), plastic grocery bags, waxed paper, latex paints, detergents, nail polish, cosmetics, and shampoos.

Third, winds blow contaminants in the air across borders and oceans. Air pollution from Asia, particularly China, has affected the air quality in the Sequoia and Kings Canyon national parks in California. Air pollution originating in Europe has been tracked to Asia, the Arctic, and even rural areas in the western United States where there is little industry or automobile traffic (Lamb, 2009; Cooper et al., 2010).

A fourth reason for air pollution is that government policies and enforcement vary from one administration to another.

Between 2002 and 2006, Justice Department lawsuits against polluters declined by 70 percent, and criminal and civil fines for polluting decreased by more than half compared with the period from 1996 to 2000.

91. Answers will vary. Gentrification is a process in which upper-middle-class and affluent people buy and renovate houses and stores in downtown urban neighborhoods. Governments in many older cities encourage gentrification to increase dwindling populations, to revitalize urban areas, and to augment tax revenues. Gentrification can benefit an entire community because it breaks up concentrated poverty pockets, the new residents may demand improvements in schools and crime control, and an influx of retail stores can generate new jobs. Rent increases, however, have displaced many low-income residents and small businesses. Also, some longtime black residents have complained that aggressive policing tactics, like being stopped and frisked on the street, increase when wealthier people move into a neighborhood (Buntin, 2015; Jonsson, 2015).

92. Answers will vary. Malthus posited that two types of checks affect population size. Positive checks (famine, disease, war) limit reproduction, raise the death rate, and lower the overall population.

Preventive checks (contraception, postponing marriage, abortion, premarital and extramarital sex) also limit reproduction by reducing birth rates and, consequently, ensure a higher standard of living for all (Malthus, 1872/1991).

93. Answers will vary. An ecosystem is a community of living and non-living organisms that share a physical environment.

Plants, animals, and humans depend on each other for survival. Because the ecosystem is interconnected worldwide, what happens in one country affects others. Water, air pollution, and climate change are three interrelated factors that are endangering the global ecosystem.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_15_SOC6 94. Answers will vary. The three main factors that determine a growth or decline in population are as follows: Fertility–The study of population changes begins with fertility, the number of babies born during a specified period in a particular society.

Mortality–The second factor in population change is mortality, the number of deaths in a population during a specified period.

Migration–The third demographic factor in population change is migration, the movement of people into or out of a specific geographic area.

95. Answers will vary. Water is a big business because of privatization, transferring some or all of the assets or operations of public systems into private hands. Perrier, Evian, Coca-Cola, PepsiCo—and particularly the French giants Vivendi and Suez—have been buying the rights to extract water in the United States and other countries at will from aquifers, then bottling and selling it around the world.

About 70 percent of Americans say they drink bottled water. In 2014, bottled water companies spent more than $84 million on advertising to compete with each other and to convince consumers that bottled water is healthier and safer than soda and tap water. Bottling water is lucrative for corporations, but there are many environmental drawbacks. It depletes local water supplies, whether the water comes from municipal sources (40 percent) or local springs (60 percent). Moreover, about 86 percent of the empty plastic bottles in the United States clog landfills instead of being recycled (Food and Water Watch, 2013; Lohan, 2015).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

1. According to relative deprivation theory, shared beliefs combined with unfulfilled expectations can trigger change-oriented social movements. a. True b. False 2. Collective behavior that is structured and enduring can bring long-term social changes. a. True b. False 3. 3-D printing is a process for making a physical object from a three-dimensional digital model. a. True b. False 4. Urban legends are also known as mass hysteria. a. True b. False 5. Minimally invasive robotic surgeries usually result in longer recovery processes. a. True b. False 6. If a social movement is successful, it can become an interest group and a part of society's fabric. a. True b. False 7. Artificial intelligence (AI) is a broad term that applies to all practical uses of living organisms. a. True b. False 8. A protest crowd is a group of people who assemble for a specific purpose and follow established norms. a. True b. False 9. According to resource mobilization theory, people often feel that they deserve better than they have. a. True b. False 10. Mass society theory helps people understand collective theory that crosses international boundaries. a. True b. False 11. Nanotechnology is based on the structures and functions of living organisms. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 12. According to the structural strain theory, leaders emerge during the social control stage. a. True b. False 13. Biotechnological advances are most readily available to higher-income people. a. True b. False 14. Convergence theory asserts that crowds are highly suggestible and out of control. a. True b. False 15. Relative deprivation theory is broader than mass society theory. a. True b. False 16. Resource mobilization theory largely ignores the role of relative deprivation in a social movement's formation. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

17. MedHope is a multispecialty hospital that provides high-quality healthcare. The staff of the hospital went on strike after the management refused to increase their pay. During the strike, the nurses developed new standards of protests, which included a sit-in, in order to come to an agreement with the management. Identify the theory of collective behavior illustrated in this scenario. a. Contagion theory b. Convergence theory c. Emergent norm theory d. Structural strain theory e. Value-added theory 18. Anne went to a doctor during her pregnancy to find out if her baby could inherit any disorders from her or her husband. The doctor performed a few diagnostic tests to help determine if her baby had any disorders. In the given scenario, identify the form of technology the doctor is likely to have used. a. Biometrics b. Claytronics c. Artificial intelligence d. Biotechnology e. Nanotechnology

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 19. In the context of technology and society, identify a true statement about collaborative consumption. a. The cost of purchasing products or services is borne by one individual. b. The ownership of the assets is transferred to the user. c. It revolutionizes manufacturing by making a physical object from a three-dimensional digital model. d. It enables people to earn and save money by sharing goods and services. e. It is an expensive form of trading.

20. Which of the following statements is true of social movements? a. They are initiated solely for the purpose of generating a social change. b. They involve a lot of face-to-face interaction. c. They have the same characteristics as the other forms of collective behavior. d. They are goal-oriented and can have a lasting impact on society. e. They are unstructured and spontaneous.

21. Which of the following statements best defines a fad? a. It is an act of spreading rumors, often negative, about other people's personal lives. b. It is a collective flight, often irrational, from a real or perceived danger. c. It is a trend that’s popular for a short time. d. It is an act of spreading information or misinformation to influence people's attitude or behavior. e. It is an unexpected event that causes widespread damage, destruction, distress, and loss.

22. Soon after the Black Lives Matter movement to end police brutality against Black people began, many police officers and their supporters started organizing under the banner “Blue Lives Matter.” It was created to help law enforcement officers and their families, and has pushed for laws making it a hate crime to target police or firefighters. What type of social movement best describes Blue Lives Matter? a. Alternative b. Redemptive c. Reformative d. Resistance e. Revolutionary 23. Which of the following is an example of an urban legend? a. A television news report about a scam b. An anecdote about a politician's past that someone made up c. An online video clipping of police brutality d. A girl sharing secrets with her friend e. A student spreading false information about a teacher

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 24. Which of the following is an ethical issue with biotechnology? a. Genetic testing forces people to live in limbo, not knowing whether or when a disease will develop. b. Genetic testing lets doctors and patients make better-informed decisions. c. The technology is available regardless of income level. d. Biotechnology does not use informed consent. e. Advances in biotechnology can reduce the price of some medical treatments.

25. _____ refers to sophisticated techniques that can change the makeup of cells. a. Nanotechnology b. Social engineering c. Collaborative engineering d. Robotics e. Genetic engineering 26. _____ posits that crowd members establish rational behavioral norms in response to a precipitating crisis. a. Contagion theory b. Convergence theory c. Emergent norm theory d. Structural strain theory e. Value-added theory 27. When a riot broke out in the city of Verdana, the police tried to hold back the crowd using water cannons.

According to structural strain theory, the action taken by the police to regulate the crowd can be best described as _____. a. mass hysteria b. milling c. structural conduciveness d. propaganda e. social control 28. A(n) _____ is a group of people, not necessarily in direct contact with each other, who are interested in a particular issue. a. cohort b. fad c. swarm d. assembly e. public

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 29. Which of the following is an example of convergence theory? a. Fads b. Rallies c. Milling d. Rumors e. Hysteria 30. Which of the following is a criticism of new social movements theory? a. It doesn’t help explain movements that cross international boundaries. b. It only deals with people who feel powerless or alienated. c. It doesn’t include people who are trying to preserve their privileges. d. It largely ignores the role of relative deprivation in the formation of social movements. e. It often overstates people’s altruistic motives.

31. _____ is an intense, fearful, and anxious reaction to a real or imagined threat by large numbers of people. a. Mass hysteria b. Public opinion c. Gossip d. Propaganda e. Relative deprivation 32. Which of the following statements is a concern about technology in society? a. It is widely available. b. Almost every technological advance reduces privacy and increases data breaches. c. Technology increases privacy and safety. d. It provides people with more information than ever before. e. Social media profiles provide benefits for everyone in society.

33. _____ is developing theories and computer systems to perform tasks that normally require human intelligence. a. Real intelligence b. Artificial intelligence c. Biological intelligence d. Robotic intelligence e. Ethical intelligence 34. Which of the following statements is true of emergent norm theory? a. It argues that people are spontaneously infected with the emotions of others. b. It posits that crowd members develop norms as an unusual situation unfolds. c. It explains why many crowds are disorderly and mob-like. d. It explains which norms emerge, why, and how they differ in crowds. e. It explains why some participants conform to emergent norms while others ignore them.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 35. Which of the following statements is true of relative deprivation theory? a. People always react to relative deprivation by forming social movements. b. It explains why some people join movements even though they do not see themselves as deprived. c. It explains why some people join movements even though they do not expect to gain anything personally if the movement succeeds. d. It is narrower than mass society theory. e. According to relative deprivation theorists, people often feel that they deserve better than they have.

36. In which of the following ways does new technology benefit older adults? a. It is paid for by Medicare. b. It is inexpensive and affordable. c. It is quickly adopted by them. d. It allows them to live at home rather than in an institutional setting. e. It acts as a good source of entertainment and emotional support.

37. Which of the following theories proposes that collective behavior occurs only if six "value-added" conditions are present? a. Contagion theory b. Convergence theory c. Emergent norm theory d. Structural strain theory e. Cognitive theory 38. Which of the following is a criticism of relative deprivation theory? a. People don’t always react to the relative deprivation that’s present in all societies by forming or joining social movements. b. It largely ignores the role of relative deprivation in the formation of social movements. c. Neither the perspective nor the groups it examines are novel. d. Movement organizers are typically well-integrated into their families and communities. e. It is narrower than mass society theory.

39. James has put a significant portion of his monthly income toward buying new clothes and accessories as soon as they come out. He pays close attention to which labels are considered “the best”, and enjoys purchasing items from those labels and wearing them when he’s out and about. Which type of collective behavior is James engaging in? a. Panic b. Rumor c. Fashion d. Craze e. Mob

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 40. In the context of technology, which of the following is a benefit of robotic surgery? a. It is inexpensive compared to traditional surgery. b. It is a painless process. c. It has more advantageous outcomes than traditional surgery. d. It is compatible with traditional operating instruments and equipment. e. It reduces physician fatigue.

41. James was part of a riot that took place in his hometown. One of the common issues faced by all the rioters was poverty and unemployment, and they were frustrated over the level of inequality between them and the wealthy citizens of the town. The riot broke out shortly after a new law was passed that lowered taxes for the wealthy town members while raising them for the poorer ones. According to structural strain theory, which of the following conditions has most recently been met for this group? a. Collective flight b. Precipitating factors c. Social control d. Structural conduciveness e. Milling 42. _____ is an unexpected event that causes widespread damage, destruction, distress, and loss. a. Propaganda b. Gossip c. An urban legend d. A disaster e. A fad 43. Which of the following statements is true about redemptive social movements? a. They are based on spiritual or supernatural beliefs. b. They form immediately after an earlier movement has succeeded in creating change. c. They bring change in society through the use of violence and intimidation. d. They seek limited change and only for some people. e. They try to preserve the status quo by blocking change or undoing change that has already occurred.

44. Carl participated in a protest against police brutality. During the protest, a few members of the protest group started vandalizing public property. Carl, who is otherwise calm and controlled, also joined them in vandalizing the property. In this scenario, Carl's behavior illustrates _____. a. contagion theory b. convergence theory c. emergent norm theory d. structural strain theory e. value-added theory

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 45. _____ is the ability to build objects one atom or molecule at a time. a. Biotechnology b. Genetic engineering c. Nanotechnology d. Robotics e. Microscopy 46. Which of the following is a criticism of resource mobilization theory? a. Many political activists in the United States weren’t and aren’t powerless but come from relatively privileged backgrounds. b. It explains why some people join social movements even if they don’t personally feel deprived. c. It fails to explain what resources social movements use for success. d. It ignores the role of relative deprivation in a social movement’s formation. e. It often overstates people’s altruistic motivations.

47. _____ is the application of scientific knowledge for practical purposes. a. Organization b. Technology c. Social change d. Collective behavior e. Ethics 48. Which of the following statements is true of mass society theory? a. A criticism of mass society theory is that it does not explain why some people form extreme political movements like Fascism and Nazism. b. It is the modern explanation for why social movements emerge. c. A criticism of mass society theory is that movement organizers are well-integrated into their families. d. It is broader than relative deprivation theory. e. According to this theory, a social movement will succeed if it can put together (or mobilize) an organization and leadership dedicated to advancing its cause.

49. Which of the following statements is true of propaganda? a. It can be swayed by public opinion. b. It can create attitudes that will arouse collective outbursts. c. It cannot be conveyed through rumor. d. It cannot be used to gain followers for a cause. e. It is a type of collective behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 50. _____ is the act of spreading rumors, often negative, about other people’s personal lives. a. Rioting b. Rumor-mongering c. Telling tales d. Gossip e. Panic 51. According to resource mobilization theory, which of the following statements is true of a social movement? a. It should try to preserve the status quo by blocking change or undoing change that has already occurred. b. It takes more than feeling alienated or disadvantaged to sustain a social movement. c. It should offer a sense of belonging to people who feel alienated and disconnected from others. d. It should focus on bridging the gap between what people have and what they think they should have compared with others in a society. e. It will succeed if it seeks limited change and does not threaten the present state of affairs of the society.

52. Which of the following is an example of a fad? a. Jamming an escape route b. Bean bag chairs c. Rallies d. Anecdotes about politicians e. Protests 53. Which of the following is true of resource mobilization theory? a. It states social movements are formed by people who feel alienated, isolated, and disconnected from others. b. It ignores the role of organization and leadership in forming a social movement. c. It focuses on the role of relative deprivation in a social movement's formation. d. It helps people understand collective behavior that crosses international boundaries. e. It emphasizes structural factors in explaining why some social movements thrive whereas others shrivel.

54. Identify one of the reasons why people believe urban legends. a. It is based on scientific evidence. b. It strengthens norms of what is deviant or unacceptable. c. It is told by people they trust. d. It makes them feel superior. e. It gives them a sense of belonging.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 55. Business Tower, a 35-story building, houses the top corporations of the world. One summer afternoon, a short circuit in one of the wires of the building triggered the fire alarm. As soon as the alarm started ringing, many people in the building experienced uncontrollable fear and anxiety. The danger seemed so immense that people reacted irrationally, many tried to crowd through only one of the emergency exits, and some started jumping off the building. As a result, a lot of people died, and many were seriously injured. In the given scenario, which of the following terms can be used to describe the collective behavior displayed? a. Structural strain b. Propaganda c. Fad d. Panic e. Mania 56. Identify a true statement about revolutionary social movements. a. They are based on spiritual or supernatural beliefs. b. They form immediately after an earlier movement has succeeded in creating change. c. They bring change in society through the use of violence and intimidation. d. They seek limited change and only for some people. e. They are the least threatening to the status quo and do not want to replace the existing social order.

57. Which of the following statements is true of the emergence stage of a social movement? a. The number of staff positions increases, members draw up bylaws, and the organization hires outsiders. b. The original leaders move on to better paying and more influential positions. c. The movement develops chapters at local, regional, national, and international levels. d. Leaders verbalize the feelings of the discontented, crystallize the issues, and push for action. e. If the discontent resonates among growing numbers of people, the movement may die.

58. _____ is the spontaneous and unstructured behavior of a large number of people. a. Collective behavior b. Social change c. Social interaction d. Collectivism e. Interactionism 59. A _____ is unfounded information that people spread quickly. a. riot b. fad c. rumor d. mob e. fact

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 60. Nina is part of a group that was formed to prevent cruelty toward animals. They organize fund-raisers, promote vegetarianism, and conduct stage protests against organizations that test products on animals. Which of the following social movements is illustrated in this scenario? a. Resistance social movement b. Expressive social movement c. Revolutionary social movement d. Reformative social movement e. Redemptive social movement 61. Which of the following statements best defines social change? a. It is a gap between what people have and what they think they should have compared with others in a society. b. It is the act of spreading rumors, often negative, about other people's personal lives. c. It is an intense, fearful, and anxious reaction to a real or imagined threat by large numbers of people. d. It refers to the spontaneous and unstructured social behavior of a large number of people. e. It refers to the transformations of societies and social institutions over time.

62. Which of the following is NOT a stage of social movements? a. Emergence b. Organization c. Commodification d. Institutionalization e. Decline 63. Which of the following is a criticism of structural strain theory? a. It doesn’t explain why some people who share the same attitudes join a rally, but others don’t. b. All six stages don’t necessarily occur in an instance of collective behavior. c. It doesn’t explain which norms emerge and why. d. There is little evidence to support its assertions. e. It doesn’t account for changes in crowd behavior.

64. Which of the following is an example of a casual crowd? a. A group of people attending a wedding b. A group of people exiting a building c. A crowd attending a graduation ceremony d. A group of people shopping at a mall e. A crowd attending a baseball match

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 65. According to structural strain theory, in the growth and spread of a generalized belief stage, _____. a. opposing groups prevent, interrupt, or repress those advocating social change b. people attribute the problem to a person or group c. leaders emerge d. community leaders ridicule or quash the emerging collective behavior e. people see a situation as their own fault 66. Which of the following is a characteristic of collective behavior? a. It enables people to earn and save money by sharing goods and services. b. It does not have long-lasting effects on society. c. It is static and does not vary in its degree of spontaneity. d. It is an act rather than a state of mind. e. It promotes the rights and welfare of all people.

67. In the _____ stage of a social movement, an organization becomes more bureaucratic and self-sufficient. a. institutionalization b. emergence c. coalescence d. decline e. resurgence 68. _____ refers to a process of people moving about, talking to one another, and becoming increasingly excited. a. Milling b. Hysteria c. Gossip d. Panic e. Phobia 69. Which of the following statements is true of new social movements theory? a. It is especially interested in "the struggle to liberate the voices of the dispossessed." b. It became prominent during the 1950s. c. It proposes that many recent movements promote the welfare of specific groups in particular countries. d. It does not help people understand how collective behavior crosses international boundaries. e. It ignores people's altruistic motivations.

70. Which of the following is a component of public opinion? a. It is about a matter that concerns many people. b. It is based on actions rather than words. c. It involves a noncontroversial issue. d. It is not influenced by propaganda. e. It does not affect collective behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 71. Which of the following is an example of an acting crowd? a. Soccer fans storming a field b. People watching a street performer c. Civil rights marchers d. Spectators at the scene of a fire e. Shoppers at a busy mall 72. Urban legends are _____. a. widespread attitudes on a particular issue b. unexpected events that cause widespread damage, destruction, distress, and loss c. gaps between what people have and what they think they should have compared with others in a society d. stories—funny, horrifying, or just odd—that supposedly happened somewhere e. reactions to a real or imagined threat by large numbers of people 73. Sadie told a few of her friends at school that their physics teacher was selling drugs to students. Though the information was baseless, it spread to the entire school, and the physics teacher was asked to step down while the inquiry was in progress. In this case, the information spread by Sadie is an example of a _____. a. rumor b. fad c. rage d. fact e. riot 74. Knitterati is a social movement dedicated to making knitting as accessible to everyone as possible. They believe that knitting has excellent benefits both for individuals and society. Currently, they have three chapters and about 100 active members. The members volunteer for various actions like recruiting new members, answering emails, and updating the group’s website. Which stage of social movements best describes Knitterati? a. Emergence b. Decline c. Organization d. Institutionalization e. Re-emergence 75. Which of the following statements best describes alternative social movements? a. They want to completely destroy the existing social order and replace it with a new one. b. They focus on changing some people's attitudes or behavior in a specific way. c. They are a big threat to the status quo as they propose a dramatic change for everyone. d. They want to change everyone, but only in a specific way. e. They try to preserve the status quo by blocking change or undoing change that has already occurred.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 76. Unlike earlier perspectives of social movements, new social movements theory _____. a. examines groups that are novel b. helps people understand collective behavior that crosses international boundaries c. ignores people's altruistic motivations d. overemphasizes ecological threats to people all over the world e. shows little interest about its own community's environment 77. Which of the following best defines a robot? a. It is a broad term that applies to all practical uses of living organisms. b. It is the ability to build objects one atom or molecule at a time. c. It is the use of biological processes, organisms, or systems to manufacture products. d. It is the process of making a physical object from a three-dimensional digital model. e. It is a machine that is programmed to perform humanlike functions.

78. Which of the following is a difference between convergence theory and contagion theory? a. Convergence theory argues that a crowd influences an individual, while contagion theory states that individuals affect a crowd. b. Convergence theory argues that individuals react spontaneously to a situation, while contagion theory states that individuals develop norms as a situation unfolds. c. Convergence theory argues that individuals affect a crowd, while contagion theory states that the crowd affects an individual. d. Convergence theory argues that crowds consist of dissimilar individuals, while contagion theory states that crowds consist of like-minded people. e. Convergence theory argues that social norms shape crowd behavior, while contagion theory states that crowds are always orderly and focused.

79. _____ is a gap between what people have and what they think they should have compared with others in society. a. Jealousy b. Mass society c. Inequity d. Relative deprivation e. Class conflict 80. _____ is a broad term that applies to all practical uses of living organisms. a. Biochemistry b. Biomechanics c. Biotechnology d. Nanotechnology e. Artificial intelligence

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 81. Which of the following statements best defines a riot? a. It is a collective flight, often irrational, from a real or perceived danger. b. It is a fashion that spreads rapidly and enthusiastically but lasts only a short time. c. It is a loose collection of people who have little in common except for participating in a common event. d. It is a widespread opinion of people on a particular issue. e. It is a violent crowd that directs its hostility at a wide and shifting range of targets.

82. Define a riot. How do riots differ from mobs?

83. Explain how new social movements theory differs from earlier theories of social movement.

84. Critically evaluate mass society theory and new social movements theory.

85. Define public opinion. Describe its components, and illustrate your answer with an example.

86. Describe any two types of social movements.

87. Explain the terms panic and mass hysteria. Examine the impact they have on people.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 88. Critically evaluate the relative deprivation theory of social movement.

89. Explain emergent norm theory, and provide an example.

90. Examine the disadvantages of 3-D printing technology.

91. Discuss the benefits of technology in health and medicine.

92. Discuss the reasons for the emergence of a fad.

93. Describe any two types of crowds, and support your answer with an example each.

94. Discuss the institutionalization stage of a social movement.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 95. What is propaganda? Discuss the impact it has on public and public opinion. Support your answer with examples.

96. Explain the stages of a social movement.

97. Analyze some of the ethical issues of technology. Illustrate your answer with examples.

98. Critically evaluate the convergence theory of collective behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. True 4. False 5. False 6. True 7. False 8. True 9. False 10. False 11. False 12. False 13. True 14. False 15. True 16. True 17. c 18. d 19. d 20. d 21. c 22. d 23. b 24. a 25. e 26. c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 27. e 28. e 29. b 30. e 31. a 32. b 33. b 34. b 35. e 36. d 37. d 38. a 39. c 40. e 41. b 42. d 43. a 44. a 45. c 46. d 47. b 48. c 49. b 50. d 51. b 52. b 53. e 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 55. d 56. a 57. d 58. a 59. c 60. d 61. e 62. c 63. b 64. d 65. b 66. d 67. a 68. a 69. a 70. a 71. a 72. d 73. a 74. c 75. b 76. b 77. e 78. c 79. d 80. c 81. a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 82. Answers will vary. A riot is a violent crowd that directs its hostility at a wide and shifting range of targets. Unlike mobs, which usually have a specific target, rioters unpredictably attack whomever or whatever gets in their way. Most riots arise out of long-standing anger, frustration, or dissatisfaction that may have smoldered for years or even decades.

Riots are usually expressions of deep-seated hostility, but this isn’t always the case. “Celebration riots” are due to extreme enthusiasm and excitement rather than anger or frustration, and can lead to “an orgy of gleeful destruction” (Locher, 2002: 95).

83. Answers will vary. New social movements theory, which became prominent during the 1970s, emphasizes the linkages between culture, politics, and ideology. Unlike the earlier perspectives, new social movements theory proposes that many recent movements promote the rights and welfare of all people rather than specific groups in particular countries. Thus, new social movements theory is especially interested in "the struggle to liberate the voices of the dispossessed" (Schehr, 1997: 6).

For these theorists, recent social movements differ from older ones in several ways. They attract a disproportionate number of people who are well-educated and relatively affluent, who represent a wide array of professions, and who share a broad goal—improving the quality of life for all people around the world. Moreover, recent social movements pursue goals or advance values that may not personally benefit its members, such as eradicating measles or tuberculosis in developing countries (Obach, 2004).

84. Answers will vary. Mass society theory: Early on, sociologists believed that the people who formed social movements felt powerless, insignificant, and isolated in modern mass societies, which are impersonal, industrialized, and highly bureaucratized. Thus, according to mass society theory, social movements offer a sense of belonging to people who feel alienated and disconnected from others. Mass society theory may explain why some people form extreme political movements like Fascism and Nazism, but subsequent research has shown that movement organizers are typically not isolated but well-integrated into their families and communities. Also, historically, many political activists in the United States, including those behind the civil rights and women's rights movements during the late 1960s, weren't powerless but came from relatively privileged backgrounds.

Unlike earlier perspectives, new social movements theory contributes to our understanding of collective behavior that crosses international boundaries. According to some critics, however, neither this perspective nor the groups that it examines are novel. Some social movements (like feminism and environmentalism) have been around for a long time and still focus on the same basic issues, like women's second-class citizenship and population growth. In addition, some scholars point out that educated middle-class or wealthy activists were as common in the old social movements as in more recent ones.

Critics also contend that new social movements theory often overstates people's altruistic motivations. Many people who join environmental groups do so for reasons referred to as NIMBY (not in my backyard). That is, they're concerned about their own community's environment, but show little interest in ecological threats to people elsewhere.

85. Answers will vary. Public opinion is widespread attitudes of people on a particular issue. Public opinion has three components: (1) it is a verbalization rather than an action; (2) about a matter that concerns many people; and (3) involves a controversial issue. Public opinions wax and wane over time. People's interest in crime and education drops, for example, when they are more concerned about pressing issues such as jobs and income.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 86. Answers will vary. Alternative social movements focus on changing some people's attitudes or behavior in a specific way. They typically emphasize spirituality, self-improvement, or physical well-being. These movements are the least threatening to the status quo because they seek limited change and only for some people.

Redemptive social movements (also called religious or expressive movements) propose a dramatic change, but only for some people. They’re usually based on spiritual or supernatural beliefs, promising some form of salvation or rebirth. Examples include any religious movements that actively seek converts.

Reformative social movements want to change everyone, but only in a particular way. Examples include groups that champion the rights of disabled people, LGBT people, crime victims, fat people, and animals.

Resistance social movements (also called reactionary movements) try to preserve the status quo by blocking change or undoing change. Resistance movements are often called countermovements because they usually form immediately after an earlier movement has created change. For example, antiabortion groups that arose in the United States shortly after the Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade (1973), which legalized abortion, seek to reverse that decision.

Revolutionary social movements want to completely destroy the existing social order and replace it with a new one.

These movements range from utopian groups that withdraw from society and try to create their own to terrorists who use violence and intimidation.

87. Answers will vary. Panic is a collective flight, often irrational, from a real or perceived danger. Fear drives panic. Each person's concern is with one's own safety and personal security, whether the danger is physical, psychological, social, or financial.

Mass hysteria is an intense, fearful, and anxious reaction to a real or imagined threat by large numbers of people.

Unlike panic, which usually subsides quickly, mass hysteria may last longer because warnings—especially about health and food—reinforce our general fears and anxieties about life's dangers.

88. Answers will vary. Relative deprivation theory helps explain why some social movements emerge. Critics point out, however, that there is a certain degree of relative deprivation in all societies, but people do not always react by forming social movements. Relative deprivation theory also does not explain why some people join movements even though they do not see themselves as deprived, and do not expect to gain anything personally if the movement succeeds (Gurney and Tierney, 1982; Johnson and Klandermans, 1995).

89. Answers will vary. Emergent norm theory posits that crowd members establish rational behavioral norms in response to a precipitating crisis. When Hurricane Harvey deluged Houston and surrounding towns, for instance, people used their own boats, Jet Skis, and even air mattresses to rescue strangers from roofs and partly submerged cars, and volunteered at shelters. In effect, then, people aren’t spontaneously “infected” with the emotions of others, as contagion theory postulates. Instead, crowd members develop norms as a situation unfolds (Turner and Killian, 1987).

90. Answers will vary. As with any new technology, 3-D printers have negative impacts. They consume 50 to 100 times more electrical energy than traditional molds, increase usage of plastics that are not recycled, and emit toxic particles when used in the home that can pose health risks. Moreover, people can print weapons, including plastic guns, that metal detectors or x-ray scanners cannot spot (Gilpin, 2014).

91. Answers will vary. People who use health-related mobile gadgets and apps can monitor their blood pressure, calories, and physical fitness. Robotic surgery reduces physician fatigue because one does not have to stand over the patient for hours, and a robot's "hands" can reach into tight spots and move in ways that human hands cannot. In addition, minimally invasive robotic surgeries usually result in less blood loss and faster recoveries because there is a smaller incision to heal.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 92. Answers will vary. A fad is a trend that’s popular for a short time. Fads include products, activities, and popular personalities and television characters. A major reason for the emergence of fads is profit. Because children and adolescents are especially likely to adopt fads, manufacturers create numerous products and activities that they hope will catch on. In a mass society, where people often feel anonymous, a fad can develop strong in-group feelings and a sense of belonging, especially among people who have similar interests and attitudes. Fads can also be fun, promise to resolve a nagging problem, and help us keep up with technological changes (Marx and McAdam, 1994; Best, 2006).

93. Answers will vary. A crowd is a temporary gathering of people who share a common interest or participate in a particular event. Crowds differ in their motives, interests, and emotional level.

A casual crowd is a loose collection of people who have little in common except for being in the same place at the same time and participating in a common activity or event. There is little if any interaction, the gathering is temporary, and there is little emotion. Examples include people watching a street performer, spectators at the scene of a fire, and shoppers at a busy mall.

A conventional crowd is a group of people that assembles for a specific purpose and follows established norms.

Unlike casual crowds, conventional crowds are structured, their members may interact, and they conform to rules that are appropriate for the situation. Examples include people attending religious services, funerals, graduation ceremonies, and parades.

An expressive crowd is a group of people who show strong emotions toward some object or event. Examples include attendees at religious revivals, revelers during Mardi Gras, and enthusiastic fans at a football game.

An acting crowd is a group of people who have intense emotions and a single-minded purpose. The event may be planned, but acting crowds can also be spontaneous. Examples include people fleeing a burning building, soccer fans storming a field, and college students having a water balloon fight.

A protest crowd is a group of people who assemble to achieve a specific goal. Protest crowds demonstrate their support of or opposition to an idea or event. Most demonstrations—like antiwar protests, boycotts, and labor strikes— are usually peaceful.

One type of crowd can easily change into another.

94. Answers will vary. As a social movement grows, it becomes institutionalized and more bureaucratic. The number of staff positions increases, members draw up bylaws, the organization may hire outsiders (writers, attorneys, and lobbyists) to handle some of the necessary tasks, and the leaders may spend more of their time on speaking tours, in media interviews, and at national or international meetings. As the social movement grows and becomes more bureaucratic and self-sufficient, the original leaders may move on to better paying and more influential positions in government or the private sector.

95. Answers will vary. Propaganda is the act of spreading information (or misinformation) to influence people's attitudes or behavior. Public opinion can be swayed by propaganda. Propaganda is not a type of collective behavior, but it affects collective behavior in several important ways.

First, it can create attitudes that will arouse collective outbursts. Second, propaganda can try to or succeed in preventing collective outbursts, as when corporations convince employees that job losses are due to a weak economy rather than to offshoring. Third, propaganda tries to gain followers for a cause, whatever it might be. Propaganda is institutionalized in advertising, political campaign literature, and government policies. It is conveyed in many ways: mass media, social media, political speeches, religious groups, rumor, and symbols.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

CHAP_16_SOC6 96. Answers will vary. Social movements generally go through four stages: emergence, organization, institutionalization, and decline.

During emergence, the first stage of a social movement, a number of people are distressed about some condition and want to change it. One or more individuals, serving as agitators or prophets, emerge as leaders. They verbalize the feelings of the discontented, crystallize the issues, and push for action.

Once people's consciousness has been raised, the second stage is organization. The most active members form alliances, seek media coverage, develop strategies and tactics, recruit members, and acquire the necessary resources.

The organization establishes a division of labor in which leaders make policy decisions and followers perform necessary tasks like preparing mass mailings, developing websites, and responding to phone calls and emails. At this stage, the movement may develop chapters at local, regional, national, and international levels.

As a movement grows, it becomes institutionalized and more bureaucratic. The number of staff positions increases, members draw up bylaws, the organization may hire outsiders to handle some of the necessary tasks, and the leaders may spend more of their time on speaking tours, in media interviews, and at national or international meetings.

Almost all social movements end sooner or later. This decline, the last stage, may take several forms.

97. Answers will vary. DNA testing has given millions of people information about their genetic predispositions for diseases like cystic fibrosis, cancer, and Huntington's disease (an incurable neurological disorder). Having such information has helped doctors and patients make better health care decisions, but the expanding use of genetic testing is having an unforeseen consequence. More people who don't show any symptoms are being told they have genes for potentially fatal diseases.

In recent breakthroughs, an international team of scientists reported successfully editing human DNA in embryos. The findings “set off alarm bells among critics around the world” who fear that such research could lead to “designer babies.” Wealthy parents, some worry, could use the technology to produce smarter, taller, healthier, and stronger offspring that would hold a competitive edge.

Another ethical dilemma is that biotechnological advances, like other technological developments, are most readily available to higher-income people.

98. Answers will vary. Convergence theories are useful in describing crowds that are deliberate and planned, but have several limitations. They do not explain why some people who share the same perspectives join a protest, rally, or demonstration while others do not, and do not account for the shifts in crowd behavior, no matter how well planned (Berk, 1974; McPhail, 1991).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24